HomeMy WebLinkAbout652 E Dyer Rd - PlanSheet No.
Project
Agency Plan Check / Permit No.
Petersen Design Project No.
Consultant
5082.1
652 East Dyer Road
Santa Ana, CA 92705
DYER WAREHOUSE
Staging & Set-Up Space
Tenant Improvements
Sheet Title
Revision / Submittal History
Scale
Status
.
architecture + planning
Agency Approval
Petersen Design Architects, Inc.
333 El Camino Real #201, Tustin, CA 92780
M: 714.904.6720 E: mike@mpdarch.com
www.mpdarch.com
Architect's Stamp
10/31/25 Plan Check Submittal
.
01/06/26 BLDG P/C Corrections
AS NOTED
T-0.0
SHEET INDEX
GENERAL NOTES
DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
1.01 DOCUMENTS
A.These drawings indicate the general scope of the project in terms of architectural design
concept, the dimensions of the building, the major architectural elements and the type of
structural, mechanical and electrical systems. On the basis of the general scope indicated or
described, furnish all labor, materials, equipment and transportation necessary for the
complete and proper execution of the work.
1.02 DIMENSIONS
A.Details and sections on the drawings are shown at specific locations and are intended to show
general requirements throughout. Details noted “typical” imply all like conditions treated
similarly, unless noted otherwise. The architectural details shown are intended to further
illustrate the visual design concept and the minimum recommended weather protection for this
project. Building code requirements, structural considerations, trade association manuals and
publications and product manufacturer's written instructions shall also be considered in order
to complete the construction of the details, and in some cases may supersede the details.
B.Dimensions:
1.All dimensions shall have preference over scale.
2.All dimensions are to the rough unless otherwise noted.
3.Ceiling height dimensions are from finish floor slab to finish face of ceiling.
1.03 ARCHITECT
A.The architect has provided professional Architectural Design Services for the Project. The
Architect neither warrants nor guarantees any construction material, equipment, appliance,
fixture, hardware, finish, or mean or method of construction. The Architect shall not be
responsible for any Project site grading or drainage; nor any toxic and hazardous material,
ground erosion, corrosion, subsoil or air and water conditions of the Project.
1.04 STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING
A.All structural notes provided by structural engineer elsewhere in these construction documents
shall take precedence over these specifications, relative to minimum structural requirements.
1.05 CODES
A.All Construction, Materials and work quality shall be in full accordance with the latest Federal,
State, County, City or Local governing agencies Codes, Rules, Regulations and Requirements.
In cases of conflict the more stringent requirements shall govern.
B.Comply with the handicapped accessibility requirements of the CBC and Americans with
Disabilities Act (ADA).
1.06 GENERAL CONTRACTOR
A.The General Contractor shall ensure that all labor, materials, equipment and transportation
shall be included in the work for complete execution of the project.
1.All trades shall furnish all labor, equipment, and materials and perform all work
necessary, indicated, reasonably inferred or required by any code with jurisdiction to
complete their scope of work for a complete and properly finished job.
2.The General Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating the work between the
different Subcontractors and requiring all Subcontractors to use the most current
building department approved set of plans.
3.Contractor shall be solely responsible for construction means, methods, techniques,
sequences, procedures, and safety precautions.
B.The contractor shall be responsible for the accuracy of the building lines, levels, and heights.
The contractor shall compare carefully the lines, levels and heights shown on the drawings
with existing lines, levels and heights for the location and construction of the work and shall
call the architects attention to any discrepancies before proceeding with the work.
C.The contractors and sub-contractors performing work on this this project shall be responsible
for initiating, maintaining and supervising a reasonable and prudent safety program including,
but not limited to, the isolation of work areas and the prompt removal of any debris or tools
which might endanger visitors and personnel. All roads and walkways shall remain clear and
unrestricted. When necessary alternate routes or traffic control must be maintained, should
unsafe conditions occur.
D.The design, adequacy, safety and erection of bracing, shoring, temporary supports and
scaffolding are the sole responsibility of the contractor.
1.07 SUBSTITUTIONS
A.Substitutions of specific materials or products listed on the drawings shall not be made without
written authorization by Owner/ Client. The General Contractor and any Subcontractor shall
not make structural substitutions or changes without prior written authorization from the
Structural Engineer.
B.Contractor shall submit to the Owner/Builder for approval information on materials, products or
equipment which the contractor considers equivalent to items specified as "or approved equal”.
1.08 CHANGES
A.Verify all dimensions and site conditions before starting work. Should a discrepancy appear in
the specifications or drawings, or in the work done by others from the contract documents that
may affect any work, notify the architect at once for instruction on how to proceed. If the
contractor proceeds with the work affected without instructions from the architect the
contractor shall make good any resulting damage or defect.
1.09 SHOP DRAWINGS
A.Shop drawings, as requested, shall be submitted to the Architect and Owner/Builder when
required. Drawings shall be to scale and completely dimensioned and noted to reflect
requirements of the plans and specifications as well as all codes and regulations governing the
site of the work. Architect will not review shop drawings or other contractor submittals for any
purpose other than for conformity with aesthetic design concepts,and in no event will Architect
review shop drawings for accuracy or completeness, for serviceability or performance, for
constructibility, for code compliance, for coordination among trades or compatibility with other
Project components, or for contractor safety precautions,all of which are the sole responsibility
of the submitting contractor.
1.10 MATERIALS
A.All materials including, but not limited to appliances, plumbing and electrical fixtures, skylights,
doors, windows, etc., shall be installed per manufacturer’s recommendations/specifications. To
insure warranty is not breached, contractor shall verify site conditions with material’s supplier
prior to shipment, receipt and installation.
B.All cutting, fitting or patching that may be required to make several parts fit together properly
shall be done so as not to endanger any other work by cutting, excavating or otherwise altering
the total work or any part of it. All patching, repairing and replacing of materials and surfaces,
cut or damaged in execution of work shall be done with applicable material so that surfaces
replaced will, upon completion, match surrounding similar surfaces.
C.All material stored on the site shall be stacked and protected to prevent damage and
deterioration until use. Failure to protect materials may be cause for rejection of work.
1.11 CLEAN UP
A.Confine all operations on the site to areas permitted by the owner. The work shall be done in
accordance with all applicable laws, local ordinances, permits and the contract documents.
The job site is to be maintained in a clean, orderly condition free of debris and litter and shall
not be unreasonably encumbered with any material or equipment. Each sub-contractor
immediately upon completion of each phase of his work shall remove all trash and debris as a
result of its operation.
T-0.0 Title Sheet
GENERAL
G-0.0 Gen Accessibility Notes & Details
ARCHITECTURAL
A-0.2 Code Analysis Plan
A-2.0 Floor Plan
A-3.0 Reflected Ceiling Plan
A-7.0 Interior Elevations
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
PROJECT DATA
OCCUPANCY GROUP/
LOAD FACTOR
S-1 Occupancy:
Warehouse / Storage
Load Factor:
1 / 500 SF Gross
CONSTRUCTION TYPE Type V-B:
Fully Sprinklered
FIRE RESISTANCE/
BUILDING ELEMENTS
Building Element
Primary Structural Frame
Exterior Bearing Wall
Interior Bearing Wall
Exterior Nonbearing Wall
Interior Nonbearing Wall
Floor Construction/Assembly
Roof Construction/Assembly
Exterior Doors/Windows
Rating (Hours)
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Sec. 705.8
CODES 2022 California Building Code
2022 California Existing Building Code
2022 California Electrical Code
2022 California Mechanical Code
2022 California Plumbing Code
2022 California Energy Code
2022 California Fire Code
2022 California Green Code
2012 NFPA 101 Life Safety Code
PROJECT AREA First Floor
Project Work Area 3,450 SF
ALLOWABLE HEIGHT/
AREA ANALYSIS
No change to existing building height/area required.
Project is interior tenant improvements only.
NUMBER OF STORIES/
FLOOR AREA
1 Story + Mezzanine:
PARKING SUMMARY No change to existing parking required.
Refer to Sheet A-0.1 for location of existing
accessible parking.
PROJECT LOCATION
ADDRESS:652 East Dyer Road
Santa Ana, CA 92705
VICINITY MAP
DEFERRED APPROVAL ITEMS
INSTALLATION OF DEFERRED APPROVAL ITEMS SHALL NOT BE STARTED
UNTIL DETAILED PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS, AND ENGINEERING CALCULATIONS
HAVE BEEN REVIEWED BY THE ARCHITECT OR ENGINEER AND APPROVED BY
THE CITY BUILDING DEPARTMENT. DEFERRED ITEMS ARE TO BE COMPLETED
PRIOR TO OCCUPANCY OF BUILDINGS AFFECTED BY THE DEFERRED WORK.
DEFERRED APPROVAL ITEMS FOR THIS PROJECT ARE THE FOLLOWING ITEMS
(SEPARATE PERMITS ARE REQUIRED):
1.FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM
2.FIRE ALARM SYSTEM
(Portion of First Floor)
TITLE SHEET:
Project Data,
General Notes
A-8.1 Architectural Details
Tenant Improvements
Warehouse Staging & Set-Up Space
STRUCTURAL
S-001 Structural Notes
ELECTRICAL
E0.1 Symbols, Designation & Abbreviations
E0.2 Single Line Diagram
E2.1 Partial First Floor
Power Installation Plan
E2.2
E3.1
E3.2
PLUMBING
P0.1 Symbols, Designation & Abbreviations
P0.2 Fixture Schedules
P2.0
P1.0 Partial First Floor
P5.1 Plumbing Details
E5.1 Electrical Details
P7.1 Specifications
Partial First Floor Domestic Water &
Normal & Emergency
S-100 Typical Details
S-202 Roof Framing Plan
P2.1 Partial Roof Plan
652 East Dyer Road
E0.3 Electrical Schedules
Partial First Floor
Lighting Installation Plan
P0.3 Title 24 Compliance Forms
PROJECT TEAM
ARCHITECT Petersen Design Architects
Tustin, CA
Michael Petersen
(714) 904-6720
STRUCTURAL ENGINEER Coffman Engineers
Newport Beach, CA
Tyler Poucher
(949) 335-6151
TENANT Hoag FD&C
Newport Beach, CA
Jake Schack
(949) 702-4743
S-200 Foundation Plan
Demolition Plan
Waste/Vent Plans
Demolition Plan
Roof Power Plan
Photometric Plans
A-0.1 Site Accessibility
The Project consists of conversion of approximately 3,450 SF of existing first floor
warehouse space into secure, temperature-controlled, staging & set-up of
non-hazardous, non-pharmaceutical materials.
First Floor B Office
S-1 Warehouse
Total Floor Area
1st Foor:
2,535 SF
19,700 SF
22,235 SF
MECHANICAL/PLUMBING/
ELECTRICAL ENGINEER
Goss Engineering
Corona, CA
Brian Fogle
(951) 340-1977
MECHANICAL
M0.1 Symbols, Designation & Abbrevs
M0.2 Equipment Schedules
M0.4 Title 24 Compliance Forms
M0.3 Title 24 Compliance Forms
A-4.0 Roof Plan
A-8.2 Architectural Details
E1.1 Partial First Floor
Mezzanine:
1,930 SF
0 SF
1,930 SF
A-8.3 Architectural Details
M2.0 Partial First Floor Zoning &
Mechanical Plans
M5.1 Mechanical Details
M2.1 Partial Roof Plan
M7.1 Specifications
M6.1 Wiring & Controls Diagram
E7.1 Electrical Specifications
E0.4 Title 24 Compliance Forms
E7.2 Electrical Specifications
E7.3 Electrical Specifications
E7.4 Electrical Specifications
OWNER / LL Shea Properties
Aliso Viejo, CA
Ron Revi
(562) 480-3792
G-0.1 (E) Accessible Restrooms
Sheet No.
Project
Agency Plan Check / Permit No.
Petersen Design Project No.
Consultant
5082.1
652 East Dyer Road
Santa Ana, CA 92705
DYER WAREHOUSE
Staging & Set-Up Space
Tenant Improvements
Sheet Title
Revision / Submittal History
Scale
Status
.
architecture + planning
Agency Approval
Petersen Design Architects, Inc.
333 El Camino Real #201, Tustin, CA 92780
M: 714.904.6720 E: mike@mpdarch.com
www.mpdarch.com
Architect's Stamp
10/31/25 Plan Check Submittal
.
N/A
G-0.0
General Accessibility
Notes & Details
Comply with the accessibility requirements of CBC Chapter 11B and the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA).
Where CBC Chapter 11B and the ADA are at variance with each other in their requirements, comply with the more restrictive
requirement that satisfies both codes.
ACCESSIBLE ROUTES
ACCESSIBLE ROUTES
1.At least one accessible route shall connect each story and mezzanine in multi-story buildings and facilities.
2.At least one accessible route shall connect accessible building or facility entrances with all accessible spaces and elements within
the building or facility, including mezzanines, which are otherwise connected by a circulation path.
3.Accessible routes shall coincide with or be located in the same area as general circulation paths. Where circulation paths are
interior, required accessible routes shall also be interior. An accessible route shall not pass through kitchens, storage rooms,
restrooms, closets or other spaces used for similar purposes, except as permitted by Chapter 10.
4.Except at turns or passing spaces, the clear width of walking surfaces shall be 36 inches minimum.
5.Clear width for walking surfaces in corridors serving an occupant load of 10 or more shall be 44 inches minimum.
6.Clear width for aisles shall be 36 inches minimum if serving elements on only one side, and 44 inches minimum if serving elements
on both sides.
7.Clear width for accessible routes to accessible toilet compartments shall be 44 inches except for door-opening widths and door
swings.
DOORS, DOORWAYS, AND GATES
1.Doors, doorways, and gates providing user passage shall be provided in accordance with 11B-206.5 Doors, Doorways, and Gates.
2.Doors, doorways and gates that are part of an accessible route shall comply with 11B-404 Doors, Doorways, and Gates.
3.Revolving doors, revolving gates, and turnstiles shall not be part of an accessible route.
4.At least one of the active leaves of doorways with two leaves shall comply with 11B-404.2.3 Clear Width and 11B-404.2.4
Maneuvering Clearances.
5.Door openings shall provide a clear width of 32 inches minimum. Clear openings of doorways with swinging doors shall be
measured between the face of the door and the stop, with the door open 90 degrees. Openings more than 24 inches deep shall
provide a clear opening of 36 inches minimum. There shall be no projections into the required clear opening width lower than 34
inches above the finish floor or ground. Projections into the clear opening width between 34 inches and 80 inches above the finish
floor or ground shall not exceed 4 inches.
6.Minimum maneuvering clearances at doors and gates shall comply with 11B-404.2.4 Maneuvering Clearances. Maneuvering
clearances shall extend the full width of the doorway and the required latch side or hinge side clearance.
7.Swinging doors and gates shall have maneuvering clearances complying with Table 11B-404.2.4.1.
8.Doorways less than 36 inches wide without doors or gates, sliding doors, or folding doors shall have maneuvering clearances
complying with Table 11B-404.2.4.2.
9.Maneuvering clearances for forward approach shall be provided when any obstruction within 18 inches of the latch side an interior
doorway, or within 24 inches of the latch side of an exterior doorway, projects more than 8 inches beyond the face of the door,
measured perpendicular to the face of the door or gate.
10.Thresholds, if provided at doorways, shall be 1/2" inch high maximum. Raised thresholds and changes in level at doorways shall
comply with 11B-302 Floor or Ground Surfaces and 11B-303 Changes in Level.
11.Handles, pulls, latches, locks, and other operable parts on doors and gates shall comply with 11B-309.4 Operation. Operable parts
of such hardware shall be 34 inches minimum and 44 inches maximum above the finish floor or ground. Where sliding doors are in
the fully open position, operating hardware shall be exposed and usable from both sides.
12.Force for pushing or pulling open a door or gate other than fire doors shall be as follows:
a.Interior hinged doors and gates: 5 pounds maximum.
b.Sliding or folding doors: 5 pounds maximum.
c.Required fire doors: the minimum opening force allowable by the appropriate administrative authority, not to exceed 15
pounds.
d.Exterior hinged doors: 5 pounds maximum.
13.Swinging door and gate surfaces within 10 inches of the finish floor or ground measured vertically shall have a smooth surface on
the push side extending the full width of the door or gate. Parts creating horizontal or vertical joints in these surfaces shall be within
1/16 inch of the same plane as the other and be free of sharp or abrasive edges. Cavities created by added kick plates shall be
capped.
FLOOR OR GROUND SURFACES
1.Floor and ground surfaces shall be stable, firm, and slip resistant.
2.Carpet or carpet tile shall be securely attached and shall have a firm cushion, pad, or backing or no cushion or pad. Carpet or
carpet tile shall have a level loop, textured loop, level cut pile, or level cut/ uncut pile texture. Pile height shall be 1/4 inch
maximum.
CHANGES IN LEVEL
1.Vertical changes in level for floor or ground surfaces may be 1/4 inch high maximum and without edge treatment. Changes in level
greater than 1/4 inch and not exceeding 1/2 inch in height shall be beveled with a slope not steeper than 1:2.
2.Changes in level greater than 1/2 inch in height shall be ramped and shall comply with the requirements of 11B-405 Ramps or
11B-406 Curb Ramps as applicable.
3.Abrupt changes in level exceeding 4 inches in a vertical dimension between walks, sidewalks or other pedestrian ways and
adjacent surfaces or features shall be identified by warning curbs at least 6 inches in height above the walk or sidewalk surface or
by guards or handrails with a guide rail centered 2 inches minimum and 4 inches maximum above the surface of the walk or
sidewalk. These requirements do not apply between a walk or sidewalk and an adjacent street or driveway.
TURNING SPACE
1.Circular turning spaces shall be a space of 60 inches diameter minimum and may include knee and toe clearance complying with
11B-306 Knee and Toe Clearance.
2.T-Shaped turning spaces shall be a T-shaped space within a 60 inch square minimum with arms and base 36 inches wide
minimum. Each arm of the T shall be clear of obstructions 12 inches minimum in §11B-304.3.2, each direction and the base shall
be clear of obstructions 24 inches minimum.
KNEE AND TOE CLEARANCE
1.For lavatories and built-in dining and work surfaces required to be accessible, toe clearance shall be provided that is 30 inches in
width and 9 inches in height above the finish floor or ground for a depth of 19 inches minimum.
2.Toe clearance shall extend 19 inches maximum under lavatories for toilet and bathing facilities and 25 inches maximum under
other elements.
3.At lavatories in toilet and bathing facilities, knee clearance shall be provided that is 30 inches in width for a depth of 11 inches at 9
inches above the finish floor or ground and for a depth of 8 inches at 27 inches above the finish floor or ground increasing to 29
inches high minimum above the finish floor or ground at the front edge of a counter with a built-in lavatory or at the front edge of a
wall-mounted lavatory fixture.
4.At dining and work surfaces required to be accessible, knee clearance shall be provided that is 30 inches in width at 27 inches
above the finish floor or ground for a depth of at least 19 inches.
PROTRUDING OBJECTS
1.Except for handrails, objects with leading edges more than 27 inches and less than 80 inches above the finish floor or ground shall
protrude no more than 4 inches horizontally into the circulation path. Handrails may protrude 4'/ inches maximum.
2.Freestanding objects mounted on posts or pylons shall overhang circulation paths no more than 12 inches when located from 27 to
80 inches above the finish floor or ground.
3.Protruding objects shall not reduce the clear width required for accessible routes.
4.Lowest edge of a sign or other obstruction, when mounted between posts or pylons separated with a clear distance greater than 12
inches, shall be less than 27 inches or more than 80 inches above the finish floor or ground.
5.Vertical clearance shall be at least 80 inches high on circulation paths except at door closers and door stops, which may be 78
inches minimum above the finish floor or ground.
6.Guardrails or other barriers with a leading edge located 27 inches maximum above the finish floor or ground shall be provided
where the vertical clearance on circulation paths is less than 80 inches high.
REACH RANGES
1.Electrical controls and switches intended to be used by the occupant of a room or area to control lighting and receptacle outlets,
appliances or cooling, heating and ventilating equipment shall be located within allowable reach ranges. Low reach shall be
measured to the bottom of the outlet box and high reach shall be measured to the top of the outlet box.
2.Electrical receptacle outlets on branch circuits of 30 amperes or less and communication system receptacles shall be located
within allowable reach ranges. Low reach shall be measured to the bottom of the outlet box and high reach shall be measured to
the top of the outlet box.
3.High forward reach that is unobstructed shall be 48 inches maximum and the low forward reach shall be 15 inches minimum above
the finish floor or ground.
4.High forward reach shall be 48 inches maximum where the reach depth is 20 inches or less and 44 inches maximum where the
reach depth exceeds 20 inches. High forward reach shall not exceed 25 inches in depth.
5.High side reach shall be 48 inches maximum and the low side reach shall be 15 inches minimum above the finish floor where the
side reach is unobstructed or the depth of any obstruction does not exceed 10 inches.
6.High side reach shall be 46 inches maximum above the finish floor or ground where the high side reach is over an obstruction
more than 10 inches but not more than 24 inches in depth.
7.Obstructions for high side reach shall not exceed 34 inches in height and 24 inches in depth.
OPERABLE PARTS
1.Operable parts shall be operable with one hand and shall not require tight grasping, pinching, twisting of the wrist. Force required
to activate operable parts shall be 5 pounds maximum.
GENERAL ACCESSIBILITY NOTES
SITE PATH OF TRAVEL AND PARKING (cont.)
CURB RAMPS
1.Running slope of the parallel curb ramp segments shall be in-line with the direction of sidewalk travel. Ramp runs shall have a
running slope not steeper than 1:12 (8.33%).
2.A turning space 48 inches minimum by 48 inches minimum shall be provided at the bottom of the parallel curb ramp. The slope of
the turning space in all directions shall be 1:48 maximum (2.083%).
3.Curb ramps and the flared sides of curb ramps shall be located so that they do not project into vehicular traffic lanes, parking
spaces, or parking access aisles. Curb ramps at marked crossings shall be wholly contained within the markings, excluding any
flared sides.
4.Clear width of curb ramp runs shall be 48 inches minimum.
5.Grade breaks at the top and bottom of curb ramp runs shall be perpendicular to the direction of the ramp run. Grade breaks shall
not be permitted on the surface of ramp runs and turning spaces. Surface slopes that meet at grade breaks shall be flush.
6.Cross slope of curb ramps shall be 1:48 (2.083%) maximum.
7.Counter slopes of adjoining gutters and road surfaces immediately adjacent to and within 24 inches of the curb ramp shall not be
steeper than 1:20 (5%). The adjacent surfaces at transitions at curb ramps to walks, gutters, and streets shall be at the same level.
8.Curb ramps shall have detectable warnings complying with 11B-705 Detectable Warnings.
PARKING SPACES
1.Where parking spaces are provided, accessible parking spaces shall be provided in number and kind required per Section
11B-208 Parking Spaces.
2.One in every six or fraction of six parking spaces required by Section 11B-208.2 Minimum Number, but not less than one, shall be
served by an access aisle 96 inches wide minimum placed on the side opposite the driver's side when the vehicle is going forward
into the parking space and shall be designated "van accessible". All such spaces may be grouped on one level of a parking
structure.
3.Accessible parking spaces complying with Section 11B-502 Parking Spaces serving a particular building or facility shall be located
on the shortest accessible route of travel from adjacent parking to an accessible entrance (as near as practical to an accessible
entrance).
4.In buildings with multiple accessible entrances with adjacent parking, accessible parking spaces complying with Section 11B-502
Parking Spaces shall be dispersed and located closest to the accessible entrances.
5.Car and van accessible parking space(s) and access aisle(s) shall be at least 18 feet in length.
6.Accessible car parking spaces shall be at least 9 feet in width.
7.Van stall access aisle shall be 8 foot wide minimum and shall adjoin an accessible route. Two parking spaces shall be permitted to
share a common access aisle.
8.Car stall access aisle shall be 5 foot wide minimum and shall adjoin an accessible route. Two parking spaces shall be permitted to
share a common access aisle.
9.Access aisles shall be marked with a blue painted borderline around their perimeter. The area within the blue borderlines shall be
marked with hatched lines a maximum of 36 inches on center in a color contrasting with that of the aisle surface, preferably blue or
white. The words "NO PARKING" shall be painted on the surface within each access aisle in white letters a minimum of 12 inches
in height and located to be visible from the adjacent vehicular way. Access aisle markings may extend beyond the minimum
required length.
10.Access aisles shall not overlap the vehicular way. Access aisles shall be permitted to be placed on either side of the parking space
except for van parking spaces which shall have access aisles located on the passenger side of the parking spaces.
11.Parking space identification signs shall include the International Symbol of Accessibility complying with Section 11B-703.7.2.1
International Symbol of Accessibility.
12.Signs identifying van parking spaces shall contain additional language or an additional sign with the designation "van accessible."
Signs shall be 60 inches minimum above the finish floor or ground surface measured to the bottom of the sign.
13.Parking identification signs shall be reflectorized with a minimum area of 70 square inches.
14.Additional language or an additional sign below the International Symbol of Accessibility shall state "Minimum Fine $250."
15.A parking space identification sign shall be visible from each parking space. Signs shall be permanently posted either immediately
adjacent to the parking space or within the projected parking space width at the head end of the parking space. Signs may also be
permanently posted on a wall at the interior end of the parking space.
16.Each accessible car and van space shall have surface identification complying with either Section 11B-502.6.4.1 or 11B-502.6.4.2.
17.An additional sign complying with Section 11B-502.8 shall be posted either; 1) in a conspicuous place at each entrance to an
off-street parking facility or 2) immediately adjacent to on-site accessible parking and visible from each parking space.
18.Signs intended for use by pedestrians within parking facilities, including directional or informational signs indicating parking
sections or levels, shall comply with the requirements of Section 11B-216.
19.Parking spaces and access aisles shall be designed so that persons using them are not required to travel behind parking spaces
other than to pass behind the parking space in which they parked.
20.A curb or wheel stop shall be provided if required to prevent encroachment of vehicles over the required clear width of adjacent
accessible routes.
STAIRWAYS
1.All steps on a flight of stairs shall have uniform riser heights and uniform tread depths. Risers shall be 4 inches high minimum and
7 inches high maximum.Ttreads shall be 11 inches deep minimum. Open risers are not permitted. Treads shall be permitted to
have a slope not steeper than 1:48. Interior stairs shall have the upper approach and lower tread marked by a stripe providing
clear visual contrast. Exterior stairs shall have the upper approach and all treads marked by a stripe providing clear visual contrast.
The strip shall be a minimum of 2 inches wide to a maximum of 4 inches wide placed parallel to, and not more than 1 inch from,
the nose of the step or upper approach. The stripe shall extend the full width of the step or upper approach and shall be of material
that is at least as slip resistant as the other treads of the stair. A painted stripe shall be acceptable. Grooves shall not be used to
satisfy this requirement.
HANDRAILS
1.Handrails shall comply with 11B-505. Top of gripping surfaces for handrails shall be 34 inches minimum and 38 inches maximum
vertically above walking surfaces, stair nosings, and ramp surfaces. Handrails shall be at a consistent height above walking
surfaces, stair nosings, and ramp surfaces. The clearance between handrail gripping surfaces and adjacent surfaces shall be 1 ½"
minimum.
PLUMBING FIXTURES
DRINKING FOUNTAINS
1.No fewer than two drinking fountains shall be provided. When provided, one drinking fountain shall comply with 11B-602.1 through
11B-602.6, 11B-602.8 and 11B-602.9 and one drinking fountain shall comply with 11B-602.7 and 11B-602.9.
TOILET ROOM CLEARANCES
1.Where toilet rooms are provided, each toilet room shall comply with 11B-603 Toilet and Bathing Rooms.
2.Unisex toilet rooms shall contain not more than one lavatory, and not more than two water closets without urinals or one water
closet and one urinal. Doors to unisex toilet rooms shall have privacy latches.
3.Door shall not swing into the clear floor space or clearance required for any fixture. Other than the door to the accessible water
closet compartment, a door in any position may encroach into the turning space by 12 inches maximum.
4.At single user toilet rooms, doors shall be permitted to swing into the clear floor space or clearance required for any fixture only if a
30 inch by 48-inch minimum clear floor space is provided within the room beyond the arc of the door swing.
5.Mirrors located above the lavatories or countertops shall be installed within the bottom edge of the reflecting surface 40 inches
maximum above the finish floor or ground. Mirrors not located above the lavatories or countertops shall be installed with the bottom
edge of the reflecting surface 35 inches maximum above the finish floor or ground.
6.Coat hooks shall be located within one of the reach ranges specified in Section 11B-308. Shelves shall be located 40 inches
minimum and 48 inches maximum above the finish floor. Medicine cabinets shall be located with a usable shelf no higher than 44
inches maximum above the finish floor.
7.Where towel or sanitary napkin dispensers, waste receptacles, or other accessories are provided in toilet facilities, at least one of
each type shall be located on an accessible route. All operable parts, including coin slots, shall be 40 inches maximum above the
finish floor. Baby changing stations are not required to comply with Section 11B-603.5 (See exception)
WATER CLOSETS AND TOILET COMPARTMENTS
1.Where toilet compartments are provided, at least 5 percent but no less than one toilet compartment shall comply with Section
11B-604.8.1.
2.Where water closets are provided, at least 5 percent but no less than one shall comply with Section 11B-604.
3.Water closet shall be positioned with a wall or partition to the rear and to one side. Centerline of the water closet shall be 17 inches
minimum to 18 inches maximum from the side wall or partition, except that the water closet shall be 17 inches minimum and 19
inches maximum from the side wall or partition in the ambulatory accessible toilet compartment specified in Section 11B-604.8.2
Ambulatory Accessible Compartments. Water closets shall be arranged for a left-hand or right-hand approach.
4.Clearance around a water closet shall be 60 inches minimum measured perpendicular from the sidewall and 56 inches minimum
measured perpendicular from the rear wall. A minimum 60 inches wide and 48 inches deep maneuvering space shall be provided
in front of the water closet.
5.Seat height of a water closet above the finish floor shall be 17 inches minimum and 19 inches maximum measured to the top of the
seat. Seats shall not be sprung to return to a lifted position. Seats shall be 2 inches high maximum.
6.Sidewall grab bars shall be 42 inches long minimum, located 12 inches maximum from the rear wall and extending 54 inches
minimum from the rear wall with the front end positioned 24 inches minimum in front of the water closet.
7.Rear grab bar shall be 36 inches long minimum and extend from the centerline of the water closet 12 inches minimum on one side
and 24 inches minimum on the other side.
8.Flush controls shall be hand operated or automatic. Hand operated flush controls shall comply with Section 11B-309.4 Operation
except they shall be located 44 inches maximum above the floor. Flush controls shall be located on the open side of the water
closet except in ambulatory accessible compartments complying with Section 11B-604.8.2 Ambulatory Accessible Compartments.
9.Toilet paper dispensers shall comply with Section 11B-309.4 Operation and shall be 7 inches minimum and 9 inches maximum in
front of the water closet measured to the centerline of the dispenser. The outlet of the dispenser shall be below the grab bar, 19
inches minimum above the finish floor and shall not be located behind the grab bars. Dispensers shall not be of a type that control
delivery or that does not allow continuous paper flow.
10.Wheelchair accessible toilet compartments shall meet the requirements of Sections 11B-604.8.1 Wheelchair Accessible
Compartments and 11B-604.8.3 Coat Hooks and Shelves. Compartments containing more than one plumbing fixture shall comply
with Section 11B-603 Toilet and Bathing Rooms. Ambulatory accessible compartments shall comply with Sections 11B-604.8.2
Ambulatory Accessible Compartments and 11B-604.8.3 Coat Hooks and Shelves.
11.Toilet compartment doors, including door hardware, shall comply with Section 11B-404 Doors, Doorways, and Gates except that if
the approach is from the push side of the compartment door, clearance between the door side of the compartment and any
obstruction shall be 48 inches minimum measured perpendicular to the compartment door in its closed position. Door shall be
located in front partition or in the side wall or partition farthest from the water closet.
12.At least one side partition shall provide a toe clearance of 9 inches minimum above the finish floor and 6 inches deep minimum
beyond the compartment-side face of the partition, exclusive of partition support members. Partition components at toe clearances
shall be smooth without sharp edges or abrasive surfaces. Compartments for children's use shall provide a toe clearance of 12
inches minimum above the finish floor.
13.Ambulatory accessible compartments shall have a depth of 35 inches minimum and 37 inches maximum.
14.Where urinals are provided, at least 10 percent but no less than one shall comply with Section 11B-605.
15.Urinals shall be the stall-type or the wall-hung type with the rim 17 inches maximum above the finish floor or ground. Urinals shall
be 13 1/2 inches deep minimum measured from the outer face of the urinal rim to the back of the fixture.
16.Where lavatories are provided, at least 10 percent but no less than one shall comply with Section 11B-606 and shall not be located
in a toilet compartment.
17.For lavatories and sinks, a clear floor space complying with Section 11B-305 Clear Floor or Ground Surfaces, positioned for a
forward approach, and knee and toe clearance complying with Section 11B-306 Knee and Toe Clearance shall be provided.
18.Lavatories and sinks shall be installed with the front of the higher of the rim or counter surface 34 inches maximum above the finish
floor or ground.
SIGNS AND IDENTIFICATION
SIGNS AND IDENTIFICATION
1.Except building directories, menus, seat and row designations in assembly areas, occupant names, building addresses, and
company names and logos, new or altered signs shall be provided in accordance with 11B-216 Signs and shall comply with
11B-703 Signs. The addition of or replacement of signs shall not trigger any additional path of travel requirements.
2.Interior and exterior signs identifying permanent rooms and spaces shall comply with 11B-703.1 General, 11B-703.2 Raised
Characters, 11B-703.3 Braille and 11B-703.5 Visual Characters. Where pictograms are provided as designations of permanent
interior rooms and spaces, the pictograms shall comply with 11B-703.6 Pictograms and shall have text descriptors complying with
11B-703.2 and 11B-703.5.
3.Signs that provide direction to or information about interior and exterior spaces and facilities of the site shall comply with 11B-703.5
Visual Characters.
4.Signs for means of egress shall comply with 11B-216.4 Means of Egress.
5.Signs identifying parking spaces and signs within parking facilities shall comply with Section 11B 216.5.
6.In existing buildings and facilities where not all entrances comply with 11B-404 Doors, Doorways, and Gates, compliant entrances
shall be identified by the International Symbol of Accessibility (ISA complying with 11B-703.7.2.1 ISA. Directional signs complying
with 11B-703.5 Visual Characters that indicate the location of the nearest entrance complying with 11B-404 shall be provided at
entrances that do not comply with 11B-404 Doors, Doorways, and Gates. Directional signs complying with 11B 703.5 Visual
Characters, including the ISA complying with 11B-703.7.2.1 ISA, indicating the accessible route to the nearest accessible entrance
shall be provided at junctions when the accessible route diverges from the regular circulation path.
SITE PATH OF TRAVEL AND PARKING
ALTERATIONS
1.When alterations or additions are made to existing buildings or facilities, an accessible path of travel to the specific area of
alteration or addition shall be provided unless otherwise exempt.
2.Primary accessible path of travel shall include a primary entrance to the building or facility; toilet and bathing facilities serving the
area; drinking fountains serving the area; public telephones serving the area, and signs.
ACCESSIBLE ROUTES
1.At least one accessible route shall be provided within the site from accessible parking spaces and accessible passenger loading
zones; public streets and sidewalks; and public transportation stops to the accessible building or facility entrance they serve.
Where more than one route is provided, all routes must be accessible.
2.At least one accessible route shall connect accessible buildings, accessible facilities, accessible elements, and accessible spaces
that are on the same site.
3.Accessible routes shall consist of one or more of the following components: walking surfaces with a running slope not steeper than
1:20 (5%), doorways, ramps, curb ramps excluding the flared sides, elevators, and platform lifts.
4.Running slope of walking surfaces shall not be steeper than 1:20 (5%). Cross slope of walking surfaces shall not be steeper than
1:48 (2.083%).
5.Clear width for sidewalks and walks shall be 48 inches minimum.
ENTRANCES
1.Entrances shall be provided in accordance with 11B-206.4 Entrances. Entrance doors, doorways, and gates shall comply with
11B-404 Doors, Doorways, and Gates and shall be on an accessible route complying with 11B-402 Accessible Routes; (See
exceptions).
2.All entrances and exterior ground-floor exits to buildings and facilities shall comply with 11B-404 Doors, Doorways, and Gates.
DETECTABLE WARNINGS
1.Curb ramps shall have detectable warnings that extend 36 inches in the direction of travel for the full width of the ramp run less
than 2 inches maximum on each side, excluding any flared sides.
2.On parallel curb ramps, detectable warnings shall be placed on the turning space at the flush transition between the street and
sidewalk. Detectable warnings shall extend the full width of the turning space at the flush transition between the parking facility and
the sidewalk less than 2 inches maximum on each side
3.Walks that cross or adjoin a route provided for vehicular traffic, such as in a street, driveway, or parking facility, shall be separated
by detectable warnings, curbs, railings or other elements between the pedestrian areas and vehicular areas.
4.Detectable warnings provided to separate walks that cross or adjoin a route provided for vehicular traffic, such as in a street,
driveway, or parking facility, shall be 36 inches in width and continuous at the boundary between the pedestrian areas and
vehicular areas.
5.Detectable warning surfaces shall be yellow and approximate FS 33538 of Federal Standard 595C and meet the dimensional and
property requirements of 11B-705.1.
6.Detectable warning surfaces shall provide a 70 percent minimum visual contrast with adjacent walking surfaces. Contrast in
percent shall be determined per 11B-705.1.1.3.2 (See exception).
RAMPS
1.Ramp runs shall have a running slope not steeper than 1:12. cross slope on ramp runs shall not be steeper than 1:48. the clear
width of a ramp run shall be 48"minimum. Handrails may project into the required width of the ramp at each side 3 ½ inches
maximum at the handrail height. The rise for any ramp run shall be 30 inches maximum. Ramps shall have handrails complying
with 11B-505. Edge protection complying with 11B-405.9.2 shall be provided on each side of ramp runs and at each side of ramp
landing.
TEXT TEXT
305
EXAM
EXIT 5"
3/
8
"
1"
4"
A. SERVICE / EXIT / ETC.B. EXAM / OFFICES / ETC.60
"
234
234
LITERARY BRAILLE
STANDARD DIMENSIONS
BRAILLE SIGNAGETYPICAL ROOM/EXIT SIGNAGE
STANDARD TACTILE & EGRESS (PLAN VIEW)
SIGNAGE MOUNTINGA
CORRESPONDING
GRADE II BRAILLE
DOT DIAMETER .059 INCHES
INTER-DOT SPACING .090 INCHES
HORIZONTAL SEPARATION
BETWEEN CELLS .241 INCHES
VERTICAL SEPARATION
BETWEEN CELLS .395 INCHES
PERMANENT SIGNAGE TO BE INSTALLED ON
THE WALL ADJACENT TO THE LATCH SIDE OF
THE DOOR. MOUNTING LOCATION MUST
ALLOW A PERSON TO APPROACH WITHOUT
ENCOUNTERING PROTRUDING OBJECTS OR
STANDING WITHIN THE SWING PATH OF THE
DOOR.
LETTERS AND NUMERALS SHALL BE RAISED
1/32", UPPER CASE, SANS SERIF OR SIMPLE
SERIF TYPE AND SHALL BE ACCOMPANIED
WITH GRADE II BRAILLE, RAISED
CHARACTERS SHALL BE AT LEAST 5/8" HIGH,
BUT NO HIGHER THAN 2"
BACKGROUND 70% CONTRAST
1"HELVETICA RM NUMBER RAISED 1/32"
WINDOW FOR 5/8" HELVETICA ROOM NAME
LETTER.
EXIT DOORS NOTES:. THIS IS IN ADDITION TO
OVERHEAD/LOW-LEVEL ILLUMINATED SIGNS
DOOR SWING PATH
8"8"
3/
8
"
2"
M
I
N
.
CLEAR FLOOR SPACE
CENTERED ON TACTILE
CHARACTERS BEYOND
THE AREA OF DOOR
SWING.
45
°
18
"
M
I
N
CL
60
"
T
O
T
O
P
O
F
S
I
G
N
9" MIN. @ OUTSWINGING
DOORS ONLY
PERMANENT SIGNAGE TO BE
INSTALLED ON THE WALL ADJACENT
TO THE LATCH SIDE OF THE DOOR.
MOUNTING LOCATION MUST ALLOW A
CLEAR FLOOR SPACE OF 18" MIN. BY
18" MIN., CENTERED ON THE TACTILE
CHARACTERS, IS PROVIDED BEYOND
THE ARC OF ANY DOOR SWING
BETWEEN THE CLOSED POSITION AND
45 DEGREE OPEN POSITION.
(PER CBC 11B-703.4.2)
48" MINIMUM AFF TO THE BASELINE OF
THE LOWEST LINE OF BRAILLE AND 60"
MAXIMUM AFF TO THE BASELINE OF
THE HIGHEST TACTILE CHARACTER.
59
"
T
O
C
E
N
T
E
R
L
I
N
E
O
F
S
I
G
N
O
N
D
O
O
R
EQ EQ
CL
SEE MOUNTING DETAIL B
18" MIN.
9" MIN.
CL
STANDARD TACTILE & EGRESS (ELEVATION VIEW)
SIGNAGE MOUNTINGB
RESTROOM
SIGNAGE MOUNTINGC
10 ACCESSIBLE INTERIOR SIGNAGE
SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"
60
"
M
I
N
24" MIN EXTERIOR
18" MIN INTERIOR
4'
-
0
"
M
I
N
36" MIN 60
"
M
I
N
4' - 0" MIN
FRONT APPROACH
HA
S
B
O
T
H
C
L
O
S
E
R
A
N
D
L
A
T
C
H
44
"
M
I
N
(
4
8
"
M
I
N
I
F
D
O
O
R
22" MIN
CLOSER AND A LATCH
12" IF DOOR HAS BOTH A
HINGE APPROACH
24" MIN 60
"
M
I
N
HA
S
C
L
O
S
E
R
)
44
"
M
I
N
(
4
8
"
M
I
N
I
F
D
O
O
R
PUSH APPROACH
24" MIN
DOORS IN PARALLEL
48" MIN
4'-0" min
X
>
8
"
X
>
8
"
X
>
8
"
13 DOOR CLEARANCES
SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"
30"x48"
WHEELCHAIR
CLEARANCE
30"
48
"
EQ EQ
CL
30"
48
"
EQ EQ
X"
CL
(S
E
E
F
L
O
O
R
P
L
A
N
F
O
R
L
O
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
)
60
"
A
T
A
L
C
O
V
E
C
O
N
D
I
T
I
O
N
X"
(S
E
E
F
L
O
O
R
P
L
A
N
F
O
R
L
O
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
)
60
"
A
T
A
L
C
O
V
E
C
O
N
D
I
T
I
O
N
(18" MIN)
18" U.N.O.
CLEARANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL ACCESSIBLE SINKS
(19" - 25")
X = 19"
10" MIN
KNEE CLEARANCE
27
"
M
I
N
9"
TOE CLEARANCE
29
"
M
I
N
10" MIN
13"6" MAX
(19" - 25")
X = 19"
KNEE CLEARANCE
TOE CLEARANCE
27
"
M
I
N
1
6
13"6" MAX
1
6
9"
ACCESSIBLE REACH RANGE ACCESSIBLE REACH RANGE
ACCESSIBLE SINK
WALL MOUNT COUNTER MOUNT
5 3/4"
(3
4
"
M
A
X
I
M
U
M
)
33
3
/
4
"
T
O
R
I
M
O
F
S
I
N
K
(3
4
"
M
A
X
I
M
U
M
)
33
3
/
4
"
T
O
R
I
M
O
F
S
I
N
K
05 ACCESSIBLE SINK MOUNTING
SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"
FINISH FLOOR
FINISH FLOOR
CARPET PER CBC 11B-302.2
2
1 1:2 SLOPE MAX
1:2 SLOPE MAX
2
1
DOOR
1/
4
"
M
A
X
1/
2
"
M
A
X
1/
4
"
M
A
X
1/
4
"
M
A
X
.
1/
2
"
M
A
X
1/
4
"
M
A
X
1/
4
"
M
A
X
1/
2
"
M
A
X
08 THRESHOLDS
SCALE: 3" = 1'-0"
03 ENTRY THRESHOLD
NO SCALE
20
4' - 0"
1'
-
3
"
M
I
N
4'
-
0
"
RA
N
G
E
FO
W
A
R
D
R
E
A
C
H
1'
-
3
"
4'
-
0
"
M
A
X
RA
N
G
E
SI
D
E
R
E
A
C
H
MAX. SIDE REACH OVER AN
OBSTRUCTION (SEE 11B-308.3.2)
NOTE: MAXIMUM DEPTH OF OBSTRUCTION ALLOWED IS 25". WHEN DEPTH OF OBSTRUCTION IS MORE THAN 20"
AND 25" MAX, THE MAXIMUM FORWARD REACH HEIGHT FROM THE FLOOR SURFACE IS 44". WHEN DEPTH OF
OBSTRUCTION IS 20" MAX, THE MAXIMUM FORWARD REACH HEIGHT FROM THE FLOOR SURFACE IS 48"
X=DEPTH OF OBSTRUCTION
Y=MAXIMUM REACH HEIGHT
Z=MIN. CLEAR SPACE BELOW
OBSTRUCTION
Y
Z
X
A
34
"
M
A
X
B
SIDE REACH RANGE FORWARD REACH RANGE
OBSTRUCTION
10" MAX
NOTE: "B" IS 48" MAX. WHEN "A" IS 10" MAX. "B" IS 46"
MAX. WHEN "A" IS MORE THAN 10" AND 24" MAX.
REACH RANGES
SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"
TO
H
I
G
H
E
S
T
O
P
E
R
A
B
L
E
P
A
R
T
40
"
M
A
X
.
(4
0
"
M
A
X
.
T
O
T
O
P
O
F
O
P
E
N
I
N
G
)
30
"
T
O
T
O
P
TO
T
O
P
O
F
O
P
E
N
I
N
G
40
"
M
A
X
.
SEAT COVER
DISPENSER
SOAP
DISPENSER
NAPKIN/
TAMPON DISPOSAL
SMALL PAPER TOWEL
DISPENSER
SPECIMEN
PASS THRU
24" VERTICAL
GRAB BAR
TO
B
O
T
T
O
M
O
F
B
A
R
36
"
48
"
T
O
T
O
P
O
F
C
A
B
I
N
E
T
FIRE EXTINGUISHER
CABINET (F.E.C.)
OF
R
E
F
L
E
C
T
I
N
G
S
U
R
F
A
C
E
40
"
M
A
X
.
T
O
B
O
T
T
O
M
E
D
G
E
MIRROR ABOVE
LAVATORY OR
COUNTER
(4
0
"
M
A
X
.
T
O
T
O
P
O
F
O
P
E
N
I
N
G
)
30
"
T
O
T
O
P
TO
T
O
P
O
F
H
A
N
D
L
E
48
"
M
A
X
.
TO
H
I
G
H
E
S
T
O
P
E
R
A
B
L
E
P
A
R
T
40
"
M
A
X
.
HAND SANITIZER
DISPENSER
GLOVE BOX HOLDER
SHARPS
CONTAINER 1' - 3"
CL CL
MAKE SURE THERE IS A CLEAR
AREA TO THE SIDE OF THE
GLOVE BOX FOR RESTOCKING
56
"
M
A
X
.
T
O
T
O
P
NOTE:SEE INTERIOR
ELEVATIONS FOR
LOCATION. INSTALL
GLOVE BOX & SHARPS
CONTAINER ABOVE CART
OR COUNTER AS SHOWN
TO AVOID THEM BEING
PROTRUDING OBJECTS.
SHARPS CONTAINER &
GLOVE BOX HOLDER
25 ACCESSIBLE STANDARD MOUNTING (WHERE OCCURS)
SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"
Sheet No.
Project
Agency Plan Check / Permit No.
Petersen Design Project No.
Consultant
5082.1
652 East Dyer Road
Santa Ana, CA 92705
DYER WAREHOUSE
Staging & Set-Up Space
Tenant Improvements
Sheet Title
Revision / Submittal History
Scale
Status
.
architecture + planning
Agency Approval
Petersen Design Architects, Inc.
333 El Camino Real #201, Tustin, CA 92780
M: 714.904.6720 E: mike@mpdarch.com
www.mpdarch.com
Architect's Stamp
10/31/25 Plan Check Submittal
.
01/06/26 BLDG P/C Corrections
N/A
G-0.1
Existing Accessible
Restrooms
ENTIRE SHEET ADDED05ACCESSIBLE RESTROOMS
EXISTING CONDITIONS - FOR REFERENCE
REFERENCE PLAN REFERENCE ELEVATIONS
(REFERENCE)
(REFERENCE)
7
8
4 5
4 5
1 6
652 EAST DYER ROAD
3
4 5
3
2
2
9'
-
0
"
8'
-
0
"
9'
-
0
"
18'-0"
AS NOTED
Sheet No.
Project
Agency Plan Check / Permit No.
Petersen Design Project No.
Consultant
5082.1
652 East Dyer Road
Santa Ana, CA 92705
DYER WAREHOUSE
Staging & Set-Up Space
Tenant Improvements
Sheet Title
Revision / Submittal History
Scale
Status
.
architecture + planning
Agency Approval
Petersen Design Architects, Inc.
333 El Camino Real #201, Tustin, CA 92780
M: 714.904.6720 E: mike@mpdarch.com
www.mpdarch.com
Architect's Stamp
10/31/25 Plan Check Submittal
.
01/06/26 BLDG P/C Corrections
A-0.1
SITE ACCESSIBILITY PLAN
NO SCALEREFERENCE PLAN - EXISTING CONDITIONS
ACCESSIBLE PATH OF TRAVEL FROM ACCESSIBLE PARKING
STALLS TO BUILDING ENTRANCE
(E) STD/VAN ACCESSIBLE PARKING SIGNAGE PER DETAIL 18/A-0.1
(E) ACCESSIBLE PARKING STALL PER DETAIL 23/A-0.1
(E) TRUNCATED DOMES PER DETAIL 25/A-0.1
ACCESSIBLE PATH OF TRAVEL
6
4
3
2
1
GENERAL NOTES
KEYNOTES
LEGEND
(E) PRIMARY ENTRANCE TO BUILDING:
- THRESHOLD PER DETAIL 03/G-0.0
- SIGNAGE PER DETAIL 19/A-0.1
(E) CURB CUT PER DETAIL 20/A-0.1 (SIM.)
5
PROJECT WORK AREA:
FIRST FLOOR
(E) ACCESSIBLE PARKING SIGNAGE PER DETAIL 18/A-0.17
8 (E) ROUTE TO PUBLIC STREET:
- 48" MIN WIDTH
- 5% MAX RUNNING SLOPE
- 2% MAX CROSS SLOPE
1.REFER TO SHEET G-0.0 FOR GENERAL ACCESSIBILITY NOTES.
SITE PLAN:
Existing Accessibility
60
"
INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL
OF ACCESSIBILITY
22" MINIMUM
AREA OF SIGN TO BE
A MIN. OF 70 SQ. IN.
REFLECTORIZED SIGN
CONSTRUCTED OF
PORCELAIN STEEL
WITH BEADED TEXT
OR EQUAL
COLORS:
WHITE
BLUE
PARKING
ONLY
MINIMUM
FINE $250
MINIMUM
FINE $250
1/2" RADIUS
(TYP.)
1/2" RADIUS
(TYP.)
VAN
ACCESSIBLE
17" MINIMUM
PARKING
ONLY
WARNING SIGNS REGARDING UNAUTHORIZED USE OF ACCESSIBLE
PARKING SPACES SHALL BE POSTED IN A CONSPICUOUS
PLACE AT EACH ENTRANCE TO OFF-STREET PARKING
FACILITIES, OR IMMEDIATELY ADJACENT TO AND VISIBLE
FROM EACH ACCESSIBLE SPACE. WARNING SIGNAGE SHALL
BE NOT LESS THAN 17 INCHES X 22 INCHES IN SIZE WITH
LETTERING NOT LESS THAN 1 INCH IN HEIGHT,
80
"
M
I
N
I
M
U
M
80
"
M
I
N
I
M
U
M
80
"
M
I
N
I
M
U
M
17
"
M
I
N
I
M
U
M
22
"
M
I
N
I
M
U
M
(2.3" - 2.4")
2.35".
(2.3" - 2.4")
2.35".
2 1/2"
SECTION VIEW
(2.3" - 2.4")
2.35" TYP.
SEAL FLUSH
PLAN VIEW PERIMETER INSTALLATION DETAIL
NOTES:
1. TRUNCATED DOMES SHALL CONTRAST VISUALLY
WITH ADJACENT WALKING SURFACE, EITHER
LIGHT-ON-DARK OR DARK-ON-LIGHT.
RECESSED APPLICATION 2. DETECTABLE WARNING SURFACES SHALL BE
YELLOW FS33538 OF FEDERAL STANDARD 595C.
3. EXCEPT AT CURB RAMPS, ISLANDS, AND CUT-
THROUGH MEDIANS, DETECTABLE WARNING
SURFACES SHALL DIFFER FROM ADJOINING
SURFACES IN RESILIENCY OR SOUND-ON-CANE
CONTACT.
SURFACE APPLICATION
1/4" x 1 1/2" LG STAINLESS STEEL
TAMPERPROOF EXPANSION ANCHOR
PART NO. AT SS-1
1/4" MAX GAP PREFABRICATED
TRUNCATED DOMES
FOR RECESSED
APPLICATION
0.65" MIN
(2.3" - 2.4")
2.35".APPLY POLYURETHANE SEALANT AT PERIMETER OF TILE AFTER
FASTENING. TOOL SMOOTH TO BLEND TILE EDGE WITH
ADJACENT SURFACE
(2
.
3
"
-
2
.
4
"
)
2.
3
5
"
T
Y
P
.
(0
.
9
0
"
-
0
.
9
2
"
)
0.
9
1
"
T
Y
P
.
0.
6
5
"
M
I
N
.
(0
.
4
5
"
-
0
.
4
7
"
)
0.
4
6
"
T
Y
P
.
(0
.
1
8
"
-
0
.
2
2
"
)
0.
2
"
.
NOTE:
CURB RAMPS SHALL HAVE A TRUNCATED DOMES 36" FROM
EDGE OF PAVEMENT. SEE DETAIL THIS SHEET.
REFER TO DETAIL 25/-
UNAUTHORIZED VEHICLES
PARKED IN DESIGNATED
ACCESSIBLE SPACES NOT
DISPLAYING DISTINGUISHING
PLACARDS OR SPECIAL
LICENSE PLATES ISSUED FOR
PERSONS WITH DISABILITIES
WILL BE TOWED AWAY AT
OWNER'S EXPENSE. TOWED
VEHICLES MAY BE RECLAIMED
AT _____________ OR BY
TELEPHONING _____________.
UNAUTHORIZED VEHICLES PARKED IN
DESIGNATED ACCESSIBLE SPACES NOT
DISPLAYING DISTINGUISHING PLACARDS
OR SPECIAL LICENSE PLATES ISSUED
FOR PERSONS WITH DISABILITIES WILL
BE TOWED AWAY AT OWNER'S EXPENSE.
TOWED VEHICLES MAY BE RECLAIMED AT
________________ OR BY TELEPHONING
________________
NOTES: ALL ACCESSIBLE ENTREES HAVE:
A.A MIN. 5"x5" INTERNATIONALSYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY DISPLAYED ON THE LATCH
SIDE OF THE DOOR. CBC 1117B.5.7
B.INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY IS MOUNTED 60" IN HEIGHT ABOVE
THE LANDING. CBC 1117B.5.7
C.DIRECTIONAL SIGNS TO ACCESSIBLE BUILDING ENTRANCES AND FACILITIES
ARE POSTED AS NECESSARY. CBC 1117B.5.8
25 TRUNCATED DOMES
NO SCALE
20 ACCESSIBLE CURB RAMP
NO SCALE 19 ENTRANCE SIGNAGE
NO SCALE
23 ACCESSIBLE PARKING SPACE
NO SCALE
18 ACCESSIBLE PARKING SIGNAGE
NO SCALE
ENLARGED ACCESSIBLE PARKING PLAN
REFERENCE PLAN - EXISTING CONDITIONS04
EXIT
93'-8" EGRESS (< 300'-0")
93'-8" CPOT (< 100'-0")
EXIST RREXIST RREXIST STOR
EXIST ELEC
EXIST
OFFICE
AREA
EXIST
WAREHOUSE
AREA
STAGING &
SET-UP
100
ROOF
ACCESS
101
EXIST RREXIST RR
EXIT
EXITEXIT
EXIT
EXIT
70-2" EGRESS (< 300'-0")
104-0" EGRESS (< 300'-0")
109'-0" EGRESS (< 300'-0")
78'-4" EGRESS (< 300'-0")
70-2" EGRESS (< 300'-0")
104-0" EGRESS (< 300'-0")
73'-8" EGRESS (< 300'-0")
80'-6" CPOT (< 100'-0")
EXIST
OFFICE
AREA
EXIST RREXIST RR
Sheet No.
Project
Agency Plan Check / Permit No.
Petersen Design Project No.
Consultant
5082.1
652 East Dyer Road
Santa Ana, CA 92705
DYER WAREHOUSE
Staging & Set-Up Space
Tenant Improvements
Sheet Title
Revision / Submittal History
Scale
Status
.
architecture + planning
Agency Approval
Petersen Design Architects, Inc.
333 El Camino Real #201, Tustin, CA 92780
M: 714.904.6720 E: mike@mpdarch.com
www.mpdarch.com
Architect's Stamp
10/31/25 Plan Check Submittal
.
01/06/26 BLDG P/C Corrections
A-0.2
AS NOTED
GENERAL NOTES
KEYNOTES
1
2
(E) COLUMN
OCCUPANCIES
Warehouse S-1
Office B
OLF (TABLE 1004.5)
Warehouse 500 Gross Storage
Office 150 Gross Business
AREAS
Warehouse (Existing)15,564 SF
Office 1,724 SF
Office (Mezzanine)1,712 SF
OCCUPANTS
Warehouse (Existing)15,564 /500 =31.1 >>32
Office 1,724 /150 =11.5 >>12
Office (Mezzanine)1,712 /150 =11.4 >>12
TOTAL OCC. LOAD 63
Non-occupied accessory support spaces
(E) DOCK LEVELLERS
Tactile exit signs exist at the following locations:
1.A tactile exit sign with the word "EXIT" identifies each grade level exterior exit door.
Within project area:
1.All exit signage lighting shall be per code, contractor to verify existing complies or upgrade to compliance.
Exit signs shall be internally or externally illuminated at all times.
2.For allowable travel distances, existing fire sprinkler system shall be confirmed by contractor to be in
compliance with sec. 903.3.1.2 or contractor to upgrade.
3.Post maximum occupancy loads in all accessory assembly spaces per CBC Sec. 1004.3.
4.Door handles and operating devices shall be installed 34 inches minimum and 44 inches maximum above
the finish floor.
5.The power supply for means of egress illumination shall normally be provided by the premises' electrical
supply. in the event of power supply failure, an emergency electrical system shall automatically illuminate
all of the following areas:
a. Aisles, corridors, and exit access stairways and ramps in rooms and spaces requiring two or more
means of egress;
b. Interior exit access stairways and ramps, interior and exterior exit stairways and ramps, exit
passageways, vestibules and areas on the level of discharge used for exit discharge, and exterior
landings for exit doorways that lead directly to the exit discharge in buildings that require two or more
means of egress;
c. Electrical equipment rooms, fire command centers, fire pump rooms, generator rooms, and public
restrooms with an area greater than 300 square feet.
6.The means of egress serving a room or space shall be illuminated at all times that the room or space is
occupied.
7.Walking surfaces of the means of egress shall have a slip-resistant surface and be securely attached.
Refer to Sheet G-0.0 for General Accessibility Notes.
LEGEND
INDICATES AREA NOT IN SCOPE, N.I.C.
PROJECT AREA SCOPE OF WORK
COMMON PATH OF TRAVEL WITH 44" MIN. AISLE WIDTH
PER SEC. 1017 AND SEC. 11B 403.5.1 EXCPT. 4.
BLDG. STD. EXIT SIGN DIRECT SINGLE / DOUBLE FACE -
TIED TO BUILDING EMERGENCY CIRCUIT.
SEE PLANS FOR ARROWS
EGRESS PATH
OCCUPANT LOAD CALCULATION
EXITS REQUIRED 2
3 (E) ROOF DRAIN PIPES
4
5
(E) ELEC PANELS
(E) LADDER TO ROOF
6 TACTILE SIGN "EXIT" PER DETAIL 10/G-0.0
Warehouse (Project Area)3,278 SF
Warehouse (Project Area)3,278 /500 =6.6 >>7
ACCESSIBLE PATH OF TRAVELFROM MAIN ENTRANCE
7 (E) PR DOORS 6'-0"W X 8'-0"H
8 (E) DOOR 3'-0"W X 7'-0"H
9 MAINTAIN 44"W CLEAR EGRESS PATH, TYP
CODE ANALYSIS PLAN - FIRST FLOOR
SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"
CODE ANALYSIS PLAN
1
4
2 2
5
63
SECOND FLOOR
SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"
7
8
9
EXIST RREXIST RR
EXIST ELEC
STAGING &
SET-UP
100
ROOF
ACCESS
101
EXIST
OFFICE
AREA
EXIST
WAREHOUSE
AREA
1
10
3 4 5
6
7
8
8
9 (TYP OF 3)
6'
-
4
"
5'-7"
AL
I
G
N
0102
03
3'-0"
13
'
-
2
"
ALIGN
03
A-7.0
C
234'-4"8'-10"
15
A-7.0D
E-1
11
2'-0" MIN
5'
-
0
"
M
I
N
Sheet No.
Project
Agency Plan Check / Permit No.
Petersen Design Project No.
Consultant
5082.1
652 East Dyer Road
Santa Ana, CA 92705
DYER WAREHOUSE
Staging & Set-Up Space
Tenant Improvements
Sheet Title
Revision / Submittal History
Scale
Status
.
architecture + planning
Agency Approval
Petersen Design Architects, Inc.
333 El Camino Real #201, Tustin, CA 92780
M: 714.904.6720 E: mike@mpdarch.com
www.mpdarch.com
Architect's Stamp
10/31/25 Plan Check Submittal
.
01/06/26 BLDG P/C Corrections
GENERAL NOTES
KEYNOTES
LEGEND
(N) NON-RATED BRACED PARTITION
(E) NON-RATED PARTITION / WALL
INDICATES AREA NOT IN PROJECT SCOPE
A-8.1
03
(E) COLUMN
(E) ROLL-UP DOOR
(E) ROOF DRAIN PIPES
(E) ELEC PANELS
(E) LADDER TO ROOF
(E) PIPE BOLLARDS
(E) DOOR
FURNITURE, BY OWNER
POWER POLE, PER ELEC PLANS
1.
2. ALL GYPSUM WALLBOARD TO BE 5/8" TYPE 'X'. PROVIDE 5/8" GLASS-MAT FACED
WATER-RESISTANT GYPSUM WALLBOARD @ ALL WET LOCATIONS, INCLUDING WALLS BEHIND
PLUMBING FIXTURES AND THE BOTTOM 48" OF ALL PLUMBING WALLS, U.N.O.
3. ALL ELECTRICAL PANELS, LIGHTS, FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS, ETC., LOCATED IN RATED
PARTITIONS OR CEILINGS SHALL BE BACKED WITH GYPSUM BOARD AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN
RATING.
WALLS ARE DIMENSIONED TO THE ROUGH, U.N.O.
4. DOOR LOCATIONS NOT ESTABLISHED BY DIMENSIONS SHALL BE CENTERED IN WALL OR BE
LOCATED 4" FROM ADJACENT WALL.
5.
INTERIOR FINISH MATERIALS APPLIED TO WALLS AND CEILINGS SHALL MEET THE FIRE
PERFORMANCE AND SMOKE DEVELOPMENT LIMITATIONS PRESCRIBED IN CBC SECTION 803.
INTERIOR FINISH MATERIALS APPLIED TO FLOORS SHALL MEET THE FIRE PERFORMANCE
LIMITATIONS PRESCRIBED IN CBC SECTION 804.
8.
9.
PROVIDE NECESSARY BACKING AND FRAMING FOR ALL WALL-MOUNTED EQUIPMENT,
ACCESSORIES, CASEWORK, AND ALL OTHER REQUIRED ITEMS. SEE 25/A-8.2 FOR BACKING
DETAIL.
FLOOR:EXISTING SEALED CONCRETE
BASE:RUBBER BASE TO MATCH BUILDING STANDARD
WALLS:PAINT NEW WALLS TO MATCH BUILDING STANDARD
PATCH & PAINT EXISTING WALLS TO MATCH ADJACENT WITHIN PROJECT AREA
12. TYPICAL FINISHES (VERIFY WITH OWNER):
MILLWORK:PLASTIC LAMINATE TO MATCH BUILDING STANDARD
6. SEAL AROUND ALL INTERIOR JOINTS AT DOORS, WINDOWS, CABINETS, AND COUNTERTOPS.
SEAL ALL OPENINGS IN SOUND PARTITIONS WITH ACOUSTIC SEALANT.
ALL HAND WASHING FIXTURES, LAVATORIES, AND SINKS SHALL COMPLY WITH CBC SECTION 11B-606.7.
REFER TO DETAIL 20/G-0.0 FOR ACCESSIBLE REACH RANGES.10.
REFER TO DETAIL 25/G-0.0 FOR ACCESSIBLE MOUNTING HEIGHTS.11.
(E) NON-RATED FULL-HEIGHT STRUCTURAL SHEAR WALL
(N) NON-RATED FULL-HEIGHT DEMISING WALL A-8.1
02
BOLLARDS, MATCH EXISTING
CEILING:ACOUSTICAL CEILING PANEL SYSTEM TO MATCH BUILDING STANDARD
NOTE: NO PORTION OF THIS WALL SHOULD BE CUT, REMOVED OR PENETRATED
WITHOUT APPROVAL FROM THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER OF RECORD AND OWNER
(E) EXTERIOR LANDING
AS NOTED
A-2.0
KEY PLAN
652 EAST DYER ROAD
SANTA ANA
FIRST FLOOR
FLOOR PLAN:
First Floor
FLOOR PLAN
SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"FIRST FLOOR
DOOR SCHEDULE
(W X H)
HA
R
D
W
A
R
E
#
LA
B
E
L
A
S
S
E
M
B
L
Y
THRESH.JAMBHEAD
DETAILS
FI
N
I
S
H
MA
T
E
R
I
A
L
FI
N
I
S
H
MA
T
E
R
I
A
L
DO
O
R
T
Y
P
E
LOCATION
DOOR
SIZE
DOOR
TA
G
DO
O
R
REMARKSFRAMEDOOR
GL
A
Z
I
N
G
(M
I
N
U
T
E
S
)
01 8'-0" x 8'-0"STL P ----CARD READER-SEE DOOR TYPES ---
##
ALSCA
02
03
3'-0" x 7'-0"
3'-0" x 7'-0"
ME ME --ME-SEE DOOR TYPES ---MESCB
ME ME --ME-SEE DOOR TYPES ---MESCB
ROLL-UP DOOR
STAGING & SET-UP 100
DOOR TYPES
FLUSH PANEL (MATCH EXISTING)
SCHEDULED
B
WIDTH
SC
H
E
D
U
L
E
D
H
E
I
G
H
T
ROLL-UP OVERHEAD DOOR
SCHEDULED
A
WIDTH
SC
H
E
D
U
L
E
D
H
E
I
G
H
T
AL ALUMINUM
P PAINT
PC PRE-APPLIED COATING (CLEAR)
ST STAIN
SOLID CORESC
MATERIAL / FINISH LEGEND
HM HOLLOW METAL FRAME
TG TEMPERED GLASS
1.VERIFY THAT ALL DOORS AND DOOR HARDWARE MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE, AND
ALL OTHER GOVERNING CODES AND STANDARDS. NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY IN CASE OF DISCREPANCY.
2.EXIT DOORS:
A.ALL EXIT DOORS SHALL BE OPENABLE FROM INSIDE WITHOUT THE USE OF A KEY OR ANY SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE.
B.ALL DOOR SWINGS SERVING AN OCCUPANT LOAD OF 50 OR GREATER SHALL SWING IN THE DIRECTION OF EXIT.
3.MOUNT ALL HARDWARE PER LATEST EDITION OF THE GOVERNING CODES.
4.ALL GLAZING IN DOORS OR WITHIN FORTY (40") INCHES OF THE LOCKING DEVICE SHALL BE FULLY TEMPERED. REFER TO
CBC FOR ADDITIONAL TEMPERING REQUIREMENTS.
5.GLASS DOORS, ADJACENT GLASS PANELS AND ALL GLAZED OPENINGS WITHIN 18" FROM THE FLOOR SHALL BE GLAZED
WITH APPROVED IMPACT HAZARD GLASS, CBC SECTION 2406.2
6.LATCHING AND LOCKING DOORS THAT ARE HAND ACTIVATED AND WHICH ARE IN A PATH OF TRAVEL, SHALL BE
OPERABLE WITH A SINGLE EFFORT BY LEVER TYPE HARDWARE, BY PANIC BARS, PUSH-PULL ACTIVATING BARS OR
OTHER HARDWARE DESIGNED TO PROVIDE PASSAGE WITHOUT REQUIRING THE ABILITY TO GRASP THE OPENING
HARDWARE PER CBC, SECTION 1008.1.9.
7.MAXIMUM EFFORT TO OPERATE DOORS SHALL NOT EXCEED THE FOLLOWING PER THE REQUIREMENTS OF CBC, SECTION
11B - 404.2.9:
A.INTERIOR HINGED DOORS & GATES - 5 POUNDS
B.SLIDING OR FOLDING DOORS - 5 POUNDS
C.REQUIRED FIRE DOORS - 15 POUNDS
D.EXTERIOR HINGED DOORS - 5 POUNDS
8.THE BOTTOM OF ALL DOORS EXCEPT AUTOMATIC AND SLIDING DOORS, SHALL HAVE 10 INCHES HIGH OF SMOOTH,
UNINTERRUPTED SURFACE, PER CBC, SECTION 11B - 404.2.10.
9.DOORS WITH ASSEMBLY RATING OF 45 MINUTES AND ABOVE SHALL HAVE A NON-COMBUSTIBLE THRESHOLD.
10.ALL LOCKSETS & LATCHSETS TO HAVE LEVER HANDLES.
11.FURNISH ALL HARDWARE WITH US26D FINISH, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. THRESHOLD AND WEATHERSTRIP TO BE MILL
FINISH ALUMINUM. CLOSERS TO BE SPRAYED ALUMINUM. SATIN STAINLESS STEEL US32D MAY BE USED FOR TRIM AND
FLAT GOODS.
12.TYPICAL HINGE SIZE TO BE 4.5 x 4.5, ALL DOORS 3'-6" OR WIDER TO HAVE 5 x 4.5 HINGES.
13.CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE CORES FOR ALL DOORS WITH LOCKS. KEY PER OWNER'S DIRECTION.
14.PROVIDE ALARM CONTACT AT ALL EXTERIOR DOORS.
15.WHEN SPECIFIED, KICKPLATE TO BE PROVIDED ON PUSH SIDE OF DOORS U.NO.
16.DOORS THAT ARE PART OF AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTION 11B-404 INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
TO THE FOLLOWING:
- DOOR OPENING SHALL PROVIDE A CLEAR WIDTH OF 32 INCHES.
- DOOR HANDLES AND OPERATING DEVICES SHALL BE INSTALLED 34 INCHES MINIMUM AND 44 INCHES MAXIMUM
ABOVE THE FINISH FLOOR.
- MANEUVERING CLEARANCES AT DOORS SHALL COMPLY WITH TABLE-404.2.4.1. PROVIDE 18 INCHES MINIMUM
PARALLEL TO THE DOORWAY (BEYOND LATCH SIDE) IN THE PULL SIDE OF THE INTERIOR DOOR (24 INCHES FOR
EXTERIOR SIDE OF EXTERIOR DOOR). PROVIDE 12 INCHES MINIMUM PARALLEL TO THE DOORWAY (BEYOND
LATCH SIDE) IN THE PUSH SIDE OF DOORS WITH CLOSER AND LATCH.
- THRESHOLD AT DOORWAYS SHALL BE 1⁄2” MAXIMUM.
- DOOR CLOSER SHALL BE ADJUSTED SO THAT FROM AN OPEN POSITION OF 90 DEGREES THE TIME REQUIRED
TO MOVE THE DOOR TO A POSITION OF 12 DEGREES FROM THE LATCH IS 5 SECONDS.
DOOR NOTES
STAGING & SET-UP 100
CARD READER
TRILOGY LOCK
STL STEEL
ME MATCH EXISTING BUILDING STANDARD
E-1 (E) 3'-0" x 7'-0"HM P --(E)-----PSC--EXTERIOR WALL EXISTING FLUSH PANEL DOOR W/ CARD READER
EXIST RREXIST RR
EXIST ELEC
EXIST
OFFICE
AREA
EXIST
WAREHOUSE
AREA
STAGING &
SET-UP
100
ROOF
ACCESS
101
NO CEILING
10'-0"
1
2
3
4
(TYP OF 3)
5
Sheet No.
Project
Agency Plan Check / Permit No.
Petersen Design Project No.
Consultant
5082.1
652 East Dyer Road
Santa Ana, CA 92705
DYER WAREHOUSE
Staging & Set-Up Space
Tenant Improvements
Sheet Title
Revision / Submittal History
Scale
Status
.
architecture + planning
Agency Approval
Petersen Design Architects, Inc.
333 El Camino Real #201, Tustin, CA 92780
M: 714.904.6720 E: mike@mpdarch.com
www.mpdarch.com
Architect's Stamp
10/31/25 Plan Check Submittal
.
GENERAL NOTES
KEYNOTES
LEGEND
(E) LADDER TO ROOF
POWER POLE, PER ELEC PLANS
LINE OF UPPER CABINET, TYP
PROVIDE SLOT OPENING IN CEILING FOR ROLL-UP DOOR
1.MECHANICAL GRILLES, REGISTERS, AND ELECTRICAL FIXTURES ARE
SHOWN FOR LOCATION PURPOSES ONLY. REFER TO MEP DRAWINGS.
2.REFER TO SHEET A-8.3 FOR CEILING SYSTEM NOTES AND DETAILS.
3.LIGHT FIXTURES LOCATED UNDERNEATH HVAC DUCT LOOP WILL BE
REQUIRED TO BE SUPPORTED BY A UNISTRUT SUPPORT SYSTEM. LIGHT
FIXTURES WITH LIMITED CLEARANCE SHALL BE SPECIFIED WITH REMOTE
BALLAST.
4.THERE SHALL BE NO ACCESS PANEL IN GYPSUM BOARD CEILING.
LOCATE ALL ACCESSIBLE EQUIPMENT WITHIN THE ACOUSTICAL CEILING
AREA.
5.ALL SPRINKLER HEADS TO BE CONCEAL TYPE AT GYPSUM BOARD &
T-BAR CEILING.
6.ALL LAMPING TO BE IN 3000K. U.N.O.
ACOUSTICAL TILE
2x2 SUPPLY AIR GRILLE
2x2 RETURN AIR GRILLE
INDICATES AREA NOT IN PROJECT SCOPE
A-8.3
02
EXHAUST AIR GRILLE
LIGHT FIXTURES - SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS
MECH. REGISTERS - SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS
24x48 LIGHT FIXTURE
EXIT SIGN (MATCH BUILDING STANDARD):
PROVIDE ALL ILLUMINATED AND NON-ILLUMINATED EXIT SIGNS AS INDICATED ON THE
DRAWINGS AND AS REQUIRED BY THE LOCAL GOVERNING AUTHORITIES AND THE
CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE 1003.2.8.
WALL-MOUNT LIGHT FIXTURE
UNDER CABINET LIGHT PER ELECTRICAL PLANS
A-3.0
AS NOTED
KEY PLAN
652 EAST DYER ROAD
SANTA ANA
FIRST FLOOR
REFLECTED
CEILING PLAN:
First Floor
REFLECTED CEILING PLAN
SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"FIRST FLOOR
EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE
TA
G
EQ
U
I
P
M
E
N
T
EQUIPMENTLOCATION
REMARKS
SIZE (")
WI
D
T
H
DE
P
T
H
HE
I
G
H
T
WE
I
G
H
T
(
l
b
s
)
AN
C
H
O
R
A
G
E
DE
T
A
I
L
EQ
U
I
P
M
E
N
T
NO
T
E
S
MANUFACTURER MODEL
##
INSTALLED BY OWNER
FURNISHED BY OWNER,
INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR
FURNISHED BY OWNER,
INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR
FURNISHED BY CONTRACTOR,
OFCI
OFOICFCI
ABBREVIATIONS
INSTALLED BY VENDOR
FURNISHED BY VENDOR,VFVI
01 Break Area Refrigerator --OFCI -------
EQUIPMENT NOTES
TA
G
AC
C
E
S
S
O
R
Y
DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER/BACKING
##
B
SOAP DISPENSER ----A
PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER B-2621
MOUNT
RE
C
E
S
S
E
D
SU
R
F
A
C
E
NOTE ALL ACCESSORIES CONTRACTOR FURNISHED / CONTRACTOR INSTALLED (CF/CI)
REFER TO DETAIL 25/G-0.0 FOR ACCESSIBLE MOUNTING HEIGHTS.
SANITARY ACCESSORIES
1. ALL OWNER-FURNISHED EQUIP. MANUFACTURERS, MODEL NUMBERS, AND SIZES IN THIS SCHEDULE ARE BASED ON
INFORMATION SUPPLIED TO THE ARCHITECT BY THE OWNER AND ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE. VERIFY ALL EQUIP.
SPECIFICATIONS WITH THE OWNER PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION.
2. VERIFY ALL REQUIREMENTS FOR CONTRACTOR PREPPED/VENDOR INSTALLED ITEMS WITH EQUIPMENT
MANUFACTURER.
3. RECEIVE, DOCUMENT, INSPECT, SCHEDULE AND INSTALL ALL ITEMS NOTED AS FURNISHED BY OWNER AND INSTALLED
BY CONTRACTOR.
Bobrick
MODEL DETAIL
--
02 Break Area Microwave Oven --OFCI -------
03 Break Area Coffee Maker --OFCI -------
3
1
1
2
4
5
5
Sheet No.
Project
Agency Plan Check / Permit No.
Petersen Design Project No.
Consultant
5082.1
652 East Dyer Road
Santa Ana, CA 92705
DYER WAREHOUSE
Staging & Set-Up Space
Tenant Improvements
Sheet Title
Revision / Submittal History
Scale
Status
.
architecture + planning
Agency Approval
Petersen Design Architects, Inc.
333 El Camino Real #201, Tustin, CA 92780
M: 714.904.6720 E: mike@mpdarch.com
www.mpdarch.com
Architect's Stamp
10/31/25 Plan Check Submittal
.
GENERAL NOTES
KEYNOTES
1.REFER TO STRUCTURAL AND MECHANICAL PLANS FOR
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.
(E) HEAT PUMP
(E) SKYLIGHT, TYP
(E) ROOF HATCH
AC UNIT PER MECHANICAL PLANS
(E) EXHAUST FAN
A-4.0
AS NOTED
KEY PLAN
652 EAST DYER ROAD
SANTA ANA
FIRST FLOOR
ROOF PLAN
ROOF PLAN
SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"
100 STAGING & SET-UP
SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0"03
C
100 STAGING & SET-UP
SCALE: 3/8" = 1'-0"15
D
F02
02
B19
W01 W01
S01S B07
W04
3'-4"
7'-0"
2'-4"2'-4"
1 1/2"
2'-4"2'-3"
(2) EQ.
1'-9"3'-0"
6 7
1'-0"3/4"
W01
03
A B
01
6'
-
2
"
1'
-
1
0
"
2'
-
1
0
"
2'
-
2
"
3'
-
0
"
B13
1'-3"
11 11
4
5 5
4
10
31
2
9
8
Sheet No.
Project
Agency Plan Check / Permit No.
Petersen Design Project No.
Consultant
5082.1
652 East Dyer Road
Santa Ana, CA 92705
DYER WAREHOUSE
Staging & Set-Up Space
Tenant Improvements
Sheet Title
Revision / Submittal History
Scale
Status
.
architecture + planning
Agency Approval
Petersen Design Architects, Inc.
333 El Camino Real #201, Tustin, CA 92780
M: 714.904.6720 E: mike@mpdarch.com
www.mpdarch.com
Architect's Stamp
10/31/25 Plan Check Submittal
.
DUPLEX OUTLET
DOUBLE-DUPLEX OUTLET
COMMUNICATIONS OUTLET
NOTE
1. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.
GENERAL NOTES
KEYNOTES
LEGEND
W WATER CONNECTION
1.WALLS AND PARTITIONS WITHIN 2 FEET OF SERVICE SINKS, URINALS, AND WATER
CLOSETS SHALL HAVE A SMOOTH, HARD, NONABSORBENT SURFACE TO A HEIGHT
OF NOT LESS THAN 4 FEET ABOVE THE FLOOR, AND THE MATERIALS IN SUCH
WALLS SHALL NOT BE ADVERSELY AFFECTED BY MOISTURE.
2.ELECTRICAL, TELEPHONE AND COMMUNICATION OUTLETS ARE TO BE MOUNTED
VERTICALLY WITH CENTERLINE OF BOX AT 18" AFF (16" AFF TO BOTTOM OF BOX,
MINIMUM), UNO. ALL SWITCHES AND OTHER CONTROLS TO BE INSTALLED 48" AFF
TO TOP OF BOX MAXIMUM.
3. SEAL AROUND ALL JOINTS AT CABINETS AND COUNTERTOPS.
4. GRAIN PATTERN ON ALL WOODGRAIN LAMINATES TO RUN VERTICALLY, UNO.
5. ALL FINISHES TO CONTINUE BEHIND AND UNDERNEATH ALL EQUIPMENT,
ACCESSORIES, AND MOVEABLE CASEWORK.
6. REFER TO DETAIL 25/A-8.2 FOR BACKING DETAIL.
VERIFY FINAL EQUIPMENT PLACEMENT WITH OWNER.
7. REFER TO DETAIL 20/G-0.0 FOR ACCESSIBLE REACH RANGES.
8. REFER TO DETAIL 25/G-0.0 FOR ACCESSIBLE MOUNTING HEIGHTS.
9. REFER TO CASEWORK DETAILS, SHEET A-8.2, FOR CABINET TYPES: W01, B01, ETC.
ROLL-UP DOOR PER SCHEDULE
ROLL-UP DOOR TRACK
DOOR PER SCHEDULE
ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILING PER CEILING PLAN
OPENING IN WALL - REFER TO MECHANICAL PLANS
SINK PER PLUMBING PLANS
TOE SPACE, TYP
BACKSPLASH, TYP
UNDER CABINET LIGHT PER ELECTRICAL PLANS
PLASTIC LAMINATE SOFFIT CLOSURE PANEL, REFER TO DETAIL 07/A-8.2
(E) WINDOW
AS NOTED
A-7.0
INTERIOR
ELEVATIONS &
SCHEDULES
Sheet No.
Project
Agency Plan Check / Permit No.
Petersen Design Project No.
Consultant
5082.1
652 East Dyer Road
Santa Ana, CA 92705
DYER WAREHOUSE
Staging & Set-Up Space
Tenant Improvements
Sheet Title
Revision / Submittal History
Scale
Status
.
architecture + planning
Agency Approval
Petersen Design Architects, Inc.
333 El Camino Real #201, Tustin, CA 92780
M: 714.904.6720 E: mike@mpdarch.com
www.mpdarch.com
Architect's Stamp
10/31/25 Plan Check Submittal
.
01/06/26 BLDG P/C Corrections
AS NOTED
A-8.1
ARCHITECTURAL
DETAILS:
Partitions & Framing
GENERAL FRAMING NOTES
1.OFFSET FRAMING AND GYP BD AROUND STRUCTURAL MEMBERS AND OTHER OBSTRUCTIONS TO
MAINTAIN ACOUSTIC, SMOKE, AND FIRE RESISTIVE RATINGS.
2.REFER TO FLOOR PLAN GENERAL NOTES FOR LOCATIONS OF MOISTURE RESISTANT AND GLASS
MAT GYPSUM BOARD
3.INSTALL BLOCKING IN PARTITIONS FOR CASEWORK, EQUIPMENT, AND ACCESSORIES AS REQUIRED.
4.SEAL ALL MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, AND LOW VOLTAGE PENETRATIONS IN FIRE AND SMOKE
RATED ASSEMBLIES.
5.TOP TRACKS, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, SHALL MATCH THE STUD GAUGE OF THE STUDS BUT
MUST BE AT LEAST 20 GAUGE MINIMUM. PROVIDE 18 GAUGE TRACK WHERE EXPANSION ANCHORS
ARE USED.
6.ALL BATT INSULATION SHOWN ON THIS SHEET SHALL BE R13 MIN. TO MEET ACOUSTIC
REQUIREMENTS
7.POST-INSTALLED ANCHORS INCLUDE: EXPANSION ANCHORS, SCREW ANCHORS, AND
POWER-ACTUATED FASTENERS. POWER-ACTUATED FASTENERS (PAF), POWDER DRIVEN
FASTENERS (PDF), POWER DRIVEN PINS (PDP) AND SHOT PINS ALL REPRESENT THE SAME DEVICE
AND WILL HEREAFTER BE REFERED TO AS POWER ACTUATED FASTENERS (PAF)
8. EXPANSION ANCHORS (IF USED) SHALL HAVE SPECIAL INSPECTION AND TESTING IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE 2022 CBC SECTIONS 1705A.3 & 1910A.5
9. PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING METAL STUD BRIDGING 4'-0" O.C. VERTICALLY AT STUD WALLS THAT
DO NOT HAVE GYP. BOARD ON BOTH SIDES. BRIDGING SHALL BE 1-1/2" x 1-1/2" x 16GA CLIP
ANGLES 1/2" LESS THAN STUD DEPTH. ATTACH WITH (2) SMS TO STUD AND (2) SMS TO CRC.
10. CONCEALED BRACES REQUIRE HEAVIER GAUGE STUDS. THE STEEL SUPPORT IS BRACED
BETWEEN TWO STUDS.
11. PENETRATIONS INTO OR THROUGH INTERIOR EXIT STAIRWAYS AND RAMPS ARE PROHIBITED
EXCEPT FOR EQUIPMENT AND DUCTWORK NECESSARY FORINDEPENDENT VENTILATION OR
PRESSURIZATION, SPRINKLER PIPING, STANDPIPES, ELECTRICAL RACEWAY FOR FIRE
DEPARTMENT COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS, AND ELECTRICAL RACEWAY SERVING THE
INTERIOR EXIT STAIRWAY OR RAMP. (CBC 1023.5)
SLIP TRACK SCHEDULE
VERTICAL SLOT REQUIRED DEFLECTION:SLIP TRACK:*
GAP BETWEEN
TOP OF STUD
AND TRACK:
GAP BETWEEN TOP OF
GYP BD AND BOTTOM
OF METAL DECK:
1" (2" OF MOVEMENT:
1" UP, 1" DOWN)
3" CLARKDIETRICH
MAXTRACK SLT**
1"1"
* OR SIMILAR PRODUCT BY OTHER MANUFACTURERS IF APPROVED BY ARCHITECT. CONTRACTOR'S OPTION:
PROVIDE A DEEP LEG TRACK THAT ALLOWS THE DEFLECTION SHOWN ON THIS TABLE AND COMPLIES WITH
THE UL DETAIL SHOWN.
** PLACE SCREWS IN THE MIDDLE OF THE SLOT TO ALLOW UP AND DOWN MOVEMENT.
03 NON-RATED FULL HEIGHT PARTITION
SCALE: 3" = 1'-0"
ACOUSTICAL INSULATION
(DO NOT PLACE OVER LIGHT FIXTURES)
3-5/8" x 16 GA. METAL STUD AT 16" O.C.
1 - #10 SHEET METAL SCREW EACH
SIDE AT EACH STUD
WALL DESIGNATION - SEE PLAN:
LINE OF FINISH CEILING
1 - #8 SHEET METAL SCREW EACH
SIDE AT EACH STUD
FLOOR
CEILING
A
B
(E) FLOOR ASSEMBLY -
VERIFY IN FIELD
6"
M
I
N
.
(N
T
S
)
16 GA. x CONTINUOUS UNPUNCHED BOTTOM
TRACK WITH 1/2" X 3-1/4" EMBED CONC SCREW
AT 32" O.C. AND 1" FROM ENDS AND OPENINGS
ICC ESR-2620
23 FURRING CONDITIONS
NO SCALE
CONT. TOP TRACK
24" OC FURRING STUDS W/
R-13 BATT INSULATIONIN STUD CAVITY
CONT. 25 GA BOTTOM TRACK W/
#10 WOOD SCREWS W/ WASHERS W/ 1"
EMBEDMENT AT 32" OC
FLOOR
CEILING
PER PLAN
CONT. 25 GA TOP TRACK W/
#10 WOOD SCREWS W/ WASHERS W/ 1"
EMBEDMENT AT 32" OC INTO WD. PANEL
WALL FURRING AT EXTERIOR WINDOW
24" OC FURRING STUDS W/
R-13 BATT INSULATIONIN STUD CAVITY
CONT. 25 GA BOTTOM TRACK W/
#10 WOOD SCREWS W/ WASHERS W/ 1"
EMBEDMENT AT 32" OC
FLOOR
CONT. TOP TRACK
RETURN GYP. FINISH INTO
(E) ALUM. FRAME SILL & JAMB
CORNER BEAD, TYP.
CONT. TOP TRACK
CONT. 25 GA TOP TRACK W/
#10 WOOD SCREWS W/ WASHERS W/ 1"
EMBEDMENT AT 32" OC INTO WD. PANEL
RETURN GYP. FINISH INTO
(E) ALUM. FRAME SILL & JAMB
CORNER BEAD, TYP.
HEADER AT OPENING
CEILING
PER PLAN
FURRED WALL AT WINDOW SILL WALL FURRING AT OPENING
02 FULL-HEIGHT DEMISING WALL
NO SCALE
NON LOAD-BEARING METAL STUD FRAMING
SSMA OR EQUAL AS PER I.C.C. #ESR - 3064P
NON LOAD-BEARING METAL STUD C-SECTIONS AND TRACKS
SSMA OR EQUAL AS PER I.C.C. #ESR - 3064P
(EXAMPLE: 6" = 600 X 1/100 INCHES)
ALL MEMEBER DEPTHS ARE TAKEN IN 1/100 INCHES.
FOR ALL "T" SECTIONS MEMBER DEPTH IS THE
INSIDE DIMENSION.
MEMBER DEPTH:
FLANGE WIDTH:
(EXAMPLE: 1 5/8" = 1.625" ~ 162 X 1/100
INCHES) ALL FLANGE WIDTHS ARE TAKEN IN
1/100 INCHES.
STYLE:
(EXAMPLE: STUD OR JOIST SECTION = S )
THE FOUR ALPHA CHARACTERS UTILIZED BY THE
DESIGNATOR SYSTEM ARE:
(EXAMPLE: 0.054 IN. = 54 MILS; 1 MIL =1/1000 IN.) MATERIAL
THICKNESS IS THE MINIMUM BASE METAL THICKNESS IN MILS.
MINIMUM BASE METAL THICKNESS REPRESENTS 95% OF THE
DESIGN THICKNESS.
MIL THICKNESS:
S = STUD OR JOIST
T = TRACK
U = CHANNEL
F = FURRING
600 S 162-54
NOTES
1. PROVIDE KICKERS FOR NON-FULL HEIGHT CONDITIONS OR WHERE NOTED OTHERWISE. SEE WALL SCHEDULE FOR MORE
INFORMATION.
1.1. KICKER LENGTH SHALL BE 8'-0" MAX.
2. ALLOWABLE COMPOSITE LIMITING HEIGHTS ARE CALCULATED USING ICC-ES AC86-2012
3. VALUES REPRESENTED ON THE CHART ARE DESIGNED TO RESIST 5 PSF OF OUT-OF-PLANE LOAD AND L/240
4. PROVIDE BRIDGING @ MID-HEIGHT OR A MAX. OF 8'-0" O.C. WHERE GYPSUM BOARD IS NOT APPLIED TO BOTH SURFACES.
5. COMPOSITE LIMITING HEIGHTS ARE BASED ON A SINGLE LAYER OF 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYPSUM BOARD INSTALLED IN THE VERTICAL
ORIENTATION TO BOTH SIDE OF THE WALL OVER FULL HEIGHT USING MINIMUM NO. 6 TYPE S DRYWALL SCREWS SPACED A
MAXIMUM OF 12" O.C. FOR STUDS AT 24" SPACING AND 16" O.C. FOR STUDS AT 16" AND 12" SPACING.
STUD SIZE
WALL HEIGHT LIMIT KICKER
WALL TYPE
SIZE MIL/GA 12"
SPACING O.C.
16"24"SIZE SPACING
250S125 18/25 14'-2"
(SEE NOTE 1)
27/22 15'-4"
30/20 15'-10"
362S125 16'-8"
18'-2"
18'-3"
400S125 17'-6"
19'-5"
19'-5"
600S125 22'-9"
26'-9"
27'-1"
NON-STRUCTURAL METAL STUD WALL SIZING CHART
362S125-3348" O.C.
400S125-3348" O.C.
600S125-3348" O.C.
12'-10"11'-3"
13'-11"12'-2"
14'-5"12'-7"
15'-2"13'-2"
16'-6"14'-5"
16'-7"14'-6"
15'-11"13'-8"
17'-8"15'-5"
17'-8"15'-5"
20'-1"
24'-4"
24'-7"
16'-4"
21'-3"
21'-6"
250S125
250S125
362S125
362S125
400S125
400S125
600S125
600S125
18/25
27/22
30/20
18/25
27/22
30/20
18/25
27/22
30/20
NON-STRUCTURAL METAL STUD SIZING CHART
5/8" TYPE 'X' GYPSUM BOARD
PANELS VERTICAL OR HORIZONTAL
JOINTS STAGGERED
04 BASE OF WALL
SCALE: 3" = 1'-0"
ADDITIONAL LAYERS OF GYP
BD WHERE OCCURS
CONCRETE FLOOR
STOP GYP BD 1/2" ABOVE
FLOOR. PROVIDE SEALANT.
USE WHITE SMOKE/ACOUSTIC
SEALANT AT NON-RATED
PARTITIONS. USE RED FIRE
SEALANT AT RATED
PARTITIONS.
SECURE TRACK TO FLOOR
PER DETAIL 10/S-100
FASTEN STUDS TO TRACK
WITH ONE #10 SMS AT
EACH SIDE OF EACH STUD
-
04
-
18
6"
13 BRACING TO BOTTOM OF STRUCTURE
SCALE: 3" = 1'-0"
1
1
03
A-8.1
1
1
EXISTING PLYWOOD SHEATHING
1/2" PLYWOOD STIFFENER
BLOCKING ON THE SIDE OF JOIST
WEB IF REQ'D
EXISTING JOIST. VERIFY IN FIELD
16 GA ANGLE WITH (2) 1/4" X 2" LG
SDS SCREW
2X4 FIRE TREATED BLOCKING AT
EA BRACING SPANNING (2)
JOISTS MIN.
WALL BRACE PER DETAIL
16D (0.135" X 3 1/2") @ 6" O.C.,
STAGGERED FROM BOTH SIDE
362S137-33 W/(2) #8 SCREW EA
END
WALL PARALLEL TO JOIST
EXISTING PLYWOOD SHEATHING
EXISTING WOOD TJI JOIST OR
OPEN WEB JOIST. VERIFY IN
FIELD
1
1
03
A-8.1
(2) 1/4"X4" LAG SCREWS AT
EA END OF BLOCKING
WALL BRACE PER DETAIL
2X8 FLAT X 28" LONG
(ACROSS MIN. 2 JOISTS)
AT EA BRACING
1/4"X2" LAG SCREW
(2 AT EACH BRACING)
WALL PERPENDICULAR TO JOIST
18 FULL HEIGHT TOP TRACK (NON-RATED)
SCALE: 3" = 1'-0"
EXISTING PLYWOOD SHEATHING
20 GA CONT. DEEP SLOTTED
METAL SLIPTRACK
EXISTING WOOD TJI JOIST OR
OPEN WEB JOIST. VERIFY IN
FIELD
1/4" X 2" LG SDS SCREW INTO EA
JOIST @ 24" O.C. MAX.
#8 SMS EA FLANGE EA STUD
METAL STUD PER SCHEDULE
TYPE 'X' 5/8" GYP BD
WALL PERPENDICULAR TO JOIST
EXISTING PLYWOOD SHEATHING
1/2" PLYWOOD STIFFENER
BLOCKING ON THE SIDE OF JOIST
WEB IF REQ'D
EXISTING JOIST. VERIFY IN FIELD
1/4" X 2" LG SDS SCREW INTO
BLOCKING
@ 24" OC MAX
20 GA CONT. DEEP SLOTTED
METAL SLIPTRACK
1/4" X 3 1/2" LG SDS SCREW INTO
EA JOIST (TYP).
2X4 FIRE TREATED BLOCKING @
24" OC
#8 SMS EA FLANGE EA STUD
METAL STUD PER SCHEDULE
TYPE 'X' 5/8" GYP BD
WALL PARALLEL TO JOIST
09 MECHANICAL UNIT CURB DETAIL
SCALE: 3" = 1'-0"
S-100
7
S-100
13
S-100
10
35
'
-
0
"
F
.
V
.
10
'
-
6
"
16 GA. x CONTINUOUS DEEP LEG TOP TRACK
FASTEN TO EACH SIDE OF STUD
WITH #8 SMS
(E) FLOOR OR ROOF ASSEMBLY -
VERIFY IN FIELD
2'-0" MIN. (NTS)
BOTH SIDES
600S162-43 @16" O.C.
-
18
S-100
13
ARCHITECTURAL
DETAILS
Sheet No.
Project
Agency Plan Check / Permit No.
Petersen Design Project No.
Consultant
5082.1
652 East Dyer Road
Santa Ana, CA 92705
DYER WAREHOUSE
Staging & Set-Up Space
Tenant Improvements
Sheet Title
Revision / Submittal History
Scale
Status
.
architecture + planning
Agency Approval
Petersen Design Architects, Inc.
333 El Camino Real #201, Tustin, CA 92780
M: 714.904.6720 E: mike@mpdarch.com
www.mpdarch.com
Architect's Stamp
10/31/25 Plan Check Submittal
.
AS NOTED
A-8.2
DOOR FRAME BEYOND
DOOR - SEE SCHEDULE
1/
4
"
U
N
D
E
R
C
U
T
01 THRESHOLD
SCALE: 3" = 1'-0"
06 DOOR JAMB
SCALE: 3" = 1'-0"
11 DOOR HEAD
SCALE: 3" = 1'-0"
LINE OF WALL PERPENDICULAR
TO DOOR - WHERE OCCURS
WALL - SEE PLAN
HEADER
ALUMINUM DOOR FRAME
DOOR - SEE SCHEDULE
WALL - SEE PLAN
DOUBLE STUDS
ALUMINUM DOOR FRAME
DOOR - SEE SCHEDULE
4"
U
.
N
.
O
.
25
-
25
-
03
(UPPER
CAB.)
(BASE CAB.)
TYP. FASTENER PER
NOTE #1
(STORAGE)
EA. UNIT
NOTES:
1. AT ALL WALL HUNG CABINETS USE, (2)
NO. 10 SMS TOP AND BOTTOM TO 16 GA.
BACKING PLATES. SPACE SCREWS AT
16" MAX. O.C., MIN. OF TWO SCREW AT
EACH TOP AND BOTTOM CORNER OF
EACH CABINET UNIT.
2.SEE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS AND FLOOR
PLANS FOR CABINET CONFIGURATION
AND DIMENSIONS.
3.BOTTOM TO 16 GA. BACKING PLATES.
SPACE SCREWS AT 16" O.C. MINIMUM
TWO SCREW TOP AND BOTTOM AT EACH
CORNER.
4.USE 20GA. STUDS @ CABINETS
25
-
CASEWORK ANCHORAGE
NO SCALE
13 TYPICAL LOCK DETAIL
SCALE: 3/4" = 1'-0"
5"
2
1
/
2
"
2
1
/
2
"
2
1
/
2
"
1"
2"2"
2"2"
1"
NOTE:
ALL CABINET DOORS AND DRAWERS SHALL HAVE
LOCKS PER INTERIOR ELEVATIONS. KEYING
SCHEDULE BY OWNER. PROVIDE MULTIPLE KEYED
CYLINDERS PER KEYING SCHEDULE.
UPPER CABINETS DRAWERS LOWER CABINETS FULL HEIGHT CABINETS
2
1
/
2
"
VALANCE, WHERE
OCCURS
2"2"
2
1
/
2
"
ACTIVE (RIGHT)
LEAF LOCKS TO
INACTIVATE (LEFT)
LEAF. PROVIDE A
MANUAL FLUSH
BOLT TO UNLOCK
INACTIVE LEAF.
1"
1"
1"
1"
1"
1
1
/
2
"
08 COUNTERTOP & BACKSPLASH: PLASTIC LAMINATE SELF-EDGE
NO SCALE
1
1
/
2
"
PLAM SELF-EDGE
SUBSTRATE
PLASTIC LAMINATE
CLEAR SEALANT
UN
O
4"
SQUARE EDGE
CLEAR SEALANT
PLASTIC LAMINATE
SUBSTRATE
3/4"
3/
4
"
R 3/
4
"
COUNTERTOP ABOVE
PLAN AT CORNER
ALL EXPOSED CORNERS
TO HAVE 3/4" RADIUS UNO
OUTLINE OF BASE
CABINET BELOW
07 TYP. PLASTIC LAMINATE SOFFIT
SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"
1/4" REVEAL
CEILING GRID EXTENDS TO WALL
SCRIBE PLASTIC
LAMINATE PANEL TIGHT
TO CEILING
PL PANEL TO MATCH
CABINET BELOW
ANCHOR 45-DEGREE
GUSSET ON TOP OF
CABINET
FACE OF CABINET, SEE
ELEVATIONS &
CASEWORK DETAILS
10 SCALE: 1" = 1'-0"
ACCESSIBLE SINK BASE: S01S
1
1
/
4
"
2' - 0"
BASE AS SCHEDULED
FLOORING CONTINUES
UNDER SINK
(19" - 25")
19"
9"
13"6" MAX
3/4"
FAUCET CONTROLS
12
"
29
"
M
I
N
3/4"3/4"
27
"
M
I
N
10"
MAX ACCESSIBLE REACH RANGE
END SPLASH, TYP @
ALL ABUTTING WALLS,
SEE INT ELEV FOR ALL
SPLASH LOCATIONS
34
"
M
A
X
I
M
U
M
33
3
/
4
"
M
A
X
T
O
R
I
M
O
F
S
I
N
K
UN
O
4"
1/4"
1
6
ACCESSIBLE CLEARANCE
REMOVABLE CONCEALMENT
PANEL, 1/4" AWAY FROM
REQUIRED ACCESSIBLE
CLEARANCE
ATTACH PANEL TO BRACKETS ON
SIDE CASEWORK/WALL AS OCCURS
WITH CONCEALED FASTENERS
14 WALL MOUNTED CABINET: W01
13" I.D.
SE
E
E
L
E
V
A
T
I
O
N
S
ADJUSTABLE SHELVING
(TYP) SEE ELEVATIONS
FOR LOCATION AND
QUANTITY
2" PLAM VALANCE ON ALL
UPPER CABINETS WITH
UNDERCABINET LIGHTS &
WHERE INDICATED ON
INTERIOR ELEVATIONS OR
REFLECTED CEILING
PLANS
CABINET BACKING
PER 25/A-8.2, TYP
SCALE: 1" = 1'-0"
0405 SCALE: 1" = 1'-0"
BASE CABINET with DRAWERS: B07
4"
U
N
O
3/4"
24"
3/4"
4"
U
N
O
6"
1
1
/
2
"
36
"
23 1/4"
BASE AS SCHEDULED 3"
SEE ELEVATIONS FOR
BACKSPLASH LOCATIONS
CABINET BACKING
PER 25/A-8.2, TYP
6"
6"
SCALE: 1" = 1'-0"
BASE CABINET with TRASH BIN: B13
24"
4"
U
N
O
1
1
/
4
"
33
1
/
2
"
4"
U
N
O
3/4"
3/4"
3"
23 1/4"
BASE AS SCHEDULED
SEE ELEVATIONS FOR
BACKSPLASH LOCATIONS
PROVIDE TRASH & BIO
BINS.
CABINET BACKING PER
25/A-8.2, TYP
09 SCALE: 1" = 1'-0"
BASE CABINET without DRAWERS: B19
4"
U
N
O
1
1
/
4
"
33
1
/
2
"
3"
4"
U
N
O
3/4"
24"
3/4"
11 1/4"
BASE AS SCHEDULED
SEE ELEVATIONS FOR
BACKSPLASH LOCATIONS
ADJUSTABLE SHELF
CABINET BACKING
PER 25/A-8.2, TYP
15 "APPLIANCE" CABINET: F02
SCALE: 1" = 1'-0"
19 WALL MOUNTED CABINET above REF: W04
SCALE: 1" = 1'-0"
25 TYPICAL BACKING DETAILS
NO SCALE
BACKING DETAIL A BACKING DETAIL B
DO NOT CANTILEVER STRAP
16 GA x 6" WIDE STEEL STRAP
BACKING. SECURE STRAP TO STUDS
WITH (3) #10 SMS AT EACH STUD.
SCREWS SHALL BE 3/8" FROM THE
SIDE OF THE STRAP, AND 3/4" MIN
FROM THE TOP OR BOTTOM OF THE
STRAP
NOTES:
1.MAXIMUM WEIGHT: 50 LBS
2.VERIFY THE LENGTH, HEIGHT, AND LOCATION OF BACKING
WITH ACCESSORY AND EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURERS
3.PROVIDE BACKING AT ALL WALL MOUNTED HANDRAILS, DOOR
STOPS, ACCESSORIES, AND EQUIPMENT
WHERE TRACK IS NOT CONTINUOUS,
BUTT ENDS WITH (3) #10 SMS AT
EACH TRACK
DO NOT CANTILEVER TRACK
NOTCH FLANGE AT TOP AND
BOTTOM
16 GA x 6" WIDE TRACK. SECURE
TRACK TO STUDS WITH (3) #10 SMS
AT EACH STUD. SCREWS SHALL BE
3/8" FROM THE SIDE OF THE TRACK,
AND 3/4" MIN FROM THE TOP OR
BOTTOM OF THE TRACK
NOTES:
1.MAXIMUM WEIGHT: 100 LBS
2.VERIFY THE LENGTH, HEIGHT, AND LOCATION OF BACKING
WITH ACCESSORY AND EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURERS
WHERE BACKING IS NOT
CONTINUOUS, BUTT ENDS AND
FASTEN WITH (3) #10 SMS AT EACH
STRAP
17 ROLL-UP OVERHEAD DOOR
NO SCALE
NOTE: 5 SECTION, 3 PANEL DOOR SHOWN.
SECTION AND PANEL QTY WILL VARY.
DOOR
HEIGHT
FINISH
OPENING
A A
B
B
SECTION B-B
ELEVATION
SECTION A-A
FINISH OPENING
DOOR WIDTH
CENTER STILE
2 3/4"
1" LAP
3/8"
2" THICK NOMINAL
BOTTOM FIXTURE
ROLLER
GRADUATED HEIGHT END
HINGES (1/4" PER
SECTION)
ADJUSTABLE TOP FIXTURE
CENTER
HINGE
GALVANIZED DOOR
TRACKS
VERTICAL MOUNTING
ANGLE BY DOOR MFG.
HSS HEADER PER
STRUCTURAL
DETAIL 8/S-100
HSS JAMB PER
STRUCTURAL
DETAIL 6/S-100
EACH SIDE
Sheet No.
Project
Agency Plan Check / Permit No.
Petersen Design Project No.
Consultant
5082.1
652 East Dyer Road
Santa Ana, CA 92705
DYER WAREHOUSE
Staging & Set-Up Space
Tenant Improvements
Sheet Title
Revision / Submittal History
Scale
Status
.
architecture + planning
Agency Approval
Petersen Design Architects, Inc.
333 El Camino Real #201, Tustin, CA 92780
M: 714.904.6720 E: mike@mpdarch.com
www.mpdarch.com
Architect's Stamp
10/31/25 Plan Check Submittal
.
AS NOTED
A-8.3
SUSPENDED CEILING NOTES
CEILING TILE MOUNTS
ARCHITECTURAL
DETAILS:
Ceilings
1.SUSPENDED CEILINGS TO COMPLY WITH ASCE 7-05 SECTION 13.5.6.
2.A HEAVY DUTY T-BAR GRID SYSTEM SHALL BE USED AS DEFINED IN ASTM C 635 AND SEC.808
OF CBC.
3.SUSPENSION SYSTEM SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE W/ CBC SECTION 803 AND ASTM
C-635 & C-636, HANGERS SHALL BE FASTENED TO OR IMBEDED IN THE STRUCTURAL FRAMING.
HANGERS SHALL BE SADDLE TIED AROUND MAIN RUNNERS TO DEVELOP FULL STRENGTH OF
HANGERS. DO NOT USE FLAT HANGERS.
4.WIDTH OF THE PERIMETER SUPPORTING CLOSURE ANGLE SHALL BE NOT LESS THAN 2". IN
EACH ORTHOGONAL HORIZONTAL DIRECTION, ONE END OF THE CEILING GRID SHALL BE
ATTACHED TO THE CLOSURE ANGLE. THE OTHER END IN EACH HORIZONTAL DIRECTION
SHALL HAVE A 3/4" CLEARANGE FROM THE WALL AND SHALL REST UPON AND FREE TO SLIDE
ON A CLOSURE ANGLE.
5.FOR CEILING AREA EXCEEDING 144 S.F. SHALL HAVE HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL RESTRAINTS
OF THE CEILING TO THE STRUCTURAL SYSTEM.
6.CEILING AREAS EXCEEDING 2,500 S.F. SHALL HAVE FULL HEIGHT PARTITIONS THAT BREAK
THE CEILING UP IN AREAS NOT EXCEEDING 2,500 S.F.
7.CHANGES IN CEILING PLAN ELEVATION SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH POSITIVE BRACING.
LUMINARIES, SPEAKERS, DUCTS AND GRILLES, CABLES, CABLE TRAYS, ELECTRICAL BOXES,
AND CONDUITS SHALL BE SUPPORTED INDEPENDENTLY OF THE CEILING (IN FIRE-RATED
ASSEMBLIES, WHERE INDEPENDENT SUPPORT WIRES ARE USED, THEY SHALL BE
DISTINGUISHABLE BY COLOR, TAGGING, OR OTHER EFFECTIVE MEANS FROM THOSE THAT
ARE NOT PART OF THE FIRE-RATED DESIGN.
8.VERTICAL STRUT AT 12'-0" O.C. EACH WAY WITH FIRST POINT TO BE WITHIN 6'-0" FROM EA.
WALL FASTENED TO MAIN RUNNER & STRUCTURE ABOVE. MATERIAL MAYBE STEEL STUD,
PIPE, EMT OR OTHER APPROVAL EQUAL. A STRUT FASTENED TO THE MAIN RUNNER SHALL
BE EXTENDED TO AND FASTENED TO THE STRUCTURAL MEMBERS SUPPORTING THE ROOF
OR FLOOR ABOVE. THE STRUT SHALL BE ADEQUATE TO RESIST THE VERTICAL SEISMIC
COMPONENT INDUCED BY THE BRACING WIRES.
9.PERIMETER HANGERS SHALL BE PLACED IN BOTH DIRECTIONS WITHIN 8 INCHES OF THE
WALL.
10.WHEN THE DISTANCE BETWEEN THE STRUCTURAL DECK AND THE CEILING EXCEEDS 4". THE
SPACING OF THE VERTICAL HANGERS SHALL NOT EXCEED 2'-0" O.C. ALONG THE ENTIRE
LENGTH OF THE MEANS OF EGRESS SERVING AN OCCUPANT LOAD OF 30 OR MORE.
11.ALL SPRINKLER HEADS (DROPS) EXCEPT FIRE RESISTANCE-RATED FLOOR/CEILING OR
ROOF/CEILING ASSEMBLIES, SHALL BE DESIGNED TO ALLOW FOR FREE MOVEMENT OF THE
SPRINKLER PIPES WITH OVERSIZE RINGS, SLEEVES OR ADAPTORS THROUGH THE CEILING
TILE. SPRINKLER HEADS AND OTHER PENETRATIONS SHALL HAVE A 2-INCH OVERSIZING RING,
SLEEVE OR ADAPTER THROUGH THE CEILING TILE TO ALLOW FOR FREE MOVEMENT OF AT
LEAST 1-INCH IN ALL HORIZONTAL DIRECTIONS. ALTERNATIVELY, A SWING JOINT THAT CAN
ACCOMMODATE 1-INCH.
AIR DEVICE OR
LIGHT FIXTURE
SPEAKER OR OTHER
DEVICE
SPRINKLER HEAD*
EQ 2' - 0"EQ
EQ
EQ
EQ EQ EQ EQ
EQ
EQ
EQ
EQ
EQ
EQ
EQ
EQ
EQ
EQ
EQ
EQ
EQ 2' - 0"EQ 2' - 0"
EQ EQ 2' - 0"
EQ 2' - 0"EQ
EQEQ
EQ EQ
EQ EQ
REVEAL WHERE OCCURS
*WHERE FLEX DROPS ARE NOT USED AT SPRINKLER HEADS, PROVIDE A 2"
OVERSIZE RING THROUGH CEILING TILE WITH 1" ALLOWANCE FOR HORIZONTAL
MOVEMENT, TYP AT ALL SPRINKLER HEADS IN ACOUSTIC PANEL CEILINGS
REVEAL WHERE OCCURS
LATERAL FORCE BRACING
NO SCALE08
ACOUSTIC CEILING LAYOUT FOR ROOMS UNDER 144 SF 02 ACOUSTIC CEILING LAYOUT FOR ROOMS 144 SF OR OVER03
UNATTACHED WALL
UNATTACHED WALL
UN
A
T
T
A
C
H
E
D
W
A
L
L
MAIN "T" BAR RUNNER
CROSS "T" BAR RUNNER
ADDITIONAL CROSS "T" BARS @ 2'x2'
CEILING WHERE OCCURS; TYP
DO NOT ATTACH PARTITIONS
TERMINATING AT A SUSPENDED
CEILING TO THE CEILING GRID
ALL CEILING GRID TO BE HEAVY
DUTY TYPE.
OC
T
Y
P
2'
-
0
"
UN
A
T
T
A
C
H
E
D
W
A
L
L
= 12 GA. VERTICAL HANGER
WIRE @ 4'-0" OC EACH WAY
W/3 TIGHT TURNS WITHIN A 3"
LENGTH. SEE WALL PERIMETER
DETAIL AND ALLOWABLE
COUNTERSLOPING METHODS
ON THIS SHEET
ATTACHED WALL
OC
T
Y
P
2'
-
0
"
UNATTACHED WALL
UN
A
T
T
A
C
H
E
D
W
A
L
L
C
= 12 GA. VERTICAL HANGER WIRE @ 4'-0"
OC EACH WAY W/3 TIGHT TURNS WITHIN
A 3" LENGTH. SEE WALL PERIMETER DETAIL
AND ALLOWABLE COUNTERSLOPING
METHODS ON THIS SHEET
= LATERAL FORCE BRACING REQUIRED IN
ROOMS GREATER THAN 1,000 SF, SEE DETAIL
ON THIS SHEET. PROVIDE BRACING @ 12'-0"
O.C. AND WITHIN 6'-0" OF THE WALL EA WAY.
MAIN "T" BAR RUNNER
CROSS "T" BAR RUNNER
ADDITIONAL CROSS "T" BARS @ 2'x2'
CEILING WHERE OCCURS; TYP
DO NOT ATTACH PARTITIONS TERMINATING AT A
SUSPENDED CEILING TO THE CEILING GRID
= ARMSTRONG BERC2 CLIP OR USG ACM7
CLIP. POP RIVETS NOT ALLOWED. USE
7/8" ANGLE WALL MOLD
ALL CEILING GRID TO BE HEAVY DUTY TYPE.
C C C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C C C C
C
6'
-
0
"
M
A
X
6' - 0" MAX 12' - 0" MAX RUNNERS SHALL BE SCREWED TO CLIPS ON TWO
ADJACENT WALLS AND FREE ON THE OTHER TWO
WALLS
SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"
2" MAX
T
Y
P
4"
M
I
N
45° OR LESS
45° OR LESS
45° OR LESS
45° OR LESS
NORTH
EAST
WEST SOUTH
CROSS TEE MAIN RUNNER
STEEL DECK
TELESCOPING STRUT UNIT
TIGHT TO DECK
BRACING WIRE. SEE WIRE
CONNECTIONS TO STRUCTURE DETAIL
ON THIS SHEET. LEVEL CEILING GRID
PRIOR TO SETTING TUBE
MEMBER A
MEMBER B12 GA. SPLAY WIRE BRACING AT VERTICAL
ANGLE OF 45 DEGREES
DRILL 5/32" DIA. HOLE
AND INSTALL 1/8" DIA.
BOLT AND LOCKING NUT
COMPRESSION STRUT OPTION STUD STRUT OPTION
45° OR LESS
45° OR LESS
45° OR LESS
45° OR LESS
NORTH
EAST
SOUTH
WEST
CROSS TEE MAIN RUNNER
MAX LENGTH*
COMPRESSION STRUT SCHEDULE
MEMBER "B"
6' -6"1" DIA. EMT 1-1/4" DIA. EMT
8' -6"1-1/4" DIA. EMT 1-1/2" DIA. EMT
MEMBER "A"
10' -6"1-1/2" DIA. EMT 1-3/4" DIA. EMT
15' -0"362S162-54 MTL STUD
SLAB
STUD STRUT
CLIP FLANGES & BEND WEB. ATTACH TO DECK
ABOVE W/ 3/8" DIA. HILTI KP-TZ (ICC-ESR-1917)
EXPANSION ANCHOR W/ 2" MIN EMBEDMENT.
MIN EDGE DISTANCE FROM CENTERLINE OF
ANCHOR TO END OF STUD WEB = 1 1/2"
362S162-54 STUD -ATTACHMENT TO MAIN
RUNNER WITH (3) #8 SMS. MIN EDGE
DISTANCE FROM CENTERLINE OF SCREW = 1/2"
MEMBER A
ATTACHMENT
AT DECK
BRACING WIRE. SEE WIRE
CONNECTIONS TO STRUCTURE
DETAIL ON THIS SHEET
NOTE: LATERAL FORCE BRACING MEMBERS SHALL
BE MINIMUM 6" AWAY FROM HORIZONTAL PIPING
AND DUCTS THAT ARE NOT LATERALLY BRACED
2" MAX
T
Y
P
*STUD STRUT OPTION MAY BE USED FOR ANY LENGTH
HANGER WIRE
ATTACHMENT
AT DECK
13 ATTACHED ANGLE
NO SCALE 12 UNATTACHED ANGLE
NO SCALE
WALL OR SOFFIT
SEISMIC CLIP SYSTEM (ARMSTRONG
BERC2) ANCHOR TO WALL OR SOFFIT
W/ #6 SCREWS @ 24" O.C.
CLOSURE ANGLE
MOLDING 7800
WHERE WALL REMAINS UNATTACHED TO
CLOSURE ANGLE, 3/4" CLEARANCE TO BE
MAINTAINED
"UNATTACHED WALL"
ARMSTRONG BERC2
ICC-ESR-1308
HEAVY DUTY T-BAR SYSTEM TO COMPLY WITH
PROVISIONS OF ASTM C 635-13, ASTM C 636-13,
ASCE 7-10 AND ASTM E580
PERIMETER HANGER WIRE AT ALL
MAIN RUNNERS AND CROSS TEES
SUSPENDED CEILING GRID
HANGER AND PERIMETER WIRES SHALL BE
PLUMB WITHIN 1 IN 6 UNLESS COUNTER
SLOPING WIRES ARE PROVIDED
8" MAX.
3/4"
7/8"
"ATTACHED WALL"
ARMSTRONG BERC2
ICC-ESR-1308
HEAVY DUTY T-BAR SYSTEM TO COMPLY WITH
PROVISIONS OF ASTM C 635-13, ASTM C 636-13,
ASCE 7-10 AND ASTM E580
TIGHT SCREW
8" MAX.
7/8"
PERIMETER HANGER WIRE AT ALL
MAIN RUNNERS AND CROSS TEES
SUSPENDED CEILING GRID
HANGER AND PERIMETER WIRES SHALL BE
PLUMB WITHIN 1 IN 6 UNLESS COUNTER
SLOPING WIRES ARE PROVIDED
WALL OR SOFFIT
SEISMIC CLIP SYSTEM (ARMSTRONG
BERC2) ANCHOR TO WALL OR SOFFIT
W/ #6 SCREWS @ 24" O.C.
CLOSURE ANGLE
MOLDING 7800
WHERE WALL REMAINS UNATTACHED TO
CLOSURE ANGLE, 3/4" CLEARANCE TO BE
MAINTAINED
17 RECESSED FIXTURE IN SUSPENDED CEILING
NO SCALE
RECESSED LIGHT FIXTURE, SEE NOTE 1.
CEILING MOUNTED AIR TERMINALS, SEE NOTE 2.
ALL CEILING GRID TO BE RATED
HEAVY DUTY PER ASTM C635
3
1
4
1
4
3
1.LIGHT FIXTURES ARE SUPPORTED DIRECTLY BY THE CEILING GRID RUNNERS,
BUT MUST ALSO HAVE #12 GA WIRES CONNECTED FROM THE FIXTURE
HOUSING TO THE STRUCTURE ABOVE. THE NUMBER OF WIRES DEPENDS ON
THE LIGHT FIXTURE WEIGHT AND SIZE, SEE TABLE BELOW.
2.CEILING MOUNTED AIR TERMINALS OR OTHER SERVICES WEIGHING LESS
THAN OR EQUAL TO 20 POUNDS SHALL HAVE (1) #12 GA SLACK SAFETY WIRE
ATTACHED FROM THE TERMINAL HOUSING TO THE STRUCTURE ABOVE.
3.ATTACH FIXTURE TO CEILING GRID WITH CLIPS PROVIDED BY
MANUFACTURER. MINIMUM TWO CLIPS PER FIXTURE.
4.FASTEN HANGER WIRES WITH NOT LESS THAN 3 TIGHT TURNS IN 3 INCHES.
HANGER WIRE LOOPS SHALL BE TIGHTLY WRAPPED AND SHARPLY BENT TO
PREVENT ANY VERTICAL MOVEMENT OR ROTATION OF THE MEMBER WITHIN
THE LOOPS.
5.CEILING SYSTEM TO COMPLY WITH ASTM E580, C635, AND C636.
6.ANCHOR HANGER WIRES TO STRUCTURE ABOVE PER DETAIL 22/A-8.40
SEPARATE HANGER WIRES AT LEAST 6 INCHES FROM ALL UNBRACED DUCTS,
PIPES, CONDUITS, ETC. HANGER WIRES SHALL NOT ATTACH TO OR BEND
AROUND OBSTRUCTIONS INCLUDING PIPING, DUCTWORK, CONDUIT, AND
EQUIPMENT.
FIXTURE SIZE UP TO 24"x48" FIXTURE SIZE 48"x48" MAX
FOUR #12 GA SLACK SAFETY
WIRES, AT OPPOSITE
CORNERS OF FIXTURE
ONE #12 GA SLACK SAFETY WIRE<= 10 LBS
10 - 56 LBS TWO #12 GA SLACK SAFETY WIRES,
AT DIAGONAL CORNERS OF FIXTURE
FOUR #12 GA TAUT SAFETY WIRES, AT OPPOSITE CORNERS OF FIXTURE.
MUST BE CAPABLE OF SUPPORTING 4X THE WEIGHT OF THE FIXTURE
> 56 LBS
22 SUPPORT WIRE TO STRUCTURE
NO SCALE23SPLAY WIRE TO STRUCTURE
NO SCALE
18 SPRINKLER CEILING PENETRATION
SCALE: 3" = 1'-0"
A-A
SECTION A-A
(E) TRUSS JOIST
1-1/8" MIN. EDGE DIST.
1/4" DIA. x 1-1/2" EYE BOLT WIRE TO HAVE 3
TIGHT TURNS
3/8" DIA. X 1-3/4" LAG BOLT HEAD TYP (CENTER IN
FLANGE) TYP.
12 GA. (MIN.) WIRE W/ 3 TIGHT TURNS (MIN.) IN
1-1/2" TYP. (HANGER WIRE)
(E) TRUSS JOIST
ATTACH 12 GA. 1" x 25" BENT PLATE TO TOP
FLANGE OF TRUSS JOIST
NOTE:
1.SPECIAL INSPECTION REQUIRED.
MIN1
1
1 1/2
"
STRUCTURAL CALCULATIONS
HOAG Dyer
652 E Dyer Drive
Santa Ana, CA 92705
Prepared for:
Petersen Design Architects, Inc
17582 Fiesta Way
Tustin, CA 92780
February 5, 2026
CEI Project #252930
ASCE Hazards Report
Address:
652 E Dyer Rd
Santa Ana, California
92705
Standard:ASCE/SEI 7-16 Latitude:33.707312
Risk Category:II Longitude:-117.8573
Soil Class:D - Default (see
Section 11.4.3)
Elevation:50.302244903635035 ft
(NAVD 88)
Wind
Results:
Wind Speed 95 Vmph
10-year MRI 66 Vmph
25-year MRI 72 Vmph
50-year MRI 76 Vmph
100-year MRI 81 Vmph
Data Source: ASCE/SEI 7-16, Fig. 26.5-1B and Figs. CC.2-1–CC.2-4, and Section 26.5.2
Date Accessed: Mon Sep 29 2025
Value provided is 3-second gust wind speeds at 33 ft above ground for Exposure C Category, based on linear
interpolation between contours. Wind speeds are interpolated in accordance with the 7-16 Standard. Wind speeds
correspond to approximately a 7% probability of exceedance in 50 years (annual exceedance probability =
0.00143, MRI = 700 years).
Site is not in a hurricane-prone region as defined in ASCE/SEI 7-16 Section 26.2.
Page 1 of 3https://ascehazardtool.org/Mon Sep 29 2025
Page 1
SS : 1.27
S1 : 0.455
F a : 1.2
F v : N/A
SMS : 1.524
SM1 : N/A
SDS : 1.016
SD1 : N/A
T L : 8
PGA : 0.538
PGA M : 0.645
F PGA : 1.2
Ie : 1
C v : 1.354
Seismic
Site Soil Class:
Results:
Data Accessed:
Date Source:
D - Default (see Section 11.4.3)
USGS Seismic Design Maps
Ground motion hazard analysis may be required. See ASCE/SEI 7-16 Section 11.4.8.
Mon Sep 29 2025
Page 2 of 3https://ascehazardtool.org/Mon Sep 29 2025
Page 2
The ASCE Hazard Tool is provided for your convenience, for informational purposes only, and is provided “as is” and without warranties of any
kind. The location data included herein has been obtained from information developed, produced, and maintained by third party providers; or
has been extrapolated from maps incorporated in the ASCE standard. While ASCE has made every effort to use data obtained from reliable
sources or methodologies, ASCE does not make any representations or warranties as to the accuracy, completeness, reliability, currency, or
quality of any data provided herein. Any third-party links provided by this Tool should not be construed as an endorsement, affiliation,
relationship, or sponsorship of such third-party content by or from ASCE.
ASCE does not intend, nor should anyone interpret, the results provided by this Tool to replace the sound judgment of a competent
professional, having knowledge and experience in the appropriate field(s) of practice, nor to substitute for the standard of care required of such
professionals in interpreting and applying the contents of this Tool or the ASCE standard.
In using this Tool, you expressly assume all risks associated with your use. Under no circumstances shall ASCE or its officers, directors,
employees, members, affiliates, or agents be liable to you or any other person for any direct, indirect, special, incidental, or consequential
damages arising from or related to your use of, or reliance on, the Tool or any information obtained therein. To the fullest extent permitted by
law, you agree to release and hold harmless ASCE from any and all liability of any nature arising out of or resulting from any use of data
provided by the ASCE Hazard Tool.
Page 3 of 3https://ascehazardtool.org/Mon Sep 29 2025
Page 3
Page 4
ROOF FRAMING PLAN
1 432
A
B
C
D
(E) STEEL TRUSS JOIST
(E) STEEL BM (E) STEEL BM (E) STEEL BM
(E) STEEL BM (E) STEEL BM
(E
)
S
T
E
E
L
B
M
(E
)
S
T
E
E
L
B
M
(E
)
T
R
U
S
S
G
I
R
D
E
R
(E) STEEL TRUSS JOIST
(E) STEEL TRUSS JOIST
(E) 2X6 @ 24" OC
(E
)
T
R
U
S
S
G
I
R
D
E
R
(E
)
T
R
U
S
S
G
I
R
D
E
R
13
S1.0
7
S1.0
8
S1.0 LOW
HSS 6X4X1/4 FLAT
HEADER BELOW
AC
1,600
AC
1,600
14
S-100
14
S-100
1
1
1
Mech'l Unit Anchorage/Support at Roof (AH)
ASCE 7-16 Chapter 13, 2018 NDS Allowable Stress Design
Unit Weight, Wp =1600 lbs.ap =2.5
Width, W =4.0 ft.Rp =6.0
Length, L =5.0 ft.SDS =1.020
Height to C.M., H =2.0 ft.Ip =1.00
Seismic Design Force:
Fp = (0.4 ap SDS Ip)/Rp (1+ 2 z/h)Wp =816 lb
Fp (min) = 0.3 SDS Ip Wp =490 lb
Fp (max) = 1.6 SDS Ip Wp =2611 lb
Fp (required) = 816 lb
Anchorage :
Anchorage Force = 0.7Fp = 0.7ρQE =571 lb
T = C = Fp x H / (W/2) = 143 lb lb/screw
PD = Wp / 4 =400 lb
Ts = -257 lb No Uplift
Vs = 0.7Fp/12 = 48 lb/screw
48 lb
α = 0.0°
For 3/8" dia. Lag Screws w/ 3" Min. Embed
W'p = 1.6 x 2.75" x 305 = 1342 lb
Z' = 1.6 x 130 = 208 lb Use 3/8" dia. Lag Screw w/ 3" Min. Embed
208 lb. > 48 lb. O.K.Min. 3 Ea. Side (12 total)
Support @ 48" o/c :
Span =8 ft.Summary:CD M </> M all OK/NG
wD =15 plf L.C. I 1.25 1880 < 2151 OK
wLr =20 plf L.C. II 1.6 2251 < 2753 OK
PD = Wp/2 =800 lbs.L.C. III 1.6 2230 < 2753 OK
Load Case 1 : D + Lr
M =(wD+wLr) x Span2/8 + PD x Span/4
Load Case II : (1.0+0.14S DS )D + 0.7ρQ E M all =Fb x Sx x CF x CD
M =(1.0+0.14SDS)wD x Span2/8 + (1.0+0.14SDS)PD x Span/4 Fb =900 psi
+ 0.7Fp/2 x H/W x Span/4 Sx =17.65 in3
Load Case III : (1.0+0.10S DS )D + 0.525ρQ E + 0.75L r CF =1.3
M =(1.0+0.10SDS)wD x Span2/8 + (1.0+0.10SDS)PD x Span/4
+ 0.525Fp/2 x H/W x Span/4 + wLr x Span2/8
Use 4x6
=+=22VsTsR
=
α+α
=α 22sinZ'p)cos(W'
p)Z'(W'Z'
USE 3/8" DIA. LAG SCREW
W/ 3" MIN EMBED.
MIN. 12 PER A/C UNIT
Project:
Project No:
Sheet No:
Date:Calc. By:
Page 5
Page 6
EXISTING JOIST SUPPORTING MECH UNIT
SPAN = 55'-0" TRIB WIDTH = 8'-0"
EXISTING LOAD
W = (15 + 20)PSF * 8' = 280 PLF
* SEE NEXT PAGES FOR RESULTS
Mmax = 151.25 LB-FT
NEW LOAD
W = (15 + 20)PSF * 8' = 280 PLF
Pnet = 1600# - (20 PSF * 36 FT^2) = 880 # / 2 = 440#
* SEE NEXT PAGES FOR RESULTS
Mmax = 157.92 LB-FT
M % CHANGE = (157.92 - 151.25) / 151.25 = 4.41%
Wood Beam
LIC# : KW-06018102, Build:20.22.5.16 COFFMAN ENGINEERS (c) ENERCALC INC 1983-2022
DESCRIPTION:J1 W/ EXISTING LOAD
Project File: HOAG Dyer.ec6
Project Title:
Engineer:
Project ID:
Project Descr:
CODE REFERENCES
Calculations per NDS 2018, IBC 2018, CBC 2019, ASCE 7-16
Load Combination Set : ASCE 7-16
.Applied Loads Service loads entered. Load Factors will be applied for calculations.
Beam self weight NOT internally calculated and added
Uniform Load : D = 0.0150, Lr = 0.020 ksf, Tributary Width = 8.0 ft, (ROOF)
.Maximum Forces & Stresses for Load Combinations
Span #
Moment ValuesLoad Combination
C C C C C Cirm
Shear ValuesMax Stress Ratios
M V fbMu fvFbVu FvSegment Length O t LF/V
+1.40D 0.00 0.00 0.000.00
1.00Length = 55.0 ft 1 0.418 0.061 0.60 0.937 1.00 1.00 1.00 63.53 460.22 1101.60 4.35 233.281.00 14.12
1.00+1.20D+0.50Lr 0.937 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.001.00 0.00
1.00Length = 55.0 ft 1 0.418 0.061 0.80 0.937 1.00 1.00 1.00 84.70 613.62 1468.80 5.80 311.041.00 18.82
1.00+1.20D 0.937 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.001.00 0.00
1.00Length = 55.0 ft 1 0.269 0.039 0.80 0.937 1.00 1.00 1.00 54.45 394.47 1468.80 3.73 311.041.00 12.10
1.00+1.20D+1.60Lr 0.937 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.001.00 0.00
1.00Length = 55.0 ft 1 0.746 0.108 0.80 0.937 1.00 1.00 1.00 151.25 1,095.75 1468.80 10.36 311.041.00 33.61
1.00+0.90D 0.937 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.001.00 0.00
1.00Length = 55.0 ft 1 0.161 0.023 1.00 0.937 1.00 1.00 1.00 40.84 295.85 1836.00 2.80 388.801.00 9.07
.
Page 7
Wood Beam
LIC# : KW-06018102, Build:20.22.5.16 COFFMAN ENGINEERS (c) ENERCALC INC 1983-2022
DESCRIPTION:J1 W/ EXISTING LOAD
Project File: HOAG Dyer.ec6
Project Title:
Engineer:
Project ID:
Project Descr:
Load Combination Support 1 Support 2
Vertical Reactions Support notation : Far left is #1 Values in KIPS
Overall MAXimum 7.700 7.700
Overall MINimum 4.400 4.400
D Only 3.300 3.300
+D+Lr 7.700 7.700
+D+0.750Lr 6.600 6.600
+0.60D 1.980 1.980
Lr Only 4.400 4.400
Page 8
Wood Beam
LIC# : KW-06018102, Build:20.22.5.16 COFFMAN ENGINEERS (c) ENERCALC INC 1983-2022
DESCRIPTION:J1 W/ NEW LOAD
Project File: HOAG Dyer.ec6
Project Title:
Engineer:
Project ID:
Project Descr:
CODE REFERENCES
Calculations per NDS 2018, IBC 2018, CBC 2019, ASCE 7-16
Load Combination Set : ASCE 7-16
.Applied Loads Service loads entered. Load Factors will be applied for calculations.
Beam self weight NOT internally calculated and added
Uniform Load : D = 0.0150, Lr = 0.020 ksf, Tributary Width = 8.0 ft, (ROOF)
Point Load : D = 0.440 k @ 30.0 ft, (P NET)
.Maximum Forces & Stresses for Load Combinations
Span #
Moment ValuesLoad Combination
C C C C C Cirm
Shear ValuesMax Stress Ratios
M V fbMu fvFbVu FvSegment Length O t LF/V
+1.40D 0.00 0.00 0.000.00
1.00Length = 55.0 ft 1 0.296 0.069 0.60 0.937 1.00 1.00 1.00 71.46 517.69 1749.60 4.69 220.321.00 15.21
1.00+1.20D+0.50Lr 0.937 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.001.00 0.00
1.00Length = 55.0 ft 1 0.284 0.067 0.80 0.937 1.00 1.00 1.00 91.43 662.36 2332.80 6.09 293.761.00 19.76
1.00+1.20D 0.937 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.001.00 0.00
1.00Length = 55.0 ft 1 0.190 0.044 0.80 0.937 1.00 1.00 1.00 61.25 443.73 2332.80 4.02 293.761.00 13.03
1.00+1.20D+1.60Lr 0.937 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.001.00 0.00
1.00Length = 55.0 ft 1 0.490 0.118 0.80 0.937 1.00 1.00 1.00 157.92 1,144.09 2332.80 10.65 293.761.00 34.55
1.00+0.90D 0.937 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.001.00 0.00
1.00Length = 55.0 ft 1 0.114 0.027 1.00 0.937 1.00 1.00 1.00 45.94 332.80 2916.00 3.01 367.201.00 9.78
.
Page 9
Wood Beam
LIC# : KW-06018102, Build:20.22.5.16 COFFMAN ENGINEERS (c) ENERCALC INC 1983-2022
DESCRIPTION:J1 W/ NEW LOAD
Project File: HOAG Dyer.ec6
Project Title:
Engineer:
Project ID:
Project Descr:
Load Combination Support 1 Support 2
Vertical Reactions Support notation : Far left is #1 Values in KIPS
Overall MAXimum 7.900 7.940
Overall MINimum 4.400 4.400
D Only 3.500 3.540
+D+Lr 7.900 7.940
+D+0.750Lr 6.800 6.840
+0.60D 2.100 2.124
Lr Only 4.400 4.400
Page 10
Page 11
Roll Up Door Later Load
W = 3700# / 10 ft = 370 PLF
Ap = 1.0, Rp = 2.5, Sds = 1.016, I = 1.0
Fp = ((0.4*Ap*Sds)/(Rp/I)) * (1+2(z/h))
Fp = ((0.4*1.0*1.016)/(2.5/1)) * (1+2(8/34))
Fp = 0.239 Wp
Pv = 3700# / 2 = 1850 #
Pl = 0.5 * 0.239 * 3700# = 442 #
Coffman Engineers
Michael Martinez
253110
Roll Up Door Frame SK-1
Jan 28, 2026 at 02:03 PM
Roll Up Door.r3d
Page 12
Coffman Engineers
Michael Martinez
253110
Roll Up Door Frame SK-2
Jan 28, 2026 at 02:04 PM
Roll Up Door.r3d
Page 13
Coffman Engineers
Michael Martinez
253110
Roll Up Door Frame SK-3
Jan 28, 2026 at 02:04 PM
Roll Up Door.r3d
Page 14
Detail Report: C1
Load Combination:Envelope Code check:0.250 (LC 7)
y
z
y
z
x
Input Data
Shape:HSS6X4X4
Member Type:Column
Length (ft):34
Material Type:Hot Rolled Steel
Design Rule:Typical
Internal Sections:97
Design Code:AISC 15th (360-16):
ASD
I Node:N1
J Node:N2
I Release:Fixed
J Release:Fixed
I Offset:N/A
J Offset:N/A
T/C Only:Both Way
Material Properties
Material:A500 Gr.B RECT
E (ksi):29000
G (ksi):11154
Nu:0.3
Therm. Coeff. (/1E5 F):0.65
Density (k/ft ):3 0.527
Fy (ksi):46
R :y 1.4
Fu (ksi):58
R :t 1.3
Shape Properties
d (in):6
bf (in):4
t (in):0.233
Iyy (in ):4 11.1
Izz (in ):4 20.9
Area (in ):2 4.3
J (in ):4 23.6
Design Properties
Lb y-y (ft):34
Lb z-z (ft):34
L :comp top Lbyy
Lcomp bot (ft):34
Ltorque (ft):34
K :y-y 1
K :z-z 1
y sway:No
z sway:No
Function:Lateral
Seismic DR:None
Max Defl Ratio:L/322
Max Defl Location:16.292
Span:N/A
τ :b 1
C1
N1 N2
1.266 at 16.29 ft
-1.266 at 16.29 ft
y Deflection (in)
Diagrams:
z Deflection (in)
RISA-3D Version 22 [ Roll Up Door.r3d ] Page 1
Company
Designer
Job Number
Model Name
:
:
:
:
Coffman Engineers
Michael Martinez
253110
Roll Up Door Frame
Checked By : __________
1/28/2026
2:05:26 PMPage 15
1.447 at 0 ft
-1.143 at 15.23 ft
Axial Force (k)
0.247 at 0 ft
-0.247 at 0 ft
y Shear Force (k)z Shear Force (k)
Torsion (k-ft)y-y Moment (k-ft)
3.674 at 14.88 ft
-3.674 at 14.88 ft
z-z Moment (k-ft)
0.337 at 0 ft
-0.266 at 15.23 ft
Axial Stress (ksi)
6.329 at 14.88 ft
-6.329 at 14.88 ft
Bending Strong Stress (ksi)Bending Weak Stress (ksi)
AISC 15th (360-16): ASD Code Check
Limit State Gov. LC Required Available Unity Check Result
Applied Loading - Bending/Axial 7 - -- -
Applied Loading - Shear + Torsion 9 - -- -
Axial Tension Analysis 7 0 k 118.443 k - -
Axial Compression Analysis 7 1.241 k 10.023 k - -
Flexural Analysis (Strong Axis)7 3.674 k-ft 19.58 k-ft - -
Flexural Analysis (Weak Axis)- 0 k-ft 14.805 k-ft - -
Shear Analysis (Major Axis y)9 0.247 k 40.826 k 0.006 PASS
Shear Analysis (Minor Axis z)9 0 k 25.423 k 0 PASS
Bending & Axial Interaction Check (UC Bending Max)7 - -0.25 PASS
Torsional Analysis 7 0 k-ft 13.875 k-ft 0 PASS
RISA-3D Version 22 [ Roll Up Door.r3d ] Page 2
Company
Designer
Job Number
Model Name
:
:
:
:
Coffman Engineers
Michael Martinez
253110
Roll Up Door Frame
Checked By : __________
1/28/2026
2:05:26 PMPage 16
Detail Report: B1
Load Combination:Envelope Code check:0.280 (LC 4)
y
z
y
z
x
Input Data
Shape:HSS6X4X4
Member Type:Beam
Length (ft):8
Material Type:Hot Rolled Steel
Design Rule:Typical
Internal Sections:97
Design Code:AISC 15th (360-16):
ASD
I Node:N3
J Node:N4
I Release:Fixed
J Release:Fixed
I Offset:N/A
J Offset:N/A
T/C Only:Both Way
Material Properties
Material:A500 Gr.B RECT
E (ksi):29000
G (ksi):11154
Nu:0.3
Therm. Coeff. (/1E5 F):0.65
Density (k/ft ):3 0.527
Fy (ksi):46
R :y 1.4
Fu (ksi):58
R :t 1.3
Shape Properties
d (in):6
bf (in):4
t (in):0.233
Iyy (in ):4 11.1
Izz (in ):4 20.9
Area (in ):2 4.3
J (in ):4 23.6
Design Properties
Lb y-y (ft):8
Lb z-z (ft):8
L :comp top Lbyy
Lcomp bot (ft):8
Ltorque (ft):8
K :y-y 1
K :z-z 1
y sway:No
z sway:No
Function:Lateral
Seismic DR:None
Max Defl Ratio:L/5739
Max Defl Location:4
Span:1
τ :b 1
B1
N3 N4
0.017 at 4 ft
-0.017 at 4 ft
y Deflection (in)
Diagrams:
0.185 at 4 ft
z Deflection (in)
RISA-3D Version 22 [ Roll Up Door.r3d ] Page 1
Company
Designer
Job Number
Model Name
:
:
:
:
Coffman Engineers
Michael Martinez
253110
Roll Up Door Frame
Checked By : __________
1/28/2026
2:05:53 PMPage 17
Axial Force (k)
0.352 at 0 ft
-0.352 at 0 ft
y Shear Force (k)
2.072 at 8 ft
-2.072 at 0 ft
z Shear Force (k)
Torsion (k-ft)
-4.144 at 4 ft
y-y Moment (k-ft)
0.704 at 4 ft
-0.704 at 4 ft
z-z Moment (k-ft)
Axial Stress (ksi)
1.213 at 4 ft
-1.213 at 4 ft
Bending Strong Stress (ksi)
8.96 at 4 ft
-8.96 at 4 ft
Bending Weak Stress (ksi)
AISC 15th (360-16): ASD Code Check
Limit State Gov. LC Required Available Unity Check Result
Applied Loading - Bending/Axial 4 - -- -
Applied Loading - Shear + Torsion 4 - -- -
Axial Tension Analysis 4 0 k 118.443 k - -
Axial Compression Analysis 4 0 k 93.156 k - -
Flexural Analysis (Strong Axis)4 0 k-ft 19.58 k-ft - -
Flexural Analysis (Weak Axis)- 4.144 k-ft 14.805 k-ft - -
Shear Analysis (Major Axis y)4 0 k 40.826 k 0 PASS
Shear Analysis (Minor Axis z)4 2.072 k 25.423 k 0.082 PASS
Bending & Axial Interaction Check (UC Bending Max)4 - -0.28 PASS
Torsional Analysis 4 0 k-ft 13.875 k-ft 0 PASS
RISA-3D Version 22 [ Roll Up Door.r3d ] Page 2
Company
Designer
Job Number
Model Name
:
:
:
:
Coffman Engineers
Michael Martinez
253110
Roll Up Door Frame
Checked By : __________
1/28/2026
2:05:53 PMPage 18
Page 19
EXIST RR
EXISTING
OFFICE
AREA
EXIST RREXIST STOR
EXIST ELEC
EXISTING
WAREHOUSE
AREA
BREAK AREA
PROJECT AREA
(ASSEMBLY SPACE)
APPROX 3,450 SF
1 432
A
B
C
D
(E) CONT
FTG TYP
HSS6X4X1/4HSS6X4X1/4
10
S-1006
S-100TYP(E) HSS COLUMN
(E) HSS COLUMN (E) HSS COLUMN
600S162-43
@ 16" OC
FOUNDATION PLAN
Page 20
Page 21
Page 22
Page 23
Page 24
Page 25
Page 26
Page 27
Section : 600S162-43 (33 ksi) @ 16" o.c. Single C Stud (punched)
Maxo =1390.0 ft-lb 1415.7 lbVa =I =2.32 in^4
Loads have not been modified for strength checks
Loads have been multiplied by 0.70 for deflection calculations
Bridging Connectors - Design Method =AISI S100
Span KyLy, KtLt
Flexual,
Distortional Connector
Stress
Ratio
Axial
Span NA 60.0", 420.0" LSUBH3.25 (Min) 0.13
Web Crippling
Support Load (lb) (in)Max Int. Stiffener?
Bearing Pa M
(lb)(ft-lbs)
R2 116.7 --Shear Connection w/ clip--NO
R1 116.7 --Stud/Track Design, Ref Connectors--NO
Gravity Load
Type Load (lb)
Uniform 0.00plf
Code Check Required Interaction NotesAllowed
Max. Axial, lbs 0.0(t) 0%.˓ OELQLQ-Span
Max. Shear, lbs 116.7 9%6KHDU 3XQFKHG 1240.3
Max. Moment (MaFy, Ma-dist), ft-lbs 1020.8 85%0DGLVW FRQWURO .˓ OELQLQ1205.1
Moment Stability, ft-lbs 1020.8 92%1112.3
Shear/Moment 0.73 73%6KHDU0RPHQW1.00
Axial/Moment 0.73 73%$[LDO F 0RPHQW1.00
Deflection Span, in 2.306 --meets L/182--
Support Rx(lb)Ry(lb)Simpson Strong-Tie Connector
Connector
Interaction
Anchor
Interaction
10.46 %R2 116.7 0.0 19.13 %SCB45.5(2) & (2) #12-24 SST X or XL to A36 Steel
52.98 %R1 116.7 0.0 28.45 %600T125-33 (33) & (1) .157" SST PDPA/PDPAT-62KP to
steel (3/16" to 1/2" thickness)
* Reference catalog for connector and anchor requirement notes as well as screw placement requirements
www.strongtie.comSIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.
Project Name:Stud Wall
Model:Full Height Wall
2012 NASPEC [AISI S100-2012]Code:
Page 1 of 1
Date: 01/07/2026
6LPSVRQ6WURQJ7LHp&)6'HVLJQHUറ
Page 28
Page 31
Page 32
YES NO
INSTRUCTIONS:
ORAN GE COUNTY FI RE AUTHORI TY
Plan Submittal Criteria
COMMERCIAL projects, MULTIFAMILY RESIDENTIAL projects
and RESIDENTIAL TRACT developments
• Fill in the project/business address and provide a brief description of the scope of work and type of business operation that will take place.
• Answer questions 1 through 10, read and initial items 11 and 12, then complete and sign the certification section.
• If you answer: - “YES” to any part of questions 1 through 10, submit the type of plan indicated in italics to OCFA.
• In some cases, other plan types not indicated herein may also be necessary depending on specific conditions or operations.
• Visit www.ocfa.org for submittal information and locations. If you need assistance in filling out this form or have questions regarding
requirements for review, please contact OCFA at 714-573-6108 or visit us at 1 Fire Authority Road, Irvine, CA 92602.
Address Suite City
Project Scope/Business Description
1. Construction of a new building, a new story, or increase the footprint of an existing building? Changes to roadways,
curbs, or drive aisles? Addition, relocation, or modification of fire hydrants or fences/gates? Construction within
300 feet of an active or proposed oil well? Fire Master Plan (PR145)
2. Property is adjacent to a wildland area or non-irrigated native vegetation?
Fire Master Plan (PR145); a Fuel Modification Plan may also be required. (PR120, PR124)
3. Located in or < 100’ from a Division of Oil, Gas, and Geothermal Resources (DOGGR) field boundary, < 300’ from
an oil/gas seep, or < 1000’ from a landfill? Methane Work Plan. (PR170)
4. Installation/modification/repair of underground piping, backflow preventers, or fire department connections serving
private fire hydrant/sprinkler/standpipe systems? Underground Plan. (PR470, PR475)
5. Drinking/dining/recreation/meetings/training/religious functions or other gatherings in a room > 750 sq.ft. (> 1,000
sq.ft. for training/adulteducation) or > 49 people? Healthcare/outpatient services for > 5 people who may be unable
to immediately evacuate without assistance? Education for children (academic tutoring for ages 5+ is exempt unless
classified as an E occupancy by the Building Official)? Adult/child daycare? 24-hour care/supervision? Incarceration
or restraint? Hotel/apartment or residential facility with 3+ units and 3+ stories (3-story townhouses/rowhouses
where an independent direct exit to grade is provided for dwelling are exempt)? Congregate housing/dormitories
with 17+ people? High-rise structure (55+ feet to highest occupied floor level)? Architectural Plan (PR200-PR285)
6. Installation/modification of locks delaying or preventing occupants from leaving a space or requiring use of a card,
button, or similar action to open a door in the direction of exit travel? Architectural, Sprinkler, and/or Alarm Plan
depending on the occupancy and type of device installed (PR200-PR280, PR420-PR425, PR500-PR520)
7. Installation/modification/use of spray booths; dust collection; dry cleaning; industrial ovens/drying equipment;
industrial/commercial refrigeration systems; compressed gasses; tanks for cryogenic or flammable/combustible
liquids; vapor recovery; smoke control; battery back-up/charging systems (> 50 gal. electrolyte, > 1,000 lb. lithium
ion); welding/brazing/soldering, open flame torches, cutting/grinding; or other similar operations?
Special Equipment Plan (PR315, PR340-PR382)
8. Storage/use/research with flammable/combustible liquids or other chemicals? Motor vehicle/aircraft
maintenance/repair? Cabinetry/woodworking/finishing facility? Chem Class & floor plan (full architectural plan if
H occupancy); Special Equipment Plans may be necessary. (PR315-PR360, PR232-PR240)
9. Storage or merchandizing areas in excess of 500 sq. ft. where items are located higher than 12’ (6’ for high-hazard
commodities, plastic, rubber, foam, etc.)? High-piled Storage Plan (PR330)
10. Cooking under a Type I commercial hood; installation or modification of a fire extinguishing system located in a
commercial cooking hood? Hood & Duct Extinguishing System, not just the hood mechanical plan. (PR335)
Initial each of the following two items indicating that you have read and understand the statement:
11. *Sprinklers/Alarms: Consult Building/Fire Codes and ordinances to determine sprinkler/alarm requirements; if a system is
required, plans shall be submitted for OCFA review. Existing buildings undergoing remodel must be evaluated by a licensed
Initials contractor to determine if modification is needed; if so, contractor shall submit plans prior to making modifications.
12. Fire Hazard Severity Zone: Consult maps available at building department or on OCFA website to determine if your site is located
in a FHSZ. Buildings in a FHSZ may be subject to special construction requirements detailed in CBC Chapter 7A or CRC R327—
Initials the building department will determine specific requirements.
I certify under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the above is true:
Print Name Signature
Phone Number ( ) Date / /
Building Department: If you have verified that all of the questions have been answered accurately as “NO”, and the project does not otherwise require OCFA
review of sprinkler or alarm plans*, then you may accept this signed form as a written release that OCFA review is not required. Should you still require that the
applicant have plans approved by OCFA, please initial here or attach an OCFA referral form and have the applicant submit the form along with the
appropriate plans and fees for OCFA review. 10-08-14 EE
COM
652 East Dyer Road
✔
The Project consists of conversion of approximately 3,450 SF of existing first floor warehouse space into secure, temperature-controlled, staging & set-up storage area.
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
Michael Petersen
714 904-6720 11 18 2025
Santa Ana
MP
MP
O R A N G E C O U N T Y F I R E A U T H O R I T Y
Plan Referral Form
Required for OCFA to review plans upon the request of the Building Department when
the answers on the Plan Submittal Criteria Form (on the reverse) are all “No”.
City / County Official Requesting Review:
City / County Reference #: Date: __________________________________
City / County: _____________________________________ E-Mail: __________________________________
Contact Name: _____________________________________ Phone #: _________________________________
Title: _____________________________________
** Have the applicant complete and sign the OCFA Plan Submittal Criteria Form on the reverse of this form. **
Reason(s) for Review:
Please describe why OCFA Plan Review is or may be required by the City/County :
OCFA COMMENTS:
No further action required on this specific plan type, based
on information provided on: ____/______/______.
Project to be taken in for OCFA Review.
Other:
Name: _________________________________________
Contact #: ______________________________________ Date: _________________________________
OCFA Authorization
Updated: 06/02/2020 rs
GENERAL NOTESABBREVIATIONSAPPLICABLE STANDARDS
ANNOTATION SYMBOLS
LEGENDLEGEND
E0.1 SYMBOLS, DESIGNATION AND ABBREVIATIONS
E0.2 SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM
E0.3 ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES
E0.4 TITLE-24 COMPLIANCE FORMS
E1.1 PARTIAL FIRST FLOOR DEMOLITION PLAN
E2.1 PARTIAL FIRST FLOOR POWER INSTALLATION PLAN
E2.2 ROOF POWER PLAN
E3.1 PARTIAL FIRST FLOOR LIGHTING INSTALLATION PLAN
E3.2 PARTIAL FIRST FLOOR NORMAL AND EMERGENCY
PHOTOMETRICS PLANS
E5.1 ELECTRICAL DETAILS
E7.1 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
E7.2 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
E7.3 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
E7.4 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
1.ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PERFORM ELECTRICAL
INSTALLATION WORK IN CONFORMANCE WITH THE 2022
EDITION OF THE CALIFORNIA ELECTRICAL CODE (CEC) AND
ALL APPLICABLE CODES, ORDINANCES, REGULATIONS AND
CITY/COUNTY STANDARDS.
2.CONDUIT ROUTING AND OUTLET LOCATION AS SHOWN ON
THE ELECTRICAL POWER PLAN ARE DIAGRAMMATIC IN
NATURE. VERIFY FEASIBILITY OF THE INSTALLATION
BEFORE COMMENCING THE JOB. ANY OBSERVATIONS TO
THE EXECUTION OF THE WORK SHALL BE BROUGHT TO
THE ATTENTION OF THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE
IMMEDIATELY.
3.COORDINATE ALL WORK WITH OTHER CONSTRUCTION.
NOTIFY THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE OF ANY
UNRESOLVED ISSUES THAT MAY DELAY INSTALLATION OF
WORK.
4.MAINTAIN PROPER WORKING SPACE PER CALIFORNIA
ELECTRICAL CODE (CEC), PARAGRAPH 110-26.
5.PROVIDE NECESSARY HARDWARE AND SUPPORTS AS
REQUIRED FOR ELECTRICAL CONDUIT/WIRE NOT
SCHEDULED FOR DEMOLITION PER CALIFORNIA
ELECTRICAL CODE (CEC), PARAGRAPH 110-12.
6.CONNECTIONS TO VIBRATING EQUIPMENT AND SEISMIC
SEPARATIONS:
·LIQUID-TIGHT FLEXIBLE STEEL CONDUIT IN DRY
INTERIOR LOCATIONS.
·LIQUID-TIGHT FLEXIBLE STEEL CONDUIT IN AREAS
EXPOSED TO WEATHER, DAMP LOCATIONS,
CONNECTIONS TO TRANSFORMER ENCLOSURES, AND
FINAL CONNECTIONS TO MOTORS.
PROVIDE A SEPARATE INSULATED EQUIPMENT GROUNDING
CONDUCTOR IN FLEXIBLE CONDUIT RUNS. MAXIMUM
LENGTH SHALL BE SIX FEET UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
7.EQUIPMENT OUTLETS, LIGHTING FIXTURES, CONDUIT,
WIRE, AND CONNECTION METHODS IN HVAC AIR-PLENUMS
SHALL BE APPROVED FOR USE IN PLENUMS AND SHALL
CONFORM TO THE CEC.
8.ROUTE EXPOSED CONDUIT AND CONDUIT ABOVE
ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACES PARALLEL AND
PERPENDICULAR TO WALLS AND ADJACENT PIPING.
ARRANGE CONDUIT TO MAINTAIN HEADROOM AND TO
PRESENT A NEAT APPEARANCE.
9.WHENEVER A DISCREPANCY IN QUANTITY OR SIZE OF
CONDUIT, WIRE, EQUIPMENT DEVICES, CIRCUIT BREAKERS,
GROUND FAULT PROTECTION SYSTEMS, ETC. (ALL
MATERIALS), ARISES ON THE DRAWINGS OR
SPECIFICATIONS, PROVIDE AND INSTALL ALL MATERIAL
AND SERVICES REQUIRED BY THE STRICTEST CONDITIONS
NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS OR IN THE SPECIFICATIONS TO
ENSURE COMPLETE AND OPERABLE SYSTEMS.
10.ALL RECESSED LIGHTING FIXTURES, SPEAKERS,
RECEPTACLES, SWITCHES, ETC., MOUNTED IN THE FIRE
RATED CEILINGS OR WALLS SHALL BE ENCLOSED WITH AN
APPROVED ENCLOSURE CARRYING THE SAME FIRE RATING
AS THE CEILING OR WALL.
2022 CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE (CBC) PART 2,
VOLUMES 1 AND 2, TITLE 24
(BASED ON 2021 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE)
2022 CALIFORNIA ELECTRIC CODE (CEC) PART 3, TITLE 24
(BASED ON 2020 NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE)
2022 CALIFORNIA MECHANICAL CODE (CMC) PART 4, TITLE 24
(BASED ON 2021 UNIFORM MECHANICAL CODE)
2022 CALIFORNIA PLUMBING CODE (CPC) PART 5, TITLE 24
(BASED ON 2021 UNIFORM PLUMBING CODE)
2022 CALIFORNIA FIRE CODE (CFC) PART 9, TITLE 24
(BASED ON 2021 INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE)
2022 CALIFORNIA ENERGY CODE PART 6, TITLE 24
2022 CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS (PART 11, TITLE
24, CCR)
2022 CALIFORNIA REFERENCED STANDARD CODE PART 12,
TITLE 24
TITLE 19, PUBLIC SAFETY, STATE FIRE MARSHAL REGULATIONS
PARTIAL LIST OF APPLICABLE NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION
ASSOCIATION (NFPA) STANDARDS
NFPA 13, 2022 EDITION - INSTALLATION OF SPRINKLER SYSTEMS
(AMENDED BY CSFM)
NFPA 14, 2019 EDITION - INSTALLATION OF STANDPIPE AND HOSE
SYSTEMS (AMENDED BY CSFM)
NFPA 17A, 2021 EDITION - WET CHEMICAL EXTINGUISHING
SYSTEMS
NFPA 24, 2022 EDITION - INSTALLATION OF PRIVATE FIRE SERVICE
MAINS
(AMENDED BY CSFM)
NFPA 25, (2013 CALIFORNIA EDITION, BASED ON NFPA 25, 2011
EDITION) - INSPECTION, TESTING, & MAINTENANCE OF
WATER-BASED FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS
NFPA 72, 2022 EDITION - NATIONAL FIRE ALARM AND SIGNALING
CODE (AMENDED BY CSFM)
NFPA 80, 2022 EDITION - FIRE DOORS AND OTHER OPENING
PROTECTIVES
REFER TO CBC CHAPTER 35 FOR ADDITIONAL STANDARDS NOT
PROVIDED ON THIS LIST
WIRING SYSTEM ABOVE FLOOR LEVEL,
CONCEALED IN WALL OR ABOVE CEILING U.O.N
WIRING SYSTEM IN OR UNDER FLOOR OR
CONCEALED IN OR BEHIND STRUCTURE OR
EQUIPMENT
CONDUIT STUB ENDING WITH CAP
E0.1
1
REMOVE/RELOCATE/DEMOLISH
EQUIPMENT/DEVICE
EXISTING
DRAWING INDEX
DUPLEX RECEPTACLE 20A, 5-20R
+18" A.F.F. (U.O.N.)
GROUND CONNECTION
COMBINATION MOTOR
STARTER/DISCONNECT SWITCH
(NUMBER INDICATES STARTER SIZE)
DISCONNECT SWITCH (FUSED),
HORSE POWER RATED
SURFACE MOUNTED PANELBOARD 277V/480V
DISTRIBUTION BOARD
MOTOR
3/4" CONDUIT WITH 2#12 + 1#12 GRD.
SURFACE MOUNTED PANELBOARD 120V/208V
DISCONNECT SWITCH (NON-FUSED)
S
S 3
PLUGMOLD STRIP
DOUBLE DUPLEX (QUAD) RECEPTACLE
20A, 5-20R, +18" A.F.F. (U.O.N.)
LIGHTING FIXTURE IDENTIFICATION
SURFACE MOUNTED METAL
SINGLE/DUAL CHANNEL RACEWAY FOR
RECEPTACLES AND DATA, REFER TO
PLANS FOR RECEPTACLE/DATA
LOCATION.
W W
TELECOM BACKBOARD 8'x4'x3/4", FIRE
TREATED. PROVIDE 1#6 GROUND WIRE
TO SYSTEM GROUND
FX-1
COMMUNICATION OUTLET. 4S BOX WITH 1
GANG PLASTER RING. PROVIDE 1" CONDUIT
STUBBED INTO ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE.
"3" INDICATES QUANTITY OF PLENUM RATED
CAT-6 CABLES. (2 DATA AND 1 VOICE)
+18" A.F.F. (UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE)
208V RECEPTACLE
+18" A.F.F. (U.O.N.)
(NEMA CONFIGURATION AS NOTED ON PLANS)
MANUAL MOTOR STARTER SWITCH
WITH THERMAL OVERLOADS
RATED AT 250V-30A-2P
JUNCTION BOX WITH COVER
(MINIMUM 4" SQUARE OR AS REQUIRED)
120/277V. 20A LIGHT SWITCH
(+42" A.F.F.)
DENOTES 3-WAY SWITCH (+42" A.F.F.)
LOW VOLTAGE ON/OFF DIMMER SWITCH
(+42" A.F.F.)
LOW VOLTAGE CEILING MOUNTED
OCCUPANCY SENSOR
LOW VOLTAGE LIGHTING CONTROLS
POWER/RELAY PACK,
'EM' INDICATES EMERGENCY CIRCUIT
R EM
LOW VOLTAGE ON/OFF MANUAL SWITCH
WITH OCCUPANCY SENSOR (+42" A.F.F.)
CARD READER (+42" A.F.F.)
2-POLE TOGGLE SWITCH FOR
MECHANICAL UNIT
J
ELECTRICAL
SYMBOL
DESCRIPTION ELECTRICAL
SYMBOL
DESCRIPTION
GFCI DUPLEX RECEPTACLE
20A, 5-20R, +42" A.F.F. (U.O.N.)
CR
DM
OS
F
1
SHEET WHERE DETAIL IS DRAWN
OCCURRENCE
DETAIL IDENTIFICATION
(TYP.)
DETAIL
GFCI DUPLEX RECEPTACLE 20A, 5-20R
+18" A.F.F. (U.O.N.)
3
CS
1
INSTALLATION KEY NOTE
DEMOLITION KEY NOTE
REVISION
REVISED AREA
REVISION TAG
A AMPERE
AC ALTERNATING CURRENT
AF AMPERE FUSE
AS AMPERE SWITCH
AFC ABOVE FINISHED CEILING
AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR
AFG ABOVE FINISHED GRADE
AIC AMPERE INTERRUPTING CAPACITY
ANN ANNUNCIATOR
AT AMPERE TRIP
ATS AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH
AV AUDIO-VISUAL
AWG AMERICAN WIRE GAUGE
BKR BREAKER
BLDG BUILDING
C CONDUIT
CB CIRCUIT BREAKER
CATV CABLE TELEVISION
CEC CALIFORNIA ELECTRICAL CODE
CKT CIRCUIT
CLG CEILING
CO CONDUIT ONLY
COMM COMMUNICATIONS
COMP COMPUTER
DB DISTRIBUTION BOARD
DISC DISCONNECT
DIST DISTRIBUTION
DL DOUBLE LUG
DP DISTRIBUTION PANEL
DWG DRAWING
E EXISTING TO REMAIN
EG EQUIPMENT GROUND
ELEC ELECTRICAL
EM EMERGENCY
EMT ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING
EQUIP EQUIPMENT
F FUSE, FUSED
FA FIRE ALARM
FACP FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL
FLA FULL LOAD AMPERES
GD GARBAGE DISPOSER
GRD GROUND
GALV GALVANIZE, GALVANIZED
GEN GENERATOR
GFCI GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER
HP HORSEPOWER
IHW INSTA-HOT WATER HEATER
JB JUNCTION BOX
KA THOUSAND AMPERES
KCMIL THOUSAND CIRCULAR MILS
KVA KILOVOLT-AMPERE
KW KILOWATT
LTG LIGHTING
MC METAL CLAD CABLE
MCB MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER
MCM THOUSAND CIRCULAR MILS
MDP MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL
MFR MANUFACTURER
MIN MINIMUM
MLO MAIN LUGS ONLY
MTD MOUNTED
MTR MOTOR
NEC NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE
NF NON-FUSED
NIC NOT IN CONTRACT
P POLE, POLES
PF POWER FACTOR
PNL PANEL
PRI PRIMARY
PWR POWER
PH PHASE
Ø PHASE
R REMOVE
RR REMOVE AND RELOCATE
RL RELOCATED
RECEPT RECEPTACLE
RGS RIGID GALVANIZED STEEL CONDUIT
SEC SECONDARY
SUSP SUSPEND, SUSPENDED
SW SWITCH
SWBD SWITCHBOARD
SWGR SWITCHGEAR
TBB TELECOMMUNICATIONS BACKBOARD
TMH TELECOMMUNICATIONS MAN HOLE
THH TELECOMMUNICATIONS HAND HOLE
TR TAMPER RESISTANT
TYP.TYPICAL
TVSS TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSION
UON UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED
V VOLT, VOLTS
VA VOLT-AMPERES
VAV VARIABLE AIR VOLUME
WT WATERTIGHT
W WATT OR WIRE
WP WEATHER PROOF
X'FMR TRANSFORMER
Y WYE CONNECTION
S M
S 2
MISCELLANEOUS
LINE TYPESGROUND BUS BAR
1
1
CAMERA
METERM
CIRCUIT BREAKER
LV TRANSFORMER
T TRANSFORMER
Sheet No.
Project
Agency Plan Check / Permit No.
Petersen Design Project No.
Consultant
5082.1
652 East Dyer Drive
Santa Ana, CA 92705
DYER WAREHOUSE
Staging & Set-Up Space
Tenant Improvements
Sheet Title
Revision / Submittal History
Scale
Status
.
architecture + planning
Agency Approval
Petersen Design Architects, Inc.
17582 Fiesta Way, Tustin, CA 92780
M: 714.904.6720 E: mike@mpdarch.com
www.mpdarch.com
Architect's Stamp
.
255 E. Rincon St., Suite 301
Corona, CA 92879
P 951.340.1977 | F 951.340.1090
www.gossengineering.com
CALOFI
GI
RE
NG
A
E
S
No. E17083
T
E
ET
SAT L CE A
F
RICL
ORNI
EPR
RAET
RED D.D
OF ONABR
L
SSI
NE
RE
IWD
UT
HCE
Project Number: 125-09-07
Date Signed 01-09-2026
1 01/09/2026 PLAN CHECK RESUBMITTAL
SYMBOLS,
DESIGNATION AND
ABBREVIATIONS
E0.1
DISTRIBUTION SWITCHBOARD "MS5H"
480Y/277V, 3Ø, 4W, 1200A SECTION
M
1000A
3P
225A
3P
DISTRIBUTION BOARD "MS5T"
480Y/277V, 3Ø, 4W, 1000A SECTION
PANEL
5HP
30 kVA
XFRM
T-5HP
PANEL
5HL
100A,3P
75 kVA
XFRM
T-5PA
PANEL
5LA
PANEL
5PB
PANEL
5PA
M
100A
3P
1
1
SCE#
256000-227690
(HOUSE PANEL)
SCE#
259000-091764
(WAREHOUSE)
(SEIMENS)(SEIMENS)
1200A SECTION
(SEIMENS)
480Y/277V, 3Ø, 4W,
TO UTILITY
TRANSFORMER
225A,3P
(E)(E)
(E)
EXISTING
NEW
LEGEND:
1 1/4"C - 4#2 & 1#2 GRD.
APPROX. LENGTH = 5'-0"
VD%=NEG.
If = 9kA
Sheet No.
Project
Agency Plan Check / Permit No.
Petersen Design Project No.
Consultant
5082.1
652 East Dyer Drive
Santa Ana, CA 92705
DYER WAREHOUSE
Staging & Set-Up Space
Tenant Improvements
Sheet Title
Revision / Submittal History
Scale
Status
.
architecture + planning
Agency Approval
Petersen Design Architects, Inc.
17582 Fiesta Way, Tustin, CA 92780
M: 714.904.6720 E: mike@mpdarch.com
www.mpdarch.com
Architect's Stamp
.
255 E. Rincon St., Suite 301
Corona, CA 92879
P 951.340.1977 | F 951.340.1090
www.gossengineering.com
CALOFI
GI
RE
NG
A
E
S
No. E17083
T
E
ET
SAT L CE A
F
RICL
ORNI
EPR
RAET
RED D.D
OF ONABR
L
SSI
NE
RE
IWD
UT
HCE
Project Number: 125-09-07
Date Signed 01-09-2026
1 01/09/2026 PLAN CHECK RESUBMITTAL
SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM
E0.2
SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM INSTALLATION
NOTES:
REFER TO PANEL SCHEDULES SHEET E0.3 FOR EXISTING
PANEL ADDED/REVISED LOAD.
1
Sheet No.
Project
Agency Plan Check / Permit No.
Petersen Design Project No.
Consultant
5082.1
652 East Dyer Drive
Santa Ana, CA 92705
DYER WAREHOUSE
Staging & Set-Up Space
Tenant Improvements
Sheet Title
Revision / Submittal History
Scale
Status
.
architecture + planning
Agency Approval
Petersen Design Architects, Inc.
17582 Fiesta Way, Tustin, CA 92780
M: 714.904.6720 E: mike@mpdarch.com
www.mpdarch.com
Architect's Stamp
.
255 E. Rincon St., Suite 301
Corona, CA 92879
P 951.340.1977 | F 951.340.1090
www.gossengineering.com
CALOFI
GI
RE
NG
A
E
S
No. E17083
T
E
ET
SAT L CE A
F
RICL
ORNI
EPR
RAET
RED D.D
OF ONABR
L
SSI
NE
RE
IWD
UT
HCE
Project Number: 125-09-07
Date Signed 01-09-2026
1 01/09/2026 PLAN CHECK RESUBMITTAL
ELECTRICAL
SCHEDULES
E0.3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Sheet No.
Project
Agency Plan Check / Permit No.
Petersen Design Project No.
Consultant
5082.1
652 East Dyer Drive
Santa Ana, CA 92705
DYER WAREHOUSE
Staging & Set-Up Space
Tenant Improvements
Sheet Title
Revision / Submittal History
Scale
Status
.
architecture + planning
Agency Approval
Petersen Design Architects, Inc.
17582 Fiesta Way, Tustin, CA 92780
M: 714.904.6720 E: mike@mpdarch.com
www.mpdarch.com
Architect's Stamp
.
255 E. Rincon St., Suite 301
Corona, CA 92879
P 951.340.1977 | F 951.340.1090
www.gossengineering.com
CALOFI
GI
RE
NG
A
E
S
No. E17083
T
E
ET
SAT L CE A
F
RICL
ORNI
EPR
RAET
RED D.D
OF ONABR
L
SSI
NE
RE
IWD
UT
HCE
Project Number: 125-09-07
Date Signed 01-09-2026
1 01/09/2026 PLAN CHECK RESUBMITTAL
TITLE 24 COMPLIANCE
FORMS
E0.4
EXIST RR
EXISTING OFFICE
AREA
EXIST RR
EXIST ELEC
EXISTING
WAREHOUSE
AREA
PROJECT AREA
(ASSEMBLY SPACE)
APPROX 3,450 SF
T
TELEPHONE BACKBOARD
PANEL 5HP
PANEL 5HL
15KVA TRANSF. T-5HP
HOUSE DISTRIB. METER BD. MSB
TENANT DISTR. METER BD.
PANEL 5PA
PANEL 5LA
1 (TYP.)
2 (TYP.)
FA
C
P
IDF RACK
S
LIGHT FIXTURE.
T
75KVA TRANSFORMER
+14'-0"
GENERAL NOTES:
1.ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING FOR THIS PROJECT IS BASED
ON A FIELD VISIT OF THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM. IN CASE OF
ANY DISCREPANCIES WITH EXISTING FIELD CONDITIONS,
ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THE EXACT
DIFFERENCES AND NOTIFY THE ELECTRICAL ENGINEER
FOR POSSIBLE REVISION TO THESE DOCUMENTS.
2.ANY ELECTRICAL AND/OR SIGNAL UTILITY SHUTDOWNS
WITHIN THE AREA OF WORK SHALL BE COORDINATED AND
SCHEDULED IN ADVANCE WITH THE OWNER'S
REPRESENTATIVE.
INSTALLATION NOTES:
EXISTING HIGH BAY LIGHT FIXTURE SHALL BE REMOVED
AND RETURNED BACK TO OWNER. EXISTING LIGHT CIRCUIT
CABLE SHALL BE REMOVED BACK TO NEAREST J-BOX.
MAINTAIN EXISTING LIGHTING CIRCUIT AND CONTROLS TO
REMAINING HIGH BAY LIGHT FIXTURES.
1
2
SCALEKEY PLAN 0N.T.S.
SCALEPARTIAL FIRST FLOOR DEMOLITION PLAN 1/4" = 1'-0"
Sheet No.
Project
Agency Plan Check / Permit No.
Petersen Design Project No.
Consultant
5082.1
652 East Dyer Drive
Santa Ana, CA 92705
DYER WAREHOUSE
Staging & Set-Up Space
Tenant Improvements
Sheet Title
Revision / Submittal History
Scale
Status
.
architecture + planning
Agency Approval
Petersen Design Architects, Inc.
17582 Fiesta Way, Tustin, CA 92780
M: 714.904.6720 E: mike@mpdarch.com
www.mpdarch.com
Architect's Stamp
.
255 E. Rincon St., Suite 301
Corona, CA 92879
P 951.340.1977 | F 951.340.1090
www.gossengineering.com
CALOFI
GI
RE
NG
A
E
S
No. E17083
T
E
ET
SAT L CE A
F
RICL
ORNI
EPR
RAET
RED D.D
OF ONABR
L
SSI
NE
RE
IWD
UT
HCE
Project Number: 125-09-07
Date Signed 01-09-2026
1 01/09/2026 PLAN CHECK RESUBMITTAL
PARTIAL FIRST FLOOR
DEMOLITION PLAN
E1.1
PROJECT
LOCATION
EXIST RR
EXISTING OFFICE
AREA
EXIST RR
EXIST ELEC
EXISTING
WAREHOUSE
AREA
PROJECT AREA
(ASSEMBLY SPACE)
APPROX 3,450 SF
T
TELEPHONE BACKBOARD
PANEL 5HP
PANEL 5HL
15KVA TRANSF. T-5HP
HOUSE DISTRIB. METER BD. MSB
TENANT
DISTR.
METER
BD.
PANEL 5lA
PANEL 5PA (N)PANEL 5PB
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
J
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
J
W
GND BUS BAR
1
1
1
2
S a
FA
C
P
T
75KVA TRANSFORMER
+14'-0"
9'-0"
W W W
IHW-1
2
5
3
5
5
3
11
9
1 1
9a
88
1010
1212
6
4
6
4
6
464
2
3
3
3
Sb
7b
UNDERCOUNTER
LIGHT (FX-3)
GD
Sc
26c
5LA-26
5PB-3,5
5PB-7,9,11
5PB-7
5PB-4,6
5PB-8,10,12
VEND
REF
5PB-2
5PB-1
5PB-16,18
3/4"C-2#10,1#10G
SCALEKEY PLAN 0N.T.S.
Sheet No.
Project
Agency Plan Check / Permit No.
Petersen Design Project No.
Consultant
5082.1
652 East Dyer Drive
Santa Ana, CA 92705
DYER WAREHOUSE
Staging & Set-Up Space
Tenant Improvements
Sheet Title
Revision / Submittal History
Scale
Status
.
architecture + planning
Agency Approval
Petersen Design Architects, Inc.
17582 Fiesta Way, Tustin, CA 92780
M: 714.904.6720 E: mike@mpdarch.com
www.mpdarch.com
Architect's Stamp
.
255 E. Rincon St., Suite 301
Corona, CA 92879
P 951.340.1977 | F 951.340.1090
www.gossengineering.com
CALOFI
GI
RE
NG
A
E
S
No. E17083
T
E
ET
SAT L CE A
F
RICL
ORNI
EPR
RAET
RED D.D
OF ONABR
L
SSI
NE
RE
IWD
UT
HCE
Project Number: 125-09-07
Date Signed 01-09-2026
1 01/09/2026 PLAN CHECK RESUBMITTAL
PARTIAL FIRST FLOOR
POWER INSTALLATION
PLAN
E2.1SCALEPARTIAL FIRST FLOOR POWER INSTALLATION PLAN 11/4" = 1'-0"
PROJECT
LOCATION
GENERAL NOTES:
1.ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING FOR THIS PROJECT IS BASED
ON A FIELD VISIT OF THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM. IN CASE OF
ANY DISCREPANCIES WITH EXISTING FIELD CONDITIONS,
ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THE EXACT
DIFFERENCES AND NOTIFY THE ELECTRICAL ENGINEER
FOR POSSIBLE REVISION TO THESE DOCUMENTS.
2.ANY ELECTRICAL AND/OR SIGNAL UTILITY SHUTDOWNS
WITHIN THE AREA OF WORK SHALL BE COORDINATED AND
SCHEDULED IN ADVANCE WITH THE OWNER'S
REPRESENTATIVE.
INSTALLATION NOTES:
COMBINATION POWER/DATA POWER POLE.
EQUIPMENT CHARGING STATION.
WIREMOLD MOUNTED AT +42" AFF.
1
2
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
HP
4
HP
8A
EF
1
SKYLIGHT (TYP.)
ROOF ACCESS
WP
EF-1
F
60AS
40AF
3P,WP
AC
1
AC
2
F
60AS
40AF
3P,WP
F
30AS
20AF
3P,WP
F
30AS
20AF
3P,WP
POWER EXHAUST
AC-2
WP F
WP
F
WP
J
J
WP
WP
25,27,29 25,27,29
31,33,35 31,33,35
WP
5LA-25,27,29
3/4"C - 3#8 & 1#8 GRD.
5LA-31,33,35
3/4"C - 3#8 & 1#8 GRD.
5HP-12
12
POWER EXHAUST
AC-1
SCALEKEY PLAN 0N.T.S.
SCALEPARTIAL ROOF POWER PLAN 21/4" = 1'-0"
Sheet No.
Project
Agency Plan Check / Permit No.
Petersen Design Project No.
Consultant
5082.1
652 East Dyer Drive
Santa Ana, CA 92705
DYER WAREHOUSE
Staging & Set-Up Space
Tenant Improvements
Sheet Title
Revision / Submittal History
Scale
Status
.
architecture + planning
Agency Approval
Petersen Design Architects, Inc.
17582 Fiesta Way, Tustin, CA 92780
M: 714.904.6720 E: mike@mpdarch.com
www.mpdarch.com
Architect's Stamp
.
255 E. Rincon St., Suite 301
Corona, CA 92879
P 951.340.1977 | F 951.340.1090
www.gossengineering.com
CALOFI
GI
RE
NG
A
E
S
No. E17083
T
E
ET
SAT L CE A
F
RICL
ORNI
EPR
RAET
RED D.D
OF ONABR
L
SSI
NE
RE
IWD
UT
HCE
Project Number: 125-09-07
Date Signed 01-09-2026
1 01/09/2026 PLAN CHECK RESUBMITTAL
ROOF POWER PLAN
E2.2SCALENOT USED 1N.T.S.
PROJECT
LOCATION
1
1
EXIST RR
EXISTING OFFICE
AREA
EXIST RR
EXIST ELEC
EXISTING
WAREHOUSE
AREA
PROJECT AREA
(ASSEMBLY SPACE)
APPROX 3,450 SF
DM a
DM
a
FX-1
(TYP.)
FX-1E
(TYP.)
EX-1
TYP.
EX-1
(TYP.)
2
3
EM
EM
EM
EM
EM
EM
EM
EM
PANEL 5HP
PANEL 5HL
PANEL 5LA
PANEL 5PA PANEL 5PB
EMEM
EM
EM
EM
EM
CS a
CS a
CS a
CS aCSaCSa
CS aCSaCSa
CS aCSaCSa
CS a
(TYP.)
4 (TYP.)
S
EM
15a15a
15a
15a
15a 15a
15a
15a
15a
15a
15a
15a
15a
15a
15a
15a
15a
15a
15a 15a
15a
15a
15a
15a
15a 15a
15a
15a
15a
15a
15a
J
15
J
5LA-15,17
3/4"C - 4#12 & 1#12 GRD.
17b 17b 17b
17
1
1
FX-2E
(TYP.)
S b
GENERAL NOTES:
1.ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING FOR THIS PROJECT IS BASED
ON A FIELD VISIT OF THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM. IN CASE OF
ANY DISCREPANCIES WITH EXISTING FIELD CONDITIONS,
ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THE EXACT
DIFFERENCES AND NOTIFY THE ELECTRICAL ENGINEER
FOR POSSIBLE REVISION TO THESE DOCUMENTS.
2.ANY ELECTRICAL AND/OR SIGNAL UTILITY SHUTDOWNS
WITHIN THE AREA OF WORK SHALL BE COORDINATED AND
SCHEDULED IN ADVANCE WITH THE OWNER'S
REPRESENTATIVE.
INSTALLATION NOTES:
NEW LED FIXTURE. REFER TO LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE
ON SHEET E0.03 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.
PROVIDE WALL MOUNTED DIMMER SWITCH
(NPODMA-DX-WH). REFER TO SHEET E5.01 DETAIL 2 FOR
NLIGHT ENABLED WIRING INFORMATION.
PROVIDE A SURFACE MOUNTED SPST TOGGLE TYPE LIGHT
SWITCH.
PROVIDE CEILING MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSOR
(NCM-PDT-10). REFER TO SHEET E5.01 DETAIL 2 FOR NLIGHT
ENABLED WIRING INFORMATION.
1
2
3
4
SCALEKEY PLAN 0N.T.S.
Sheet No.
Project
Agency Plan Check / Permit No.
Petersen Design Project No.
Consultant
5082.1
652 East Dyer Drive
Santa Ana, CA 92705
DYER WAREHOUSE
Staging & Set-Up Space
Tenant Improvements
Sheet Title
Revision / Submittal History
Scale
Status
.
architecture + planning
Agency Approval
Petersen Design Architects, Inc.
17582 Fiesta Way, Tustin, CA 92780
M: 714.904.6720 E: mike@mpdarch.com
www.mpdarch.com
Architect's Stamp
.
255 E. Rincon St., Suite 301
Corona, CA 92879
P 951.340.1977 | F 951.340.1090
www.gossengineering.com
CALOFI
GI
RE
NG
A
E
S
No. E17083
T
E
ET
SAT L CE A
F
RICL
ORNI
EPR
RAET
RED D.D
OF ONABR
L
SSI
NE
RE
IWD
UT
HCE
Project Number: 125-09-07
Date Signed 01-09-2026
1 01/09/2026 PLAN CHECK RESUBMITTAL
PARTIAL FIRST FLOOR
LIGHTING
INSTALLATION PLAN
E3.1SCALEPARTIAL FIRST FLOOR LIGHTING PLAN 11/4" = 1'-0"
PROJECT
LOCATION
1 1
1
1
1
1
1
1
EXIST ELEC
PROJECT AREA
(ASSEMBLY SPACE)
APPROX 3,450 SF
1.3
1.4
1.7
2.8
3.9
4.2
3.9
3.7
4.0
4.0
3.2
2.3
1.5
1.1
0.9
1.7
1.9
2.4
3.6
5.4
6.1
5.2
4.9
5.8
5.9
4.4
2.8
1.9
1.4
1.0
2.3
2.6
3.0
4.0
5.7
6.5
5.9
5.7
6.4
6.5
5.0
3.5
2.5
1.6
0.9
3.6
4.0
3.8
3.9
4.7
5.6
6.0
6.2
6.1
5.9
5.5
4.7
3.5
5.0
5.7
4.6
3.9
4.2
5.2
6.7
7.3
6.4
6.0
6.5
6.2
4.5
5.0
5.6
4.6
3.9
4.2
5.2
6.7
7.3
6.5
6.1
6.6
6.3
4.6
3.7
4.1
3.8
4.0
4.9
5.7
6.2
6.4
6.5
6.3
5.9
5.0
3.8
2.8
3.0
3.3
4.2
5.9
6.9
6.4
6.3
7.1
7.2
5.8
4.3
3.3
2.8
3.1
3.3
4.2
5.8
6.8
6.3
6.3
7.1
7.2
5.8
4.3
3.4
3.7
4.2
3.9
3.9
4.7
5.6
6.2
6.4
6.5
6.3
5.9
5.1
3.9
5.1
5.7
4.6
3.9
4.1
5.2
6.7
7.3
6.5
6.1
6.7
6.5
4.7
5.0
5.6
4.6
3.8
4.1
5.1
6.6
7.2
6.4
6.1
6.6
6.4
4.3
3.5
3.9
3.7
3.8
4.7
5.5
5.9
6.1
6.2
6.1
5.7
5.0
2.3
2.6
3.0
3.9
5.6
6.4
5.8
5.6
6.5
6.7
5.3
4.0
1.7
2.0
2.5
3.5
5.2
5.9
5.1
4.9
5.8
6.0
4.6
3.3
1.5
1.7
2.1
2.7
3.6
4.0
3.7
3.6
4.0
4.0
3.3
2.6
1.0
1.2
1.3
1.5
1.4
1.8
1.4
1.8
1.4
1.6
1.5
1.6
2.4
1.8
4.4
2.2
2.0
2.2
2.3
2.0
5.8
1.6 S
1
1
1
1
EXIST ELEC
PROJECT AREA
(ASSEMBLY SPACE)
APPROX 3,450 SF
26.5
29.9
30.9
19.0
34.4
34.8
34.5
34.3
33.9
33.4
32.6
31.4
29.3
25.8
20.6
34.7
41.4
44.9
47.1
47.8
47.9
47.4
47.1
46.5
45.9
44.6
42.9
39.5
33.9
24.7
37.9
45.7
49.5
52.0
53.0
53.4
52.8
52.5
51.6
50.8
49.0
46.4
41.7
34.8
23.8
37.7
45.0
49.1
51.5
52.7
53.1
52.8
52.4
51.5
50.3
47.8
43.5
37.1
40.3
48.7
53.0
55.5
56.6
57.2
56.9
56.6
55.6
54.1
50.8
44.8
35.0
40.5
48.9
53.1
55.7
56.8
57.5
57.3
57.1
55.9
54.3
50.5
43.9
33.4
38.9
46.3
50.5
52.9
54.3
55.0
55.0
54.6
53.5
51.7
48.0
41.3
31.8
40.7
48.9
52.9
55.5
57.0
58.0
58.0
57.7
56.5
54.7
50.7
43.6
32.5
40.6
48.7
52.6
55.2
56.6
57.9
58.0
57.7
56.4
54.6
50.5
43.5
32.2
38.8
46.2
50.2
52.5
54.0
54.9
55.2
54.9
53.8
51.8
48.0
41.1
30.8
40.5
48.9
53.1
55.5
56.7
57.6
57.6
57.5
56.4
54.7
50.7
43.5
30.8
40.0
48.3
52.5
55.0
56.0
56.8
56.7
56.6
55.7
54.2
50.4
43.7
26.8
37.5
44.7
48.8
51.0
52.1
52.6
52.7
52.5
51.9
50.5
47.6
41.8
37.7
45.4
49.2
51.4
52.2
52.8
52.8
52.8
52.2
51.3
48.5
42.3
34.2
40.7
43.9
45.8
46.4
47.0
46.9
47.0
46.5
45.8
43.5
38.3
26.3
29.6
31.8
33.0
33.6
33.9
34.0
34.0
33.7
33.0
31.5
28.5
5.0
5.7
6.0
7.3
7.1
9.6
7.7
10.4
7.9
10.6
8.0
10.7
7.7
9.9
7.4
9.8
7.0
9.3
6.1
7.2
5.1
5.6
1
1
SCALEKEY PLAN 0N.T.S.
SCALEPARTIAL FIRST FLOOR EMERGENCY PHOTOMETRIC PLAN 21/4" = 1'-0"
Sheet No.
Project
Agency Plan Check / Permit No.
Petersen Design Project No.
Consultant
5082.1
652 East Dyer Drive
Santa Ana, CA 92705
DYER WAREHOUSE
Staging & Set-Up Space
Tenant Improvements
Sheet Title
Revision / Submittal History
Scale
Status
.
architecture + planning
Agency Approval
Petersen Design Architects, Inc.
17582 Fiesta Way, Tustin, CA 92780
M: 714.904.6720 E: mike@mpdarch.com
www.mpdarch.com
Architect's Stamp
.
255 E. Rincon St., Suite 301
Corona, CA 92879
P 951.340.1977 | F 951.340.1090
www.gossengineering.com
CALOFI
GI
RE
NG
A
E
S
No. E17083
T
E
ET
SAT L CE A
F
RICL
ORNI
EPR
RAET
RED D.D
OF ONABR
L
SSI
NE
RE
IWD
UT
HCE
Project Number: 125-09-07
Date Signed 01-09-2026
1 01/09/2026 PLAN CHECK RESUBMITTAL
NORMAL AND
EMERGENCY
PHOTOMETRIC PLANS
E3.2SCALEPARTIAL FIRST FLOOR NORMAL PHOTOMETRIC PLAN 11/4" = 1'-0"
PROJECT
LOCATION
NORMAL PHOTOMETRIC STATISTICS
LOCATION AVG.MAX.MIN.
ASSEMBLY SPACE 46.3 FC 58.0 FC 19.0 FC
ROOF ACCESS 7.8 FC 10.7 FC 5.0 FC
EMERGENCY PHOTOMETRIC STATISTICS
LOCATION AVG.MAX.MIN.
ASSEMBLY SPACE 4.7 FC 7.3 FC 0.9 FC
ROOF ACCESS 2.0FC 5.8 FC 1.0 FC
SCALE
RECESSED FIXTURE DETAIL 1N.T.S.
SCALE
-----N.T.S.
SCALE
-----N.T.S.
SCALE
-----N.T.S.
SCALE
nLIGHT ENABLED, TYPICAL WIRING DIAGRAM 2N.T.S.
SCALE
-----N.T.S.
SCALE
-----N.T.S.
SCALE
-----N.T.S.
SCALE
-----N.T.S.
SCALE
-----N.T.S.
SCALE
-----N.T.S.
SCALE
-----N.T.S.
NOTES:
ATTACH WIRES TO LIGHT FIXTURE
(3 TIGHT TURNS MIN. IN 1-1/2" MAX.).
"TEK" SCREW/S AT DIAGONAL CORNERS
OF THE LIGHT FIXTURE.
ATTACH HANGER/SUSPENSION WIRES TO
STRUCTURE ABOVE.
CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEM &
SPLAY/HANGER WIRES, ATTACH TO
STRUCTURE ABOVE.
(2) #12 GA. WIRE
ATTACHED TO LIGHT FIXTURE
AT DIAGONAL CORNERS
(TYP.)
CEILING TEES/GRID
(REFER TO ARCH.
DRAWINGS FOR
CEILING MATERIAL)
LIGHT FIXTURE
AS PER DRAWINGS
(TYP.)
(TYP.)
2
3
4
1
4
CAT-5e (TYP.)
nCM-PDT-9/10
nLIGHT ENABLED
LIGHT FIXTURE
(TYPICAL)
TO ADDITIONAL LIGHT
FIXTURES/SENSORS
IF REQUIRED OR AS
INDICATED ON FLOOR PLANS
nLIGHT LIGHT FIXTURE CONTROL
MANUAL ON/AUTO OFF AND
DIMMING CONTROLS LV SWITCH
(TYPICAL)
nLIGHT OCCUPANCY
SENSOR
(TYPICAL)
NPODMA-DX-WH/
NWSX-PDT-LV-DX
nCM-ADCX
nLIGHT PHOTOCELL
(TYPICAL)
1
2
3
4
Sheet No.
Project
Agency Plan Check / Permit No.
Petersen Design Project No.
Consultant
5082.1
652 East Dyer Drive
Santa Ana, CA 92705
DYER WAREHOUSE
Staging & Set-Up Space
Tenant Improvements
Sheet Title
Revision / Submittal History
Scale
Status
.
architecture + planning
Agency Approval
Petersen Design Architects, Inc.
17582 Fiesta Way, Tustin, CA 92780
M: 714.904.6720 E: mike@mpdarch.com
www.mpdarch.com
Architect's Stamp
.
255 E. Rincon St., Suite 301
Corona, CA 92879
P 951.340.1977 | F 951.340.1090
www.gossengineering.com
CALOFI
GI
RE
NG
A
E
S
No. E17083
T
E
ET
SAT L CE A
F
RIC L
ORNI
EPR
RAET
RED D.D
OF ONABR
L
SSI
NE
RE
IWD
UT
HCE
Project Number: 125-09-07
Date Signed 01-09-2026
1 01/09/2026 PLAN CHECK RESUBMITTAL
ELECTRICAL DETAILS
E5.1
SECTION 26 0500
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A.SECTION INCLUDES THE FOLLOWING:
1.SUPPORTING DEVICES FOR ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS.
2.ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS, DEVICES, AND ACCESSORIES: LISTED AND LABELED AS
DEFINED IN CEC, ARTICLE 100, BY A TESTING AGENCY ACCEPTABLE TO THE OWNER, AND
MARKED FOR INTENDED USE.
B.COMPLY WITH CEC.
1.03 COORDINATION
A.COORDINATE CHASES, SLOTS, INSERTS, SLEEVES, AND OPENINGS WITH GENERAL
CONSTRUCTION WORK AND ARRANGE IN BUILDING STRUCTURE DURING PROGRESS OF
CONSTRUCTION TO FACILITATE THE ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS THAT FOLLOW.
B.SEQUENCE, COORDINATE, AND INTEGRATE INSTALLING ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND
EQUIPMENT FOR EFFICIENT FLOW OF THE WORK. COORDINATE INSTALLING LARGE
EQUIPMENT REQUIRING POSITIONING BEFORE CLOSING IN THE BUILDING.
C.COORDINATE LOCATION OF ACCESS PANELS AND DOORS FOR ELECTRICAL ITEMS THAT
ARE CONCEALED BY FINISHED SURFACES.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A.IN OTHER PART 2 ARTICLES WHERE TITLES BELOW INTRODUCE LISTS, THE FOLLOWING
REQUIREMENTS APPLY TO PRODUCT SELECTION:
1.MANUFACTURERS: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, PROVIDE
PRODUCTS BY ONE OF THE MANUFACTURERS SPECIFIED.
2.OR EQUAL: WHERE PRODUCTS ARE SPECIFIED BY MANUFACTURERS NAME AND
ACCOMPANIED BY THE TERM "OR EQUAL", COMPLY WITH PROVISIONS IN DIVISION 01.
SPECIFIC PROCEDURES MUST BE FOLLOWED BEFORE USE OF AN UNNAMED
PRODUCT OR MANUFACTURER.
2.02 SUPPORTING DEVICES
A.MATERIAL: COLD-FORMED STEEL, WITH CORROSION-RESISTANT COATING ACCEPTABLE
TO THE OWNER.
B.METAL ITEMS FOR USE OUTDOORS OR IN DAMP LOCATIONS: HOT-DIP GALVANIZED
STEEL OR STAINLESS STEEL.
C.SLOTTED-STEEL CHANNEL SUPPORTS: FLANGE EDGES TURNED TOWARD WEB, AND
9/16-INCH-DIAMETER SLOTTED HOLES AT A MAXIMUM OF 2 INCHES, ON CENTER, IN WEBS.
1.CHANNEL THICKNESS: SELECTED TO SUIT STRUCTURAL LOADING.
2.FITTINGS AND ACCESSORIES: PRODUCTS OF THE SAME MANUFACTURER AS
CHANNEL SUPPORTS.
D.RACEWAY AND CABLE SUPPORTS: MANUFACTURED CLEVIS HANGERS, RISER CLAMPS,
STRAPS, THREADED C-CLAMPS WITH RETAINERS, CEILING TRAPEZE HANGERS, WALL
BRACKETS, AND SPRING-STEEL CLAMPS OR CLICK-TYPE HANGERS.
E.PIPE SLEEVES: ASTM A53, TYPE E, GRADE A, SCHEDULE 40, GALVANIZED STEEL, PLAIN
ENDS.
F.CABLE SUPPORTS FOR VERTICAL CONDUIT: FACTORY-FABRICATED ASSEMBLY
CONSISTING OF THREADED BODY AND INSULATING WEDGING PLUG FOR NON-ARMORED
ELECTRICAL CABLES IN RISER CONDUITS. PLUGS HAVE NUMBER AND SIZE OF
CONDUCTOR GRIPPING HOLES AS REQUIRED TO SUIT INDIVIDUAL RISERS. BODY
CONSTRUCTED OF MALLEABLE-IRON CASTING WITH HOT-DIP GALVANIZED FINISH.
G.EXPANSION ANCHORS: CARBON-STEEL WEDGE OR SLEEVE TYPE.
H.TOGGLE BOLTS: STEEL SPRINGHEAD TYPE.
I.POWDER-ACTUATED FASTENERS: ARE PROHIBITED EXCEPT WHEN EXECUTED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH DIVISION 01.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION
A.HEADROOM MAINTENANCE: IF MOUNTING HEIGHTS OR OTHER LOCATION CRITERIA ARE
NOT INDICATED, ARRANGE AND INSTALL COMPONENTS AND EQUIPMENT TO PROVIDE
THE MAXIMUM POSSIBLE HEADROOM AND IN NO CASE LESS THAN 84 INCHES.
B.MATERIALS AND COMPONENTS: INSTALL LEVEL, PLUMB, AND PARALLEL AND
PERPENDICULAR TO OTHER BUILDING SYSTEMS AND COMPONENTS, UNLESS
OTHERWISE INDICATED.
C.EQUIPMENT: INSTALL TO FACILITATE SERVICE, MAINTENANCE, AND REPAIR OR
REPLACEMENT OF COMPONENTS. CONNECT FOR EASE OF DISCONNECTING, WITH
MINIMUM INTERFERENCE WITH OTHER INSTALLATIONS.
D.RIGHT OF WAY: GIVE TO RACEWAYS AND PIPING SYSTEMS INSTALLED AT A REQUIRED
SLOPE.
3.02 WIRING INSTALLATION
A.INSTALL SPLICES AND TAPS THAT ARE COMPATIBLE WITH CONDUCTOR MATERIAL AND
THAT POSSESS EQUIVALENT OR BETTER MECHANICAL STRENGTH AND INSULATION
RATINGS THAN THE UNSPLICED CONDUCTORS.
B.INSTALL WIRING AT OUTLETS OF SUFFICIENT LENGTH TO EXTEND A MINIMUM OF
6 INCHES OUTSIDE OF THE OPENING.
C.CONNECT OUTLET AND COMPONENT CONNECTIONS TO WIRING SYSTEMS AND TO
GROUND. TIGHTEN ELECTRICAL CONNECTORS AND TERMINALS, IN ACCORDANCE WITH
MANUFACTURER'S PUBLISHED TORQUE-TIGHTENING VALUES. IF MANUFACTURER'S
TORQUE VALUES ARE NOT INDICATED, USE THOSE SPECIFIED IN UL 486A.
3.03 ELECTRICAL SUPPORTING DEVICE APPLICATION
A.DAMP LOCATIONS AND OUTDOORS: HOT-DIP GALVANIZED MATERIALS, U-CHANNEL
SYSTEM COMPONENTS.
B.DRY LOCATIONS: ELECTRO-PLATED STEEL MATERIALS.
C.SUPPORT CLAMPS FOR PVC RACEWAYS: CLICK-TYPE CLAMP SYSTEM.
D.SELECTION OF SUPPORTS: COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS.
E.STRENGTH OF SUPPORTS: ADEQUATE TO CARRY PRESENT AND FUTURE LOADS, TIMES
A SAFETY FACTOR OF AT LEAST FOUR; MINIMUM OF 200-LB DESIGN LOAD.
3.04 SUPPORT INSTALLATION
A.INSTALL SUPPORT DEVICES TO SECURELY AND PERMANENTLY FASTEN AND SUPPORT
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS.
B.INSTALL INDIVIDUAL AND MULTIPLE RACEWAY HANGERS AND RISER CLAMPS TO
SUPPORT RACEWAYS. PROVIDE U-BOLTS, CLAMPS, ATTACHMENTS, AND OTHER
HARDWARE NECESSARY FOR HANGER ASSEMBLIES AND FOR SECURING HANGER RODS
AND CONDUITS.
C.SUPPORT PARALLEL RUNS OF HORIZONTAL RACEWAYS TOGETHER ON TRAPEZE OR
BRACKET-TYPE HANGERS.
D.SIZE SUPPORTS FOR MULTIPLE RACEWAY INSTALLATIONS SO CAPACITY CAN BE
INCREASED BY 25 PERCENT MINIMUM IN THE FUTURE.
E.SUPPORT INDIVIDUAL HORIZONTAL RACEWAYS WITH SEPARATE, PIPE HANGERS, OR
CLAMPS.
F.INSTALL 1/4-INCH DIAMETER OR LARGER THREADED STEEL HANGER RODS.
G.ARRANGE SUPPORTS IN VERTICAL RUNS SO THE WEIGHT OF RACEWAYS AND ENCLOSED
CONDUCTORS IS CARRIED ENTIRELY BY RACEWAY SUPPORTS, WITH NO WEIGHT LOAD
ON RACEWAY TERMINALS.
H.SIMULTANEOUSLY INSTALL VERTICAL CONDUCTOR SUPPORTS WITH CONDUCTORS.
I.SEPARATELY SUPPORT CAST BOXES THAT ARE THREADED TO RACEWAYS AND USED
FOR FIXTURE SUPPORT. SUPPORT SHEET-METAL BOXES DIRECTLY FROM THE BUILDING
STRUCTURE OR BY BAR HANGERS. IF BAR HANGERS ARE USED, ATTACH BAR TO
RACEWAYS ON OPPOSITE SIDES OF THE BOX AND SUPPORT THE RACEWAY WITH AN
APPROVED FASTENER NOT MORE THAN 24 INCHES FROM THE BOX.
J.INSTALL METAL CHANNEL RACKS FOR MOUNTING CABINETS, PANEL BOARDS;
DISCONNECT SWITCHES, CONTROL ENCLOSURES, PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES,
TRANSFORMERS, AND OTHER DEVICES UNLESS COMPONENTS ARE MOUNTED DIRECTLY
TO STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS OF ADEQUATE STRENGTH.
K.INSTALL SLEEVES FOR CABLE AND RACEWAY PENETRATIONS OF CONCRETE SLABS AND
WALLS UNLESS CORE-DRILLED HOLES ARE USED. INSTALL SLEEVES FOR CABLE AND
RACEWAY PENETRATIONS OF MASONRY AND FIRE-RATED GYPSUM WALLS AND OTHER
FIRE-RATED FLOOR AND WALL ASSEMBLIES. INSTALL SLEEVES DURING ERECTION OF
CONCRETE AND MASONRY WALLS.
L.SECURELY FASTEN ELECTRICAL ITEMS AND THEIR SUPPORTS TO THE BUILDING
STRUCTURE, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. PERFORM FASTENING IN ACCORDANCE
WITH THE FOLLOWING UNLESS OTHER FASTENING METHODS ARE INDICATED:
1.WOOD: FASTEN WITH WOOD SCREWS OR LAG BOLTS.
2.MASONRY: TOGGLE BOLTS ON HOLLOW MASONRY UNITS AND EXPANSION BOLTS ON
SOLID MASONRY UNITS.
3.NEW CONCRETE: CONCRETE INSERTS WITH MACHINE SCREWS AND BOLTS.
4.EXISTING CONCRETE: EXPANSION BOLTS.
a.INSTEAD OF EXPANSION BOLTS, THREADED STUDS DRIVEN BY A POWDER
CHARGE AND PROVIDED WITH LOCK WASHERS MAY BE USED IN EXISTING
CONCRETE WHEN EXECUTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH DIVISION 01 REQUIREMENTS.
5.STEEL: WELDED THREADED STUDS OR SPRING-TENSION CLAMPS ON STEEL.
a.FIELD WELDING: COMPLY WITH AWS D1.1.
6.WELDING TO STEEL STRUCTURE MAY BE USED ONLY FOR THREADED STUDS, NOT
FOR CONDUITS, PIPE STRAPS, OR OTHER ITEMS.
7.LIGHT STEEL: SHEET-METAL SCREWS.
8.FASTENERS: SELECT SO THE LOAD APPLIED TO EACH FASTENER DOES NOT EXCEED
25 PERCENT OF ITS PROOF-TEST LOAD.
3.05 FIRESTOPPING
A.APPLY FIRESTOPPING TO CABLE AND RACEWAY PENETRATIONS OF FIRE-RATED FLOOR
AND WALL ASSEMBLIES TO ACHIEVE FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING OF THE ASSEMBLY. FIRE
STOPPING MATERIALS AND INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS ARE SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 07
SECTION "PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING."
3.06 DEMOLITION
A.PROTECT EXISTING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND INSTALLATIONS INDICATED TO REMAIN.
IF DAMAGED OR DISTURBED IN THE COURSE OF THE WORK, REMOVE DAMAGED
PORTIONS AND INSTALL NEW PRODUCTS OF EQUAL CAPACITY, QUALITY, AND
FUNCTIONALITY.
B.ACCESSIBLE WORK: REMOVE EXPOSED ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND INSTALLATIONS,
INDICATED TO BE DEMOLISHED, IN THEIR ENTIRETY.
C.ABANDONED WORK: CUT AND REMOVE BURIED RACEWAY AND WIRING. WHEN
APPROVED BY THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE RACEWAY CAN BE ABANDONED IN PLACE
A MINIMUM OF 4 INCHES BELOW THE SURFACE OF ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION. CAP
RACEWAYS AND PATCH SURFACE TO MATCH EXISTING FINISH.
D.REMOVE DEMOLISHED MATERIAL FROM PROJECT SITE.
E.REMOVE, STORE, CLEAN, REINSTALL, RECONNECT, AND MAKE OPERATIONAL
COMPONENTS INDICATED FOR RELOCATION.
3.07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.INSPECT INSTALLED COMPONENTS FOR DAMAGE AND FAULTY WORK, INCLUDING THE
FOLLOWING:
1.SUPPORTING DEVICES FOR ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS.
2.ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION.
3.08 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A.ON COMPLETION OF INSTALLATION, INCLUDING OUTLETS, FITTINGS, AND DEVICES,
INSPECT EXPOSED FINISH. REMOVE BURRS, DIRT, PAINT SPOTS, AND CONSTRUCTION
DEBRIS.
B.PROTECT EQUIPMENT AND INSTALLATIONS AND MAINTAIN CONDITIONS TO ENSURE THAT
COATINGS, FINISHES, AND CABINETS ARE WITHOUT DAMAGE OR DETERIORATION AT
TIME OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION.
SECTION 26 0519
LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A.SECTION INCLUDES BUILDING WIRES AND CABLES AND ASSOCIATED CONNECTORS,
SPLICES, AND TERMINATIONS FOR WIRING SYSTEMS RATED AT 600 VOLTS AND LOWER.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A.PRODUCT DATA: FOR EACH TYPE OF PRODUCT INDICATED.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS, DEVICES, AND ACCESSORIES: LISTED AND LABELED AS
DEFINED IN CEC, ARTICLE 100, BY A TESTING AGENCY ACCEPTABLE TO THE OWNER, AND
MARKED FOR INTENDED USE.
B.COMPLY WITH CEC.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A.IN OTHER PART 2 ARTICLES WHERE SUBPARAGRAPH TITLES BELOW INTRODUCE LISTS,
THE FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS APPLY FOR PRODUCT SELECTION:
1.MANUFACTURERS: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, PROVIDE
PRODUCTS BY THE MANUFACTURERS SPECIFIED.
2.OR EQUAL: WHERE PRODUCTS ARE SPECIFIED BY MANUFACTURERS NAME AND
ACCOMPANIED BY THE TERM "OR EQUAL", COMPLY WITH PROVISIONS IN DIVISION 01.
SPECIFIC PROCEDURES MUST BE FOLLOWED BEFORE USE OF AN UNNAMED
PRODUCT OR MANUFACTURER.
2.02 COPPER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
A.MANUFACTURERS (BUILDING WIRE AND CABLE):
1.AMERICAN INSULATED WIRE CORP.; A LEVITON COMPANY.
2.CERRO WIRE LLC.
3.ENCORE WIRE CORPORATION.
4.GENERAL CABLE CORPORATION.
5.OKONITE COMPANY
6.REPUBLIC WIRE INC.
7.SERVICE WIRE COMPANY.
8.SOUTHWIRE COMPANY.
9.WESCO.
10.OR EQUAL
B.MANUFACTURERS (CONTROL CABLE):
1.ALPHA.
2.BELDEN.
3.CONNECTAIR
4.OR EQUAL.
C.MANUFACTURERS (MC CABLE):
1.AFC CABLE SYSTEMS.
2.SOUTHWIRE COMPANY.
3.OR EQUAL.
D.REFER TO PART 3 "CONDUCTOR AND INSULATION APPLICATIONS" ARTICLE FOR
INSULATION TYPE, CABLE CONSTRUCTION, AND RATINGS.
E.CONDUCTOR MATERIAL: COPPER COMPLYING WITH ICEA S-95-658 / NEMA WC 70
UNSHIELDED 0 TO 2 KV CABLES.
F.CONDUCTOR INSULATION TYPES: TYPE THW, THHN-THWN, XHHW, UF, USE, AND SO
COMPLYING WITH NEMA WC 70.
G.MULTICONDUCTOR CABLE: METAL-CLAD CABLE, TYPE MC, THHN COPPER CONDUCTORS
WITH INTEGRAL GREEN GROUND WIRE, LIGHTWEIGHT STEEL CLAD, UL STANDARD 1569
TYPE SO AND TYPE USE WITH GROUND WIRE.
2.03 CONNECTORS AND SPLICES
A.MANUFACTURERS:
1.AMP INCORPORATED/JOHNSON CONTROLS.
2.HUBBELL/ANDERSON.
3.O-Z/GEDNEY; EGS ELECTRICAL GROUP LLC.
4.3M COMPANY; ELECTRICAL PRODUCTS DIVISION.
5.OR EQUAL.
B.DESCRIPTION: FACTORY-FABRICATED INLINE CONNECTOR KITS AND SPLICES OF SIZE,
AMPACITY RATING, MATERIAL, TYPE, AND CLASS FOR APPLICATION AND SERVICE
INDICATED AND FOR SHIELD OR UNSHIELDED CABLES. PROVIDE INSULATING AND
SEALING COMPOUND.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 CONDUCTOR AND INSULATION APPLICATIONS
A.WIRING IN PATIENT CARE AREAS SHALL COMPLY WITH NEC 571.13(A) AND (B).
B.ALL PATIENT CARE AREAS USING 'MC' CABLES SHALL BE TYPE HCF-90 OR EQUAL,
ARMOURED HEALTH CARE FACILITY MC (FLEX) CABLE. THE CABLE MUST HAVE AN
APPROVED/EFFECTIVE REDUNDANT GROUND-FAULT CURRENT RETURN PATH
EQUIPMENT GROUND CONDUCTOR (EGC) WITH A BRANCH CIRCUIT OR FEEDER
CIRCUIT GROUND CONDUCTOR. ALUMINUM MC (FLEX) CABLE PROVIDED WITH (2)
GREEN BRANCH CIRCUIT OR FEEDER CIRCUIT GROUND CONDUCTOR IS NOT
ACCEPTABLE.
C.FEEDERS CONCEALED IN CEILINGS, WALLS, AND PARTITIONS: TYPE THHN-THWN, SINGLE
CONDUCTORS IN RACEWAY.
D.EXPOSED BRANCH CIRCUITS: TYPE THHN-THWN, SINGLE CONDUCTORS IN RACEWAY.
E.BRANCH CIRCUITS FOR WET AND DRY LABORATORIES CONCEALED IN CEILINGS, WALLS
AND PARTITIONS: LIGHTWEIGHT STEEL METAL-CLAD CABLE, TYPE MC WITH TWO EXTRA
SPARE CIRCUITS TO RACEWAY OR TYPE THHN-THWN, SINGLE CONDUCTORS IN
RACEWAY.
F.BRANCH CIRCUITS CONCEALED IN CEILINGS, WALLS, AND PARTITIONS: LIGHTWEIGHT
STEEL METAL-CLAD CABLE TYPE MC OR TYPE THHN-THWN, SINGLE CONDUCTORS IN
RACEWAY.
G.LIGHTING CIRCUITS CONCEALED IN CEILING, WALLS, AND PARTITIONS: LIGHTWEIGHT
STEEL METAL-CLAD CABLE, OR TYPE MC TYPE THHN-THWN, SINGLE CONDUCTORS IN
RACEWAY.
H.FIRE ALARM CIRCUITS: TYPE THHN-THWN, IN RACEWAY, POWER-LIMITED,
FIRE-PROTECTIVE, SIGNALING CIRCUIT CABLE.
I.CLASS 1 CONTROL CIRCUITS: TYPE THHN-THWN, IN RACEWAY.
J.CLASS 2 CONTROL CIRCUITS: TYPE THHN-THWN, IN RACEWAY.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A.CONCEAL CABLES IN FINISHED WALLS, CEILINGS, AND FLOORS, UNLESS OTHERWISE
INDICATED.
B.USE MANUFACTURER-APPROVED PULLING COMPOUND OR LUBRICANT WHERE
NECESSARY; COMPOUND USED MUST NOT DETERIORATE CONDUCTOR OR INSULATION.
DO NOT USE OIL, GREASE, GRAPHITE, OR SIMILAR SUBSTANCES. DO NOT EXCEED
MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED MAXIMUM PULLING TENSIONS AND SIDEWALL
PRESSURE VALUES.
C.USE PULLING MEANS; INCLUDING FISH TAPE, CABLE, ROPE, AND BASKET-WEAVE
WIRE/CABLE GRIPS THAT WILL NOT DAMAGE CABLES OR RACEWAY. PULLING OF LARGE
CONDUCTORS IN RACEWAYS SHALL BE DONE WITH AN APPROVED CABLE PULLING
MACHINE. OTHER METHODS SUCH AS BLOCK AND TACKLE TO INSTALL CONDUCTORS
ARE PROHIBITED.
D.INSTALL EXPOSED CABLES PARALLEL AND PERPENDICULAR TO SURFACES OF EXPOSED
STRUCTURAL MEMBERS AND FOLLOW SURFACE CONTOURS WHERE POSSIBLE.
E.SUPPORT CABLES IN ACCORDANCE WITH DIVISION 26 SECTION "COMMON WORK
RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL."
F.SEAL AROUND CABLES PENETRATING FIRE-RATED ELEMENTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH
DIVISION 07 SECTION "PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING.". PROVIDE SEPARATE SLEEVES
AND/OR FIRE BARRIERS FOR CABLE FIRE WALL PENETRATION, UNLESS CABLE IS UL
LISTED FOR THE APPLICATION.
G.IDENTIFY AND COLOR-CODE CONDUCTORS AND CABLES IN ACCORDANCE WITH
DIVISION 26 SECTION "IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEM. COLOR-CODED
CONDUCTOR SLEEVES ARE NOT PERMITTED."
H.METAL CLAD (MC) CABLE INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS:
1.PROVIDE J-BOX ABOVE CEILING BEFORE RUNNING MC CABLE DOWN WITH
PARTITIONS OR WALLS.
2.OVERHEAD MC CABLE RUNS SHALL GENERALLY FOLLOW BUILDING LINES TO
PROVIDE A NEAT AND WORKMANLIKE INSTALLATION.
3.OVERSIZE J-BOX TO ACCOMMODATE MC CABLE SPLICING.
4.MC CABLE MAY BE RUN DOWN DIRECTLY INTO PANELBOARDS TO AVOID EXTRA
SPLICE INTO J-BOX ABOVE PANELBOARD AS LONG AS CONCEALED. INSTALLED IN A
NEAT ORDERLY MANNER USING UNISTRUT® OR EQUAL TO SPACE AND HOLD MC
CABLE IN PLACE
5.MC CABLE RUNS SHALL NOT REST ON CEILING STRUCTURES. DO NOT SUPPORT MC
CABLE ON HUNG CEILING OR CEILING SUPPORT WIRES. DO NOT SUPPORT CABLES
OR ALLOW CONTACT WITH MECHANICAL PIPING. THE USE OF CABLE TIES TO
SUPPORT MC CABLE IS NOT ALLOWED.
6.USE LOCK OR SPRING NUT FITTINGS.
7.SECURELY SUPPORT MC CABLE WITH CABLE HANGERS, INDIVIDUAL SPRING STEEL
SUPPORT CLIPS, STEEL TRAPEZE HANGERS, THREADED RODS, OR DEDICATED NO. 8
AWG DROP WIRE. CABLE SUPPORTS SHALL BE FASTENED TO CONCRETE SLABS,
BEAMS, JOISTS OR OTHER STRUCTURAL MEMBERS OF THE BUILDING.
8.MC CABLE SHALL BE SUPPORTED EVERY 6 FEET AND SECURED WITHIN 12 INCHES
FROM TERMINATION.
9.LIMIT #12 WIRE HOMERUNS TO CODE VOLTAGE DROP REQUIREMENTS.
10.DO NOT MAKE SPLICES IN HOME RUN CIRCUITS, EXCEPT DIRECTLY ABOVE THE
PANELBOARD.
11.CABLE RUNS SHALL BE CONTINUOUS FROM OUTLET TO OUTLET.
12.WHEN TERMINATING OR SPLICING AT A JUNCTION, OUTLET, OR SWITCH BOX, CUT
THE CABLE SUCH THAT 6-INCHES OF FREE CONDUCTORS REMAIN FOR CONNECTIONS
OR SPLICES. USE SCREW-IN OR SPRING LOCK CONNECTOR AND ENSURE A PROPER
BONDING BY FIRMLY TIGHTENING THE CONNECTOR TO BOTH THE BOX AND CABLE.
13.MC CABLE SHALL BE CUT WITH AN ARMORED CABLE ROTARY CUTTER.
14.INSERT AN ANTI-SHORT BUSHING AT CABLE ENDS TO PROTECT CONDUCTORS FROM
ABRASION OR USE INSULATED CONNECTORS.
15.BEND RADIUS SHALL BE LESS THAN 7 TIMES THE EXTERNAL DIAMETER OF THE
CABLE.
16.MC CABLES PASSING THROUGH FIRE-RATED WALLS OR ELECTRICAL
/TELECOMMUNICATION ROOM WALLS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH A UL LISTED, FIRE
RATED PENETRATION ASSEMBLY.
17.PROVIDE #10 NEUTRAL WIRE, OR ONE NEUTRAL PER PHASE FOR THREE-PHASE,
FOUR WIRE POWER SUPPLY SYSTEMS TO COMPUTERS, OFFICE MACHINES,
PROGRAMMABLE CONTROLS, ELECTRONIC DISCHARGE EQUIPMENT.
18.DO NOT EXCEED CODE REQUIREMENTS FOR TOTAL NUMBER OF CURRENT-CARRYING
CONDUCTORS IN MULTIPLE MC CABLE RUNS BUNDLED TOGETHER INTO A SINGLE MC
CABLE HANGER OR STRAP. NEUTRALS SHALL BE COUNTED AS CURRENT CARRYING
CONDUCTORS.
19.MAINTAIN A CLEARANCE OF AT LEAST 6 INCHES FROM HOT WATER AND OTHER HIGH
TEMPERATURE PIPES.
20.MAINTAIN AT LEAST 12 INCHES FROM TELECOMMUNICATION CONDUITS AND
UNSHIELDED TWISTED-PAIR TELECOMMUNICATION CABLES.
3.03 CONNECTIONS
A.PROVIDE STEEL CABLE CONNECTORS WITH INSULATED THROAT, OZ/GEDNEY AMC
SERIES OR EQUAL. DIE CAST OR PRESSURE CAST FITTINGS ARE PROHIBITED.
B.TIGHTEN ELECTRICAL CONNECTORS AND TERMINALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH
MANUFACTURER'S PUBLISHED TORQUE-TIGHTENING VALUES. IF MANUFACTURER'S
TORQUE VALUES ARE NOT INDICATED, USE THOSE SPECIFIED IN UL 486A.
C.MAKE SPLICES AND TAPS THAT ARE COMPATIBLE WITH CONDUCTOR MATERIAL AND
THAT POSSESS EQUIVALENT OR BETTER MECHANICAL STRENGTH AND INSULATION
RATINGS THAN UNSPLICED CONDUCTORS.
D.WIRING AT OUTLETS: INSTALL WIRING AT OUTLETS OF SUFFICIENT LENGTH TO EXTEND
A MINIMUM OF 6 INCHES OUTSIDE OF THE OPENING.
3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.PERFORM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS.
1.PERFORM EACH OF THE FOLLOWING VISUAL AND ELECTRICAL TESTS:
a.INSPECT EXPOSED SECTIONS OF CONDUCTOR AND CABLE FOR PHYSICAL
DAMAGE AND CORRECT CONNECTION.
B.CABLES WILL BE CONSIDERED DEFECTIVE IF THEY DO NOT PASS TESTS AND
INSPECTIONS.
C.PREPARE TEST AND INSPECTION REPORTS TO RECORD THE FOLLOWING:
1.PROCEDURES USED.
2.RESULTS THAT COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS.
3.RESULTS THAT DO NOT COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS, AND CORRECTIVE ACTION
TAKEN TO ACHIEVE COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS.
SECTION 26 0526
GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A.SECTION INCLUDES GROUNDING OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT.
GROUNDING REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION MAY BE SUPPLEMENTED BY
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS OF SYSTEMS DESCRIBED IN OTHER SECTIONS.
B.GROUNDING TO WATER PIPING WHETHER UNDERGROUND, OR INDOORS IS STRICTLY
PROHIBITED.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A.PRODUCT DATA: FOR EACH TYPE OF PRODUCT INDICATED.
B.PRODUCT DATA: NONE
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS, DEVICES, AND ACCESSORIES: LISTED AND LABELED AS
DEFINED IN CEC, ARTICLE 100, BY A TESTING AGENCY ACCEPTABLE TO AUTHORITIES
HAVING JURISDICTION, AND MARKED FOR INTENDED USE.
1.COMPLY WITH UL 467.
B.COMPLY WITH CEC; FOR MEDIUM-VOLTAGE UNDERGROUND CONSTRUCTION, COMPLY
WITH IEEE C2.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A.MANUFACTURERS: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, PROVIDE
PRODUCTS BY ONE OF THE FOLLOWING:
1.GROUNDING CONDUCTORS, CABLES, CONNECTORS, AND RODS:
a.APPLETON
b.BURNDY ELECTRICAL.
c.COOPER POWER SYSTEMS.
d.COPPERWELD CORP.
e.ERICO INC.
f.HUBBELL.
g.O-Z/GEDNEY CO.
h.THOMAS & BETTS
i.OR EQUAL.
B.OR EQUAL: WHERE PRODUCTS ARE SPECIFIED BY MANUFACTURERS NAME AND
ACCOMPANIED BY THE TERM "OR EQUAL", COMPLY WITH PROVISIONS IN DIVISION 01.
SPECIFIC PROCEDURES MUST BE FOLLOWED BEFORE USE OF AN UNNAMED PRODUCT
OR MANUFACTURER.
2.02 GROUNDING CONDUCTORS
A.FOR INSULATED CONDUCTORS, COMPLY WITH DIVISION 26 SECTION "LOW-VOLTAGE
ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES.”
B.MATERIAL: COPPER.
C.EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTORS: INSULATED WITH GREEN-COLORED
INSULATION.
D.ISOLATED GROUND CONDUCTORS: INSULATED WITH GREEN-COLORED INSULATION WITH
YELLOW STRIPE. ON FEEDERS WITH ISOLATED GROUND, USE COLORED TAPE,
ALTERNATING BANDS OF GREEN AND YELLOW TAPE TO PROVIDE A MINIMUM OF THREE
BANDS OF GREEN AND TWO BANDS OF YELLOW.
E.GROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTORS: STRANDED CABLE.
F.UNDERGROUND CONDUCTORS: BARE, TINNED, STRANDED, UNLESS OTHERWISE
INDICATED.
G.BARE COPPER CONDUCTORS: COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING:
1.SOLID CONDUCTORS: ASTM B3.
2.ASSEMBLY OF STRANDED CONDUCTORS: ASTM B8.
3.TINNED CONDUCTORS: ASTM B33.
H.COPPER BONDING CONDUCTORS: AS FOLLOWS:
1.BONDING CABLE: 28 KCMIL, 14 STRANDS OF NO. 17 AWG COPPER CONDUCTOR, AND
¼ INCH IN DIAMETER.
2.BONDING CONDUCTOR: NO. 4 OR NO. 6 AWG, STRANDED COPPER CONDUCTOR.
3.BONDING JUMPER: BARE COPPER TAPE, BRAIDED BARE COPPER CONDUCTORS,
TERMINATED WITH COPPER FERRULES; 1⅝ INCHES WIDE AND 1/16 INCH THICK.
4.TINNED BONDING JUMPER: TINNED-COPPER TAPE, BRAIDED COPPER CONDUCTORS,
TERMINATED WITH COPPER FERRULES; 1⅝ INCHES WIDE AND 1/16 INCH THICK.
I.GROUNDING BUS: BARE, ANNEALED COPPER BARS OF RECTANGULAR CROSS SECTION,
WITH INSULATORS.
2.03 CONNECTOR PRODUCTS
A.COMPLY WITH IEEE 837 AND UL 467; LISTED FOR USE FOR SPECIFIC TYPES, SIZES, AND
COMBINATIONS OF CONDUCTORS AND CONNECTED ITEMS.
B.WELDED CONNECTORS: EXOTHERMIC-WELDED TYPE, IN KIT FORM, AND SELECTED PER
MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 APPLICATION
A.USE ONLY COPPER CONDUCTORS FOR BOTH INSULATED AND BARE GROUNDING
CONDUCTORS.
B.IN RACEWAYS, USE INSULATED EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTORS.
C.EXOTHERMIC-WELDED CONNECTIONS: USE FOR CONNECTIONS TO STRUCTURAL STEEL
AND FOR UNDERGROUND CONNECTIONS, EXCEPT THOSE AT TEST WELLS.
D.EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR TERMINATIONS: USE BOLTED PRESSURE CLAMPS.
E.GROUNDING BUS: INSTALL AS INDICATED.
1.USE INSULATED SPACER; SPACE 1 INCH FROM WALL AND SUPPORT FROM WALL 6
INCHES ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.
2.AT DOORS, ROUTE THE BUS UP TO THE TOP OF THE DOOR FRAME, ACROSS THE TOP
OF THE DOORWAY, AND DOWN TO THE SPECIFIED HEIGHT ABOVE THE FLOOR.
F.UNDERGROUND GROUNDING CONDUCTORS: USE COPPER CONDUCTOR, NO. 2/0 AWG,
MINIMUM. BURY AT LEAST 24 INCHES BELOW GRADE OR BURY 12 INCHES ABOVE DUCT
BANK WHEN INSTALLED AS PART OF THE DUCT BANK.
3.02 EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTORS
A.COMPLY WITH CEC, ARTICLE 250, FOR TYPES, SIZES, AND QUANTITIES OF EQUIPMENT
GROUNDING CONDUCTORS, UNLESS SPECIFIC TYPES, LARGER SIZES, OR MORE
CONDUCTORS THAN REQUIRED BY CEC ARE INDICATED.
B.INSTALL EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTORS IN FEEDERS AND CIRCUITS.
C.INSTALL INSULATED EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR WITH CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS
FOR THE FOLLOWING ITEMS, IN ADDITION TO THOSE REQUIRED BY NEC:
1.FEEDERS AND BRANCH CIRCUITS.
2.LIGHTING CIRCUITS.
3.RECEPTACLE CIRCUITS.
4.SINGLE-PHASE MOTOR AND APPLIANCE BRANCH CIRCUITS.
5.THREE-PHASE MOTOR AND APPLIANCE BRANCH CIRCUITS.
6.FLEXIBLE RACEWAY RUNS.
7.ARMORED AND METAL-CLAD CABLE RUNS.
D.AIR-DUCT EQUIPMENT CIRCUITS: INSTALL AN EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR TO
DUCT-MOUNTED ELECTRICAL DEVICES OPERATING AT 120 V AND MORE, INCLUDING AIR
CLEANERS AND HEATERS. BOND CONDUCTOR TO EACH UNIT AND TO AIR DUCT.
3.03 INSTALLATION
A.GROUNDING CONDUCTORS: ROUTE ALONG SHORTEST AND STRAIGHTEST PATHS
POSSIBLE, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. AVOID OBSTRUCTING ACCESS OR PLACING
CONDUCTORS WHERE THEY MAY BE SUBJECTED TO STRAIN, IMPACT, OR DAMAGE.
B.BONDING STRAPS AND JUMPERS: INSTALL SO VIBRATION BY EQUIPMENT MOUNTED ON
VIBRATION ISOLATION HANGERS AND SUPPORTS IS NOT TRANSMITTED TO RIGIDLY
MOUNTED EQUIPMENT. USE EXOTHERMIC-WELDED CONNECTORS FOR OUTDOOR
LOCATIONS, UNLESS A DISCONNECT-TYPE CONNECTION IS REQUIRED; THEN, USE A
BOLTED CLAMP. BOND STRAPS DIRECTLY TO THE BASIC STRUCTURE TAKING CARE NOT
TO PENETRATE ANY ADJACENT PARTS. INSTALL STRAPS ONLY IN LOCATIONS
ACCESSIBLE FOR MAINTENANCE.
C.METAL WATER SERVICE AND METER PIPING: GROUNDING TO WATER PIPES IS
PROHIBITED ON SITE. SITE WATER MAINS ARE NON-CONDUCTING. BOND BUILDING PIPING
TO THE SEPARATE GROUNDING SYSTEM FOR THE BUILDING.
3.04 CONNECTIONS
A.GENERAL: MAKE CONNECTIONS SO GALVANIC ACTION OR ELECTROLYSIS POSSIBILITY IS
MINIMIZED. SELECT CONNECTORS, CONNECTION HARDWARE, CONDUCTORS, AND
CONNECTION METHODS SO METALS IN DIRECT CONTACT ARE COMPATIBLE.
1.USE ELECTROPLATED OR HOT-TIN-COATED MATERIALS TO ENSURE HIGH
CONDUCTIVITY AND TO MAKE CONTACT POINTS CLOSER TO ORDER OF GALVANIC
SERIES.
2.MAKE CONNECTIONS WITH CLEAN, BARE METAL AT POINTS OF CONTACT.
3.COAT AND SEAL CONNECTIONS HAVING DISSIMILAR METALS WITH INERT MATERIAL
TO PREVENT FUTURE PENETRATION OF MOISTURE TO CONTACT SURFACES.
B.EXOTHERMIC-WELDED CONNECTIONS: COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN
INSTRUCTIONS. WELDS THAT ARE PUFFED UP OR THAT SHOW CONVEX SURFACES
INDICATING IMPROPER CLEANING ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE.
C.EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR TERMINATIONS: FOR NO. 8 AWG AND LARGER,
USE PRESSURE-TYPE GROUNDING LUGS. NO. 10 AWG AND SMALLER GROUNDING
CONDUCTORS MAY BE TERMINATED WITH WINGED PRESSURE-TYPE CONNECTORS.
D.TIGHTEN SCREWS AND BOLTS FOR GROUNDING AND BONDING CONNECTORS AND
TERMINALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S PUBLISHED TORQUE-TIGHTENING
VALUES. IF MANUFACTURER'S TORQUE VALUES ARE NOT INDICATED, USE THOSE
SPECIFIED IN UL 486A.
E.COMPRESSION-TYPE CONNECTIONS: USE HYDRAULIC COMPRESSION TOOLS TO
PROVIDE CORRECT CIRCUMFERENTIAL PRESSURE FOR COMPRESSION CONNECTORS.
USE TOOLS AND DIES RECOMMENDED BY CONNECTOR MANUFACTURER. PROVIDE
EMBOSSING DIE CODE OR OTHER STANDARD METHOD TO MAKE A VISIBLE INDICATION
THAT A CONNECTOR HAS BEEN ADEQUATELY COMPRESSED ON GROUNDING
CONDUCTOR.
F.MOISTURE PROTECTION: IF INSULATED GROUNDING CONDUCTORS ARE CONNECTED TO
GROUND RODS OR GROUNDING BUSES, INSULATE ENTIRE AREA OF CONNECTION AND
SEAL AGAINST MOISTURE PENETRATION OF INSULATION AND CABLE.
G.GROUND BUS CONNECTIONS: SHALL BE ONE HOLE, COPPER CABLE TERMINATION TYPE
BURNDY HYLUG™, THOMAS & BETTS BLUE, OR EQUAL. INSTALL WITH ¼ TO ½-INCH
SILICON BRONZE HEX-HEAD MACHINE BOLTS WITH BRONZE WASHER EACH SIDE.
MACHINE BOLTS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM F468 AND NUTS SHALL BE IN
ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM F467.
SECTION 26 0529
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A.SECTION INCLUDES THE FOLLOWING:
1.HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS.
1.02 DEFINITIONS
A.CEC: CALIFORNIA ELECTRIC CODE
B.EMT: ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING.
C.RMC: RIGID METAL CONDUIT.
D.SEISMIC RESTRAINT: A STRUCTURAL SUPPORT ELEMENT SUCH AS A METAL FRAMING
MEMBER, A CABLE, AN ANCHOR BOLT OR STUD, A FASTENING DEVICE, OR AN ASSEMBLY
OF THESE ITEMS USED TO TRANSMIT SEISMIC FORCES FROM AN ITEM OF EQUIPMENT OR
SYSTEM TO BUILDING STRUCTURE AND TO LIMIT MOVEMENT OF ITEM DURING A SEISMIC
EVENT.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A.PRODUCT DATA: ILLUSTRATE AND INDICATE STYLE, MATERIAL, STRENGTH, FASTENING
PROVISION, AND FINISH FOR EACH TYPE AND SIZE OF ELECTRICAL SUPPORT AND
SEISMIC-RESTRAINT COMPONENT USED.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.COMPLY WITH SEISMIC-RESTRAINT REQUIREMENTS IN THE CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE
B.STRUCTURAL SEISMIC PERFORMANCE: REFER TO DIVISION 26 SECTION “VIBRATION AND
SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS.”
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A.IN OTHER PART 2 ARTICLES WHERE TITLES BELOW INTRODUCE LISTS, THE FOLLOWING
REQUIREMENTS APPLY TO PRODUCT SELECTION:
1.MANUFACTURERS: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, PROVIDE
PRODUCTS BY ONE OF THE MANUFACTURERS SPECIFIED.
2.OR EQUAL: WHERE PRODUCTS ARE SPECIFIED BY MANUFACTURERS NAME AND
ACCOMPANIED BY THE TERM "OR EQUAL", COMPLY WITH PROVISIONS IN DIVISION 01.
SPECIFIC PROCEDURES MUST BE FOLLOWED BEFORE USE OF AN UNNAMED
PRODUCT OR MANUFACTURER.
2.02 SUPPORT, ANCHORAGE, AND ATTACHMENT COMPONENTS
A.RATED STRENGTH: ADEQUATE IN TENSION, SHEAR, AND PULLOUT FORCE TO RESIST
MAXIMUM LOADS CALCULATED OR IMPOSED UNDER THIS PROJECT, WITH A MINIMUM
STRUCTURAL SAFETY FACTOR OF FIVE TIMES THE APPLIED FORCE.
B.STEEL SLOTTED SUPPORT SYSTEMS: COMPLY WITH MFMA-4, FACTORY-FABRICATED
COMPONENTS FOR FIELD ASSEMBLY.
1.MANUFACTURERS:
a.ALLIED SUPPORT SYSTEMS; POWER-STRUT UNIT.
b.COOPER B-LINE; A DIVISION OF COOPER INDUSTRIES.
c.ERICO INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION.
d.GS METALS CORP.
e.MICHIGAN HANGER CO., INC.; O-STRUT DIV.
f.NATIONAL PIPE HANGER CORP.
g.THOMAS & BETTS CORPORATION.
h.UNISTRUT.
i.WESANCO, INC.
j.OR EQUAL.
2.FINISHES:
a.METALLIC COATINGS: HOT-DIP GALVANIZED AFTER FABRICATION AND APPLIED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH MFMA-4.
b.NONMETALLIC COATINGS: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD PVC, POLYURETHANE,
OR POLYESTER COATING APPLIED IN ACCORDANCE WITH MFMA-4.
c.PAINTED COATINGS: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD PAINTED COATING APPLIED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH MFMA-4.
3.CHANNEL DIMENSIONS: SELECTED FOR STRUCTURAL LOADING AND APPLICABLE
SEISMIC FORCES.
C.RACEWAY AND CABLE SUPPORTS: AS DESCRIBED IN NECA 1.
D.CONDUIT AND CABLE SUPPORT DEVICES: STEEL AND MALLEABLE-IRON HANGERS,
CLAMPS, AND ASSOCIATED FITTINGS, DESIGNED FOR TYPES AND SIZES OF RACEWAY OR
CABLE TO BE SUPPORTED.
E.SUPPORT FOR CONDUCTORS IN VERTICAL CONDUIT: FACTORY-FABRICATED ASSEMBLY
CONSISTING OF THREADED BODY AND INSULATING WEDGING PLUG OR PLUGS FOR
NON-ARMORED ELECTRICAL CONDUCTORS OR CABLES IN RISER CONDUITS. PLUGS
SHALL HAVE NUMBER, SIZE, AND SHAPE OF CONDUCTOR GRIPPING PIECES AS REQUIRED
TO SUIT INDIVIDUAL CONDUCTORS OR CABLES SUPPORTED. BODY SHALL BE MALLEABLE
IRON.
F.STRUCTURAL STEEL FOR FABRICATED SUPPORTS AND RESTRAINTS: ASTM A36, STEEL
PLATES, SHAPES, AND BARS; BLACK AND GALVANIZED.
G.MOUNTING, ANCHORING, AND ATTACHMENT COMPONENTS: ITEMS FOR FASTENING
ELECTRICAL ITEMS OR THEIR SUPPORTS TO BUILDING SURFACES INCLUDE THE
FOLLOWING:
1.POWDER-ACTUATED FASTENERS: ARE PROHIBITED EXCEPT WHEN EXECUTED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH DIVISION 01.
2.THREADED-STEEL STUD, FOR USE IN HARDENED PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE,
STEEL, OR WOOD, WITH TENSION, SHEAR, AND PULLOUT CAPACITIES APPROPRIATE
FOR SUPPORTED LOADS AND BUILDING MATERIALS WHERE USED.
a.MANUFACTURERS:
1)HILTI, INC.
2)ITW CONSTRUCTION PRODUCTS.
3)MKT FASTENING, LLC.
4)SIMPSON STRONG-TIE CO. INC.
5)OR EQUAL.
3.MECHANICAL-EXPANSION ANCHORS: INSERT-WEDGE-TYPE, HOT DIP GALVANIZED
STEEL OR STAINLESS STEEL, FOR USE IN HARDENED PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE
WITH TENSION, SHEAR, AND PULLOUT CAPACITIES APPROPRIATE FOR SUPPORTED
LOADS AND BUILDING MATERIALS IN WHICH USED.
a.MANUFACTURERS:
1)COOPER B-LINE; A DIVISION OF COOPER INDUSTRIES.
2)EMPIRE TOOL AND MANUFACTURING CO., INC
3)HILTI, INC.
4)ITW CONSTRUCTION PRODUCTS.
5)MKT FASTENING, LLC.
6)POWERS FASTENERS.
7)OR EQUAL.
4.CONCRETE INSERTS: STEEL OR MALLEABLE-IRON SLOTTED-SUPPORT-SYSTEM UNITS
SIMILAR TO MSS TYPE 18; COMPLYING WITH MFMA-4 OR MSS SP-58.
5.CLAMPS FOR ATTACHMENT TO STEEL STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS: MSS SP-58, TYPE
SUITABLE FOR ATTACHED STRUCTURAL ELEMENT.
6.THROUGH BOLTS: STRUCTURAL TYPE, HEX HEAD, HIGH STRENGTH. COMPLY WITH
ASTM A325.
7.TOGGLE BOLTS: STEEL SPRINGHEAD TYPE.
8.HANGER RODS: THREADED STEEL.
2.03 SEISMIC-RESTRAINT COMPONENTS
A.RATED STRENGTH, FEATURES, AND APPLICATION REQUIREMENTS FOR RESTRAINT
COMPONENTS: AS DEFINED IN REPORTS BY AN AGENCY ACCEPTABLE TO THE OWNER.
1.STRUCTURAL SAFETY FACTOR: STRENGTH IN TENSION, SHEAR, AND PULLOUT
FORCE OF COMPONENTS USED SHALL BE AT LEAST FIVE TIMES THE MAXIMUM
SEISMIC FORCES TO WHICH THEY WILL BE SUBJECTED.
B.ANGLE AND CHANNEL-TYPE BRACE ASSEMBLIES: STEEL ANGLES OR STEEL
SLOTTED-SUPPORT-SYSTEM COMPONENTS; WITH ACCESSORIES FOR ATTACHMENT TO
BRACED COMPONENT AT ONE END AND TO BUILDING STRUCTURE AT THE OTHER END.
C.CABLE RESTRAINTS: ASTM A603, ZINC-COATED, STEEL WIRE ROPE ATTACHED TO STEEL
OR STAINLESS-STEEL THIMBLES, BRACKETS, SWIVELS, AND BOLTS DESIGNED FOR
RESTRAINING CABLE SERVICE.
1.MANUFACTURERS:
a.AMBER/BOOTH COMPANY, INC.
b.LOOS & CO., INC.
c.MASON INDUSTRIES, INC.
d.OR EQUAL.
2.SEISMIC MOUNTINGS, ANCHORS, AND ATTACHMENTS: DEVICES AS SPECIFIED IN
PART 2 "SUPPORT, ANCHORAGE, AND ATTACHMENT COMPONENTS" ARTICLE,
SELECTED TO RESIST SEISMIC FORCES.
3.HANGER ROD STIFFENER: REINFORCING STEEL ANGLE CLAMPED TO HANGER ROD,
OF DESIGN RECOGNIZED BY AN AGENCY ACCEPTABLE TO THE OWNER.
4.BUSHINGS FOR FLOOR-MOUNTED EQUIPMENT ANCHORS: NEOPRENE UNITS
DESIGNED FOR SEISMICALLY RATED RIGID EQUIPMENT MOUNTINGS, AND MATCHED
TO TYPE AND SIZE OF ANCHOR BOLTS AND STUDS USED.
5.BUSHING ASSEMBLIES FOR WALL-MOUNTED EQUIPMENT ANCHORAGE: ASSEMBLIES
OF NEOPRENE ELEMENTS AND STEEL SLEEVES DESIGNED FOR SEISMICALLY RATED
RIGID EQUIPMENT MOUNTINGS, AND MATCHED TO TYPE AND SIZE OF ATTACHMENT
DEVICES USED.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 APPLICATION
A.COMPLY WITH NECA 1 FOR APPLICATION OF HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL
EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS, EXCEPT IF REQUIREMENTS IN THIS SECTION ARE MORE
STRINGENT.
B.MAXIMUM SUPPORT SPACING AND MINIMUM HANGER ROD SIZE FOR RACEWAY: SPACE
SUPPORTS FOR EMT, AND RMC AS SCHEDULED IN NECA 1, WHERE TABLE 1 LISTS
MAXIMUM SPACING LESS THAN STATED IN. MINIMUM ROD SIZE SHALL BE ¼ INCH IN
DIAMETER.
C.OUTSIDE OF CONDITIONED SPACES, PROVIDE HOT DIP GALVANIZED OR, IN CORROSIVE
AREAS, PROVIDE STAINLESS STEEL.
D.FOR INDIVIDUAL CONDUIT RUNS NOT DIRECTLY FASTENED TO THE STRUCTURE, USE ROD
HANGERS.
E.ARRANGE CONDUIT SUPPORTS TO PREVENT DISTORTION OF ALIGNMENT BY WIRE
PULLING OPERATIONS. FASTEN CONDUIT USING GALVANIZED STRAPS, LAY-IN
ADJUSTABLE HANGERS, CLEVIS HANGERS, OR BOLTED SPLIT GALVANIZED HANGERS.
F.CONDUIT FASTENED WITH WIRE OR PERFORATED PIPE STRAPS ARE PROHIBITED.
REMOVE WIRE USED FOR TEMPORARY CONDUIT SUPPORT DURING CONSTRUCTION
BEFORE CONDUCTORS ARE PULLED. DO NOT USE CEILING WIRE TO SUPPORT CONDUIT.
G.MULTIPLE RACEWAYS OR CABLES: INSTALL TRAPEZE-TYPE SUPPORTS FABRICATED
WITH STEEL SLOTTED SUPPORT SYSTEM, SIZED SO CAPACITY CAN BE INCREASED BY AT
LEAST 25 PERCENT IN FUTURE WITHOUT EXCEEDING SPECIFIED DESIGN LOAD LIMITS.
SUPPORTS SHOULD BE SPACED FOR MAXIMUM DEFLECTION OF CONDUIT NOT GREATER
THAN ⅛ INCH.
1.SECURE RACEWAYS AND CABLES TO TRAPEZE MEMBER WITH CLAMPS APPROVED
FOR APPLICATION BY AN AGENCY ACCEPTABLE TO THE OWNER.
3.02 SUPPORT AND SEISMIC-RESTRAINT INSTALLATION
A.COMPLY WITH NECA 1 FOR INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS, EXCEPT AS SPECIFIED IN THIS
ARTICLE.
B.RACEWAY SUPPORT METHODS: IN ADDITION TO METHODS DESCRIBED IN NECA 1, EMT,
RMC MAY BE SUPPORTED BY OPENINGS THROUGH STRUCTURE MEMBERS, AS
PERMITTED IN CEC.
C.INSTALL SEISMIC-RESTRAINT COMPONENTS USING METHODS APPROVED BY THE
EVALUATION SERVICE PROVIDING REQUIRED SUBMITTALS FOR COMPONENT.
D.DRILL HOLES FOR EXPANSION ANCHORS IN CONCRETE AT LOCATIONS AND TO DEPTHS
THAT AVOID REINFORCING BARS.
3.03 INSTALLATION OF SEISMIC-RESTRAINT COMPONENTS
A.INSTALL BUSHING ASSEMBLIES FOR ANCHOR BOLTS FOR FLOOR-MOUNTED EQUIPMENT,
ARRANGED TO PROVIDE RESILIENT MEDIA BETWEEN ANCHOR BOLTS AND MOUNTING
HOLE IN CONCRETE BASE.
B.INSTALL BUSHING ASSEMBLIES FOR MOUNTING BOLTS FOR WALL-MOUNTED EQUIPMENT,
ARRANGED TO PROVIDE RESILIENT MEDIA WHERE EQUIPMENT OR
EQUIPMENT-MOUNTING CHANNELS ARE ATTACHED TO WALL.
C.RESTRAINT CABLES: PROVIDE SLACK WITHIN MAXIMUMS RECOMMENDED BY
MANUFACTURER.
D.ATTACHMENT TO STRUCTURE: IF SPECIFIC ATTACHMENT IS NOT INDICATED, ANCHOR
BRACING TO STRUCTURE AT FLANGES OF BEAMS, UPPER TRUSS CHORDS OF BAR
JOISTS, OR AT CONCRETE MEMBERS.
E.PROVIDE RACEWAY FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT SYSTEMS WITH APPROPRIATE
LONGITUDINAL AND CROSS BRACING TO SATISFY SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS.
SECTION 26 0533
RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A.SECTION INCLUDES:
1.METAL CONDUITS AND FITTINGS.
2.METAL WIREWAYS AND AUXILIARY GUTTERS.
3.SURFACE RACEWAYS.
4.BOXES, ENCLOSURES, AND CABINETS.
1.02 DEFINITIONS
A.ARC:ALUMINUM RIGID CONDUIT.
B.EMT: ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING.
C.FMC:FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT
D.GRC:GALVANIZED RIGID STEEL CONDUIT.
E.IMC:INTERMEDIATE METAL CONDUIT.
F.LFMC:LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT.
G.RMC: RIGID METAL CONDUIT.
H.RNC:RIGID NONMETALLIC CONDUIT.
1.03 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A.PRODUCT DATA: FOR SURFACE RACEWAYS, WIREWAYS AND FITTINGS.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.LISTING AND LABELING: LISTED AND LABELED AS DEFINED IN CALIFORNIA ELECTRIC
CODE, BY A QUALIFIED TESTING AGENCY, AND MARKED FOR INTENDED LOCATION AND
APPLICATION.
B.COMPLY WITH CEC.
C.PROHIBITED: ELECTRICAL MATERIALS MADE IN CHINA.
1.05 COORDINATION
A.COORDINATE LAYOUT AND INSTALLATION OF RACEWAYS, BOXES, ENCLOSURES,
CABINETS, AND SUSPENSION SYSTEM WITH OTHER CONSTRUCTION THAT PENETRATES
CEILINGS OR IS SUPPORTED BY THEM, INCLUDING LIGHT FIXTURES, HVAC EQUIPMENT,
FIRE-SUPPRESSION SYSTEM, AND PARTITION ASSEMBLIES.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A.IN OTHER PART 2 ARTICLES WHERE SUBPARAGRAPH TITLES BELOW INTRODUCE LISTS,
THE FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS APPLY FOR PRODUCT SELECTION:
1.MANUFACTURERS: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, PROVIDE
PRODUCTS BY THE MANUFACTURERS SPECIFIED.
2.OR EQUAL: WHERE PRODUCTS ARE SPECIFIED BY MANUFACTURERS NAME AND
ACCOMPANIED BY THE TERM "OR EQUAL", COMPLY WITH PROVISIONS IN DIVISION 01
SPECIFIC PROCEDURES MUST BE FOLLOWED BEFORE USE OF AN UNNAMED
PRODUCT OR MANUFACTURER.
2.02 METAL CONDUIT AND TUBING
A.METAL CONDUIT:
1.MANUFACTURERS:
a.AFC CABLE SYSTEMS, INC.
b.ALFLEX INC.
c.ALLIED TUBE AND CONDUIT
d.ANAMET ELECTRICAL, INC.; ANACONDA METAL HOSE.
e.ELECTRI-FLEX CO.
f.GRINNELL CO.
g.LTV STEEL TUBULAR PRODUCTS COMPANY.
h.MANHATTAN/CDT/COLE-FLEX.
i.O-Z GEDNEY.
j.SOUTHWIRE COMPANY.
k.WESTERN TUBE & CONDUIT CORPORATION
l.WHEATLAND TUBE CO.
m.OR EQUAL.
2.GRC: COMPLY WITH ANSI C80.1 AND UL 6.
3.ARC: COMPLY WITH ANSI C80.5 AND UL 6A.
4.IMC: COMPLY WITH ANSI C80.6 AND UL 1242.
5.PVC-COATED STEEL CONDUIT: PVC-COATED RIGID STEEL CONDUIT OR IMC.
a.COMPLY WITH NEMA RN 1.
b.COATING THICKNESS: 0.040 INCH, MINIMUM.
6.EMT: COMPLY WITH ANSI C80.3 AND UL 797.
7.FMC: COMPLY WITH UL 1; GALVANIZED STEEL. FULL WALL
8.LFMC: FLEXIBLE STEEL CONDUIT WITH PVC JACKET AND COMPLYING WITH UL 360.
B.METAL FITTINGS:
1.MANUFACTURERS:
a.BRIDGEPORT FITTINGS, INC.
b.RACO; DIVISION OF HUBBELL, INC.
c.THOMAS & BETTS
d.OR EQUAL.
2.COMPLY WITH NEMA FB 1 AND UL 514B.
3.FITTINGS, GENERAL: LISTED AND LABELED FOR TYPE OF CONDUIT, LOCATION, AND
USE.
4.CONDUIT FITTINGS FOR HAZARDOUS (CLASSIFIED) LOCATIONS: COMPLY WITH UL 1203
AND CEC.
5.FITTINGS FOR EMT:
a.MATERIAL: STEEL OR DIE CAST.
b.TYPE: SETSCREW.
6.EXPANSION FITTINGS: PVC OR STEEL TO MATCH CONDUIT TYPE, COMPLYING WITH
UL 651, RATED FOR THE ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS WHERE IT IS INSTALLED, AND
INCLUDING FLEXIBLE EXTERNAL BONDING JUMPER.
7.COATING FOR FITTINGS FOR PVC-COATED CONDUIT: MINIMUM THICKNESS OF 0.040
INCH, WITH OVERLAPPING SLEEVES PROTECTING THREADED JOINTS.
C.JOINT COMPOUND FOR IMC, GRC, OR ARC: APPROVED, AS DEFINED IN CEC, BY
AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION FOR USE IN CONDUIT ASSEMBLIES, AND
COMPOUNDED FOR USE TO LUBRICATE AND PROTECT THREADED CONDUIT JOINTS FROM
CORROSION AND TO ENHANCE THEIR CONDUCTIVITY.
2.03 METAL WIREWAYS AND AUXILIARY GUTTERS
A.MANUFACTURERS:
1.EATON/COOPER/B-LINE
2.HOFFMAN.
3.SQUARE D.
4.OR EQUAL.
B.DESCRIPTION: SHEET METAL, COMPLYING WITH UL 870 AND NEMA 250, TYPE 1 FOR
INTERIOR USE, TYPE 3R FOR INTERIOR WET LOCATIONS AND TYPE 4 FOR EXTERIOR
INSTALLATION, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, AND SIZED IN ACCORDANCE WITH CEC.
1.METAL WIREWAYS INSTALLED IN WET LOCATIONS OR OUTDOORS SHALL BE LISTED
AND LABELED AS DEFINED IN CEC, BY A QUALIFIED TESTING AGENCY, AND MARKED
FOR INTENDED LOCATION AND APPLICATION.
C.FITTINGS AND ACCESSORIES: INCLUDE COVERS, COUPLINGS, OFFSETS, ELBOWS,
EXPANSION JOINTS, ADAPTERS, HOLD-DOWN STRAPS, END CAPS, AND OTHER FITTINGS
TO MATCH AND MATE WITH WIREWAYS AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE SYSTEM.
D.WIREWAY COVERS: HINGED TYPE FOR WIREWAYS LARGER THAN 24” X 24”,
SCREW-COVER TYPE FOR SMALL WIREWAYS, AND FLANGED-AND-GASKETED TYPE FOR
EXTERIOR INSTALLATION OR WET LOCATIONS, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.
E.FINISH: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD ENAMEL FINISH.
2.04 BOXES, ENCLOSURES, AND CABINETS
A.MANUFACTURERS:
1.COOPER CROUSE-HINDS
2.EMERSON
3.HOFFMAN.
4.HUBBELL, INC.
5.O-Z/GEDNEY;
6.THOMAS & BETTS CORPORATION.
7.WIREMOLD COMPANY.
8.OR EQUAL
B.PROHIBITED: GANGABLE BOXES.
C.SHEET METAL OUTLET AND DEVICE BOXES: NEMA OS 1 AND UL 514A.
D.CAST-METAL OUTLET AND DEVICE BOXES: COMPLY WITH NEMA FB 1, FERROUS ALLOY,
TYPE FD, WITH GASKETED COVER.
E.LUMINAIRE OUTLET BOXES: NONADJUSTABLE, DESIGNED FOR ATTACHMENT OF
LUMINAIRE WEIGHING 50 POUNDS. OUTLET BOXES DESIGNED FOR ATTACHMENT OF
LUMINAIRES WEIGHING MORE THAN 50 POUNDS SHALL BE LISTED AND MARKED FOR THE
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE WEIGHT.
F.SMALL SHEET METAL PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES: NEMA OS 1.
G.CAST-METAL ACCESS, PULL, AND JUNCTION BOXES: COMPLY WITH NEMA FB 1 AND
UL 1773, CAST ALUMINUM WITH GASKETED COVER.
H.BOX EXTENSIONS USED TO ACCOMMODATE NEW OR EXISTING BUILDING FINISHES SHALL
BE OF SAME MATERIAL AS RECESSED BOX.
I.DEVICE BOX DIMENSIONS: 4 X 2⅛ X 2⅛ INCHES DEEP.
J.HINGED-COVER ENCLOSURES: COMPLY WITH UL 50 AND NEMA 250, TYPE 1 FOR INTERIOR
USE, TYPE 3R FOR INTERIOR WET LOCATIONS AND TYPE 4 FOR EXTERIOR INSTALLATION,
WITH CONTINUOUS-HINGE COVER WITH FLUSH LATCH UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.
1.METAL ENCLOSURES: STEEL, FINISHED INSIDE AND OUT WITH MANUFACTURER'S
STANDARD ENAMEL.
2.NONMETALLIC ENCLOSURES: FIBERGLASS.
3.INTERIOR PANELS: STEEL; ALL SIDES FINISHED WITH MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD
ENAMEL.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 RACEWAY APPLICATION
A.INDOORS: APPLY RACEWAY PRODUCTS AS SPECIFIED BELOW UNLESS OTHERWISE
INDICATED:
1.EXPOSED: EMT.
2.EXPOSED AND SUBJECT TO SEVERE PHYSICAL DAMAGE: GRC. RACEWAY LOCATIONS
INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING:
a.LOADING DOCKS.
b.CORRIDORS USED FOR TRAFFIC OF MECHANIZED CARTS, FORKLIFTS, AND
PALLET-HANDLING UNITS.
c.MECHANICAL ROOMS.
d.GYMNASIUMS.
3.CONCEALED IN CEILINGS AND INTERIOR WALLS AND PARTITIONS: EMT.
4.CONNECTION TO VIBRATING EQUIPMENT (INCLUDING TRANSFORMERS AND
HYDRAULIC, PNEUMATIC, ELECTRIC SOLENOID, OR MOTOR-DRIVEN EQUIPMENT): FMC,
EXCEPT USE LFMC IN DAMP OR WET LOCATIONS.
5.DAMP OR WET LOCATIONS: GRC OR IMC.
6.BOXES AND ENCLOSURES: NEMA 250, TYPE 1, EXCEPT USE NEMA 250, TYPE 4
STAINLESS STEEL IN KITCHENS AND DAMP OR WET LOCATIONS.
B.MINIMUM RACEWAY SIZE: ¾-INCH TRADE SIZE
C.RACEWAY FITTINGS: COMPATIBLE WITH RACEWAYS AND SUITABLE FOR USE AND
LOCATION.
1.RIGID AND INTERMEDIATE STEEL CONDUIT: USE THREADED RIGID STEEL CONDUIT
FITTINGS. COMPLY WITH NEMA FB 2.10.
2.PVC EXTERNALLY COATED, RIGID STEEL CONDUITS: USE ONLY FITTINGS LISTED FOR
USE WITH THIS TYPE OF CONDUIT. PATCH AND SEAL JOINTS, NICKS, AND SCRAPES IN
PVC COATING AFTER INSTALLING CONDUITS AND FITTINGS. USE SEALANT
RECOMMENDED BY FITTING MANUFACTURER AND APPLY IN THICKNESS AND NUMBER
OF COATS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER.
3.EMT: USE SETSCREW, STEEL OR CAST-METAL FITTINGS. COMPLY WITH NEMA FB 2.10.
4.FLEXIBLE CONDUIT: USE ONLY FITTINGS LISTED FOR USE WITH FLEXIBLE CONDUIT.
COMPLY WITH NEMA FB 2.20.
D.INSTALL NONFERROUS CONDUIT OR TUBING FOR CIRCUITS OPERATING ABOVE 60 HZ.
WHERE ALUMINUM RACEWAYS ARE INSTALLED FOR SUCH CIRCUITS AND PASS THROUGH
CONCRETE, INSTALL IN NONMETALLIC SLEEVE.
E.DO NOT INSTALL ALUMINUM CONDUITS EMBEDDED IN OR IN CONTACT WITH CONCRETE
OR EARTH.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A.COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS IN SECTION 26 0529 "HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR
ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS" FOR HANGERS AND SUPPORTS.
B.COMPLY WITH NECA 1 AND NECA 101 FOR INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS EXCEPT
WHERE REQUIREMENTS ON DRAWINGS OR IN THIS ARTICLE ARE STRICTER. COMPLY
WITH NECA 102 FOR ALUMINUM CONDUITS. COMPLY WITH CEC LIMITATIONS FOR TYPES
OF RACEWAYS ALLOWED IN SPECIFIC OCCUPANCIES AND NUMBER OF FLOORS.
C.DO NOT FASTEN CONDUITS ONTO THE BOTTOM SIDE OF A METAL DECK ROOF.
D.KEEP RACEWAYS AT LEAST 6 INCHES AWAY FROM PARALLEL RUNS OF FLUES AND
STEAM OR HOT-WATER PIPES. INSTALL HORIZONTAL RACEWAY RUNS ABOVE WATER AND
STEAM PIPING.
E.COMPLETE RACEWAY INSTALLATION BEFORE STARTING CONDUCTOR INSTALLATION.
F.ARRANGE STUB-UPS SO CURVED PORTIONS OF BENDS ARE NOT VISIBLE ABOVE
FINISHED SLAB.
G.INSTALL NO MORE THAN THE EQUIVALENT OF THREE 90-DEGREE BENDS IN ANY CONDUIT
RUN EXCEPT FOR CONTROL WIRING CONDUITS, FOR WHICH FEWER BENDS ARE
ALLOWED. SUPPORT WITHIN 12 INCHES OF CHANGES IN DIRECTION.
H.MAKE BENDS IN RACEWAY USING LARGE-RADIUS PREFORMED ELLS. FIELD BENDING
SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH CEC MINIMUM RADII REQUIREMENTS. USE ONLY
EQUIPMENT SPECIFICALLY DESIGNED FOR MATERIAL AND SIZE INVOLVED.
I.CONCEAL CONDUIT WITHIN FINISHED WALLS, CEILINGS, AND FLOORS UNLESS
OTHERWISE INDICATED. INSTALL CONDUITS PARALLEL OR PERPENDICULAR TO BUILDING
LINES.
1.INSTALL CONCEALED RACEWAYS WITH A MINIMUM OF BENDS IN THE SHORTEST
PRACTICAL DISTANCE, CONSIDERING TYPE OF BUILDING CONSTRUCTION AND
OBSTRUCTIONS, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.
J.SUPPORT CONDUIT WITHIN 12 INCHES OF ENCLOSURES TO WHICH ATTACHED.
K.PROHIBITED: INSTALLATION OF RACEWAYS EMBEDDED IN CONCRETE SLABS:
L.STUB-UPS TO ABOVE RECESSED CEILINGS:
1.USE EMT, IMC, OR RMC FOR RACEWAYS.
2.USE A CONDUIT BUSHING OR INSULATED FITTING TO TERMINATE STUB-UPS NOT
TERMINATED IN HUBS OR IN AN ENCLOSURE.
M.THREADED CONDUIT JOINTS, EXPOSED TO WET, DAMP, CORROSIVE, OR OUTDOOR
CONDITIONS: APPLY LISTED COMPOUND TO THREADS OF RACEWAY AND FITTINGS
BEFORE MAKING UP JOINTS. FOLLOW COMPOUND MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN
INSTRUCTIONS.
N.COAT FIELD-CUT THREADS ON PVC-COATED RACEWAY WITH A CORROSION-PREVENTING
CONDUCTIVE COMPOUND PRIOR TO ASSEMBLY.
O.TERMINATE THREADED CONDUITS INTO THREADED HUBS OR WITH LOCKNUTS ON INSIDE
AND OUTSIDE OF BOXES OR CABINETS. INSTALL BUSHINGS ON CONDUITS UP TO 1¼-INCH
TRADE SIZE AND INSULATED THROAT METAL BUSHINGS ON 1½-INCH TRADE SIZE AND
LARGER CONDUITS TERMINATED WITH LOCKNUTS. INSTALL INSULATED THROAT METAL
GROUNDING BUSHINGS ON SERVICE CONDUITS.
P.INSTALL RACEWAYS SQUARE TO THE ENCLOSURE AND TERMINATE AT ENCLOSURES
WITH LOCKNUTS. INSTALL LOCKNUTS HAND TIGHT PLUS ¼ TURN MORE.
Q.DO NOT RELY ON LOCKNUTS TO PENETRATE NONCONDUCTIVE COATINGS ON
ENCLOSURES. REMOVE COATINGS IN THE LOCKNUT AREA PRIOR TO ASSEMBLING
CONDUIT TO ENCLOSURE TO ASSURE A CONTINUOUS GROUND PATH.
R.CUT CONDUIT PERPENDICULAR TO THE LENGTH. FOR CONDUITS 2-INCH TRADE SIZE AND
LARGER, USE ROLL CUTTER OR A GUIDE TO MAKE CUT STRAIGHT AND PERPENDICULAR
TO THE LENGTH.
S.INSTALL PULL WIRES IN EMPTY RACEWAYS. USE BRAIDED POLYPROPYLENE LINE WITH
NOT LESS THAN 200-LBF TENSILE STRENGTH. LEAVE AT LEAST 12 INCHES OF SLACK AT
EACH END OF PULL WIRE. CAP UNDERGROUND RACEWAYS DESIGNATED AS SPARE
ABOVE GRADE ALONGSIDE RACEWAYS IN USE.
Sheet No.
Project
Agency Plan Check / Permit No.
Petersen Design Project No.
Consultant
5082.1
652 East Dyer Drive
Santa Ana, CA 92705
DYER WAREHOUSE
Staging & Set-Up Space
Tenant Improvements
Sheet Title
Revision / Submittal History
Scale
Status
.
architecture + planning
Agency Approval
Petersen Design Architects, Inc.
17582 Fiesta Way, Tustin, CA 92780
M: 714.904.6720 E: mike@mpdarch.com
www.mpdarch.com
Architect's Stamp
.
255 E. Rincon St., Suite 301
Corona, CA 92879
P 951.340.1977 | F 951.340.1090
www.gossengineering.com
CALOFI
GI
RE
NG
A
E
S
No. E17083
T
E
ET
SAT L CE A
F
RICL
ORNI
EPR
RAET
RED D.D
OF ONABR
L
SSI
NE
RE
IWD
UT
HCE
Project Number: 125-09-07
Date Signed 01-09-2026
1 01/09/2026 PLAN CHECK RESUBMITTAL
ELECTRICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
E7.1
P.SURFACE RACEWAYS:
1.INSTALL SURFACE RACEWAY WITH A MINIMUM 2-INCH RADIUS CONTROL AT BEND
POINTS.
2.SECURE SURFACE RACEWAY WITH SCREWS OR OTHER ANCHOR-TYPE DEVICES AT
INTERVALS NOT EXCEEDING 48 INCHES AND WITH NO LESS THAN TWO SUPPORTS
PER STRAIGHT RACEWAY SECTION. SUPPORT SURFACE RACEWAY IN ACCORDANCE
WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. TAPE AND GLUE ARE NOT
ACCEPTABLE SUPPORT METHODS.
3.INSTALL A SEPARATE, GREEN, GROUND CONDUCTOR IN RACEWAYS FROM JUNCTION
BOX SUPPLYING RACEWAYS TO RECEPTACLE OR FIXTURE GROUND TERMINALS.
U.INSTALL RACEWAY SEALING FITTINGS AT ACCESSIBLE LOCATIONS IN ACCORDANCE WITH
CEC AND FILL THEM WITH LISTED SEALING COMPOUND. FOR CONCEALED RACEWAYS,
INSTALL EACH FITTING IN A FLUSH STEEL BOX WITH A BLANK COVER PLATE HAVING A
FINISH SIMILAR TO THAT OF ADJACENT PLATES OR SURFACES. INSTALL RACEWAY
SEALING FITTINGS IN ACCORDANCE WITH CEC.
V.INSTALL DEVICES TO SEAL RACEWAY INTERIORS AT ACCESSIBLE LOCATIONS. LOCATE
SEALS SO NO FITTINGS OR BOXES ARE BETWEEN THE SEAL AND THE FOLLOWING
CHANGES OF ENVIRONMENTS. SEAL THE INTERIOR OF ALL RACEWAYS AT THE
FOLLOWING POINTS:
1.WHERE CONDUITS PASS FROM WARM TO COLD LOCATIONS, SUCH AS BOUNDARIES
OF REFRIGERATED SPACES AND CONDITIONED VERSUS UNCONDITIONED INTERIOR
SPACES.
2.WHERE AN UNDERGROUND SERVICE RACEWAY ENTERS A BUILDING OR STRUCTURE.
3.CONDUIT EXTENDING FROM INTERIOR TO EXTERIOR OF BUILDING.
4.CONDUIT EXTENDING INTO PRESSURIZED DUCT AND EQUIPMENT.
5.CONDUIT EXTENDING INTO PRESSURIZED ZONES THAT ARE AUTOMATICALLY
CONTROLLED TO MAINTAIN DIFFERENT PRESSURE SET POINTS.
6.WHERE OTHERWISE REQUIRED BY CEC.
W.COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS FOR SOLVENT WELDING RNC
AND FITTINGS.
X.EXPANSION-JOINT FITTINGS:
1.INSTALL IN EACH RUN OF ABOVEGROUND RNC THAT IS LOCATED WHERE
ENVIRONMENTAL TEMPERATURE CHANGE MAY EXCEED 30°F AND THAT HAS
STRAIGHT-RUN LENGTH THAT EXCEEDS 25 FEET. INSTALL IN EACH RUN OF
ABOVEGROUND RMC AND EMT CONDUIT THAT IS LOCATED WHERE ENVIRONMENTAL
TEMPERATURE CHANGE MAY EXCEED 100°F AND THAT HAS STRAIGHT-RUN LENGTH
THAT EXCEEDS 100 FEET.
2.INSTALL FITTING(S) THAT PROVIDE EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION FOR AT LEAST
0.00041 IN/FT-°F OF TEMPERATURE CHANGE FOR PVC CONDUITS. INSTALL FITTING(S)
THAT PROVIDE EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION FOR AT LEAST 0.000078 IN/FT-°F OF
TEMPERATURE CHANGE FOR METAL CONDUITS.
3.INSTALL EXPANSION FITTINGS AT ALL LOCATIONS WHERE CONDUITS CROSS
BUILDING OR STRUCTURE EXPANSION OR SEISMIC JOINTS.
4.INSTALL EACH EXPANSION-JOINT FITTING WITH POSITION, MOUNTING, AND PISTON
SETTING SELECTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN
INSTRUCTIONS FOR CONDITIONS AT SPECIFIC LOCATION AT TIME OF INSTALLATION.
INSTALL CONDUIT SUPPORTS TO ALLOW FOR EXPANSION MOVEMENT.
Y.FLEXIBLE CONDUIT CONNECTIONS: COMPLY WITH NEMA RV 3. USE A MINIMUM OF 36
INCHES AND MAXIMUM OF 72 INCHES OF FLEXIBLE CONDUIT FOR RECESSED AND
SEMI-RECESSED LUMINAIRES, EQUIPMENT SUBJECT TO VIBRATION, NOISE
TRANSMISSION, OR MOVEMENT; AND FOR TRANSFORMERS AND MOTORS.
1.USE LFMC IN DAMP OR WET LOCATIONS, MECHANICAL ROOMS, AND ELECTRIC
ROOMS. INSTALL SEPARATE GROUND CONDUCTOR ACROSS FLEXIBLE
CONNECTIONS.
Z.MOUNT BOXES AT HEIGHTS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. IF MOUNTING HEIGHTS OF BOXES
ARE NOT INDIVIDUALLY INDICATED, GIVE PRIORITY TO ADA REQUIREMENTS. INSTALL
BOXES WITH HEIGHT MEASURED TO CENTER OF BOX UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.
AA.HORIZONTALLY SEPARATE BOXES MOUNTED ON OPPOSITE SIDES OF WALLS SO THEY
ARE NOT IN THE SAME VERTICAL CHANNEL.
BB.LOCATE BOXES SO THAT COVER OR PLATE WILL NOT SPAN DIFFERENT BUILDING
FINISHES.
CC.SUPPORT BOXES OF THREE GANGS OR MORE FROM MORE THAN ONE SIDE BY SPANNING
TWO FRAMING MEMBERS OR MOUNTING ON BRACKETS SPECIFICALLY DESIGNED FOR
THE PURPOSE.
DD.FASTEN JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES TO OR SUPPORT FROM BUILDING STRUCTURE. DO
NOT SUPPORT BOXES BY CONDUITS.
EE.INSTALL TEMPORARY CLOSURES TO PREVENT FOREIGN MATTER FROM ENTERING
RACEWAYS.
FF.PROTECT STUB-UPS FROM DAMAGE WHERE CONDUITS RISE THROUGH FLOOR SLABS.
GG.TIGHTEN SET SCREWS OF THREAD LESS FITTINGS WITH SUITABLE TOOLS.
HH.TERMINATIONS:
1.WHERE RACEWAYS ARE TERMINATED WITH THREADED HUBS, SCREW RACEWAYS OR
FITTINGS TIGHTLY INTO HUB SO END BEARS AGAINST WIRE PROTECTION SHOULDER.
WHERE CHASE NIPPLES ARE USED, ALIGN RACEWAYS SO COUPLING IS SQUARE TO
BOX; TIGHTEN CHASE NIPPLE SO NO THREADS ARE EXPOSED.
II.TELEPHONE AND SIGNAL SYSTEM RACEWAYS, 2-INCH TRADE SIZE AND SMALLER: IN
ADDITION TO ABOVE REQUIREMENTS, INSTALL RACEWAYS IN MAXIMUM LENGTHS OF 150
FEET AND WITH A MAXIMUM OF TWO 90-DEGREE BENDS OR EQUIVALENT. SEPARATE
LENGTHS WITH PULL OR JUNCTION BOXES WHERE NECESSARY TO COMPLY WITH THESE
REQUIREMENTS.
JJ.STUB-UP CONNECTIONS: EXTEND CONDUITS THROUGH CONCRETE FLOOR FOR
CONNECTION TO FREESTANDING EQUIPMENT. INSTALL WITH AN ADJUSTABLE TOP OR
COUPLING THREADED INSIDE FOR PLUGS SET FLUSH WITH FINISHED FLOOR.
KK.INSTALL HINGED-COVER ENCLOSURES AND CABINETS PLUMB. SUPPORT AT EACH
CORNER.
3.03 FIRESTOPPING
A.INSTALL FIRESTOPPING AT PENETRATIONS OF FIRE-RATED FLOOR AND WALL
ASSEMBLIES. COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS IN SECTION 07 8413 "PENETRATION
FIRESTOPPING."
3.04 PROTECTION
A.PROVIDE FINAL PROTECTION AND MAINTAIN CONDITIONS THAT ENSURE COATINGS,
FINISHES, AND CABINETS ARE WITHOUT DAMAGE OR DETERIORATION AT TIME OF
SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION.
1.REPAIR DAMAGE TO GALVANIZED FINISHES WITH ZINC-RICH PAINT RECOMMENDED
BY MANUFACTURER.
2.REPAIR DAMAGE TO PVC OR PAINT FINISHES WITH MATCHING TOUCHUP COATING
RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER.
3.05 CLEANING
A.AFTER COMPLETING INSTALLATION OF EXPOSED, FACTORY-FINISHED RACEWAYS AND
BOXES, INSPECT EXPOSED FINISHES AND REPAIR DAMAGED FINISHES.
SECTION 26 0553
IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A.SECTION INCLUDES:
1.IDENTIFICATION FOR RACEWAYS.
2.IDENTIFICATION OF POWER AND CONTROL CABLES.
3.IDENTIFICATION FOR CONDUCTORS.
4.EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION LABELS.
5.MISCELLANEOUS IDENTIFICATION PRODUCTS.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A.PRODUCT DATA: NONE.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.COMPLY WITH ANSI A13.1 AND IEEE C2.
B.COMPLY WITH CEC.
C.COMPLY WITH 29 CFR 1910.144 AND 29 CFR 1910.145.
D.ADHESIVE-ATTACHED LABELING MATERIALS, INCLUDING LABEL STOCKS, LAMINATING
ADHESIVES, AND INKS USED BY LABEL PRINTERS, SHALL COMPLY WITH UL 969.
1.04 COORDINATION
A.COORDINATE IDENTIFICATION NAMES, ABBREVIATIONS, COLORS, AND OTHER FEATURES
WITH REQUIREMENTS IN OTHER SECTIONS REQUIRING IDENTIFICATION APPLICATIONS,
DRAWINGS, SHOP DRAWINGS, MANUFACTURER'S WIRING DIAGRAMS, AND THE
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL; AND WITH THOSE REQUIRED BY CODES,
STANDARDS, AND 29 CFR 1910.145. USE CONSISTENT DESIGNATIONS THROUGHOUT
PROJECT.
B.COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF IDENTIFYING DEVICES WITH COMPLETION OF COVERING
AND PAINTING OF SURFACES WHERE DEVICES ARE TO BE APPLIED.
C.COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF IDENTIFYING DEVICES WITH LOCATION OF ACCESS
PANELS AND DOORS.
D.INSTALL IDENTIFYING DEVICES BEFORE INSTALLING ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS AND SIMILAR
CONCEALMENT.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A.FOR FIXTURE DESCRIPTIONS IN OTHER PART 2 ARTICLES WHERE THE SUBPARAGRAPH
TITLES "PRODUCTS," AND "MANUFACTURERS" INTRODUCE A LIST OF MANUFACTURERS
AND THEIR PRODUCTS OR MANUFACTURERS ONLY, THE FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS
APPLY FOR PRODUCT SELECTION:
1.PRODUCTS: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, PROVIDE ONE OF THE
PRODUCTS SPECIFIED IN OTHER PART 2 ARTICLES.
2.MANUFACTURERS: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, PROVIDE
PRODUCTS BY THE MANUFACTURERS SPECIFIED IN OTHER PART 2 ARTICLES.
3.OR EQUAL: WHERE PRODUCTS ARE SPECIFIED BY MANUFACTURERS NAME AND
ACCOMPANIED BY THE TERM "OR EQUAL", COMPLY WITH PROVISIONS IN DIVISION 01.
SPECIFIC PROCEDURES MUST BE FOLLOWED BEFORE USE OF AN UNNAMED
PRODUCT OR MANUFACTURER.
2.02 POWER RACEWAY IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS
A.COLORS FOR RACEWAYS CARRYING CIRCUITS AT 600 V OR LESS:
1.BLACK LETTERS ON AN ORANGE FIELD
2.LEGEND: INDICATE VOLTAGE AND SYSTEM OR SERVICE TYPE.
B.WRITE-ON TAGS: POLYESTER TAG, 0.015 INCH THICK, WITH CORROSION-RESISTANT
GROMMET AND CABLE TIE FOR ATTACHMENT TO CONDUCTOR OR CABLE.
1.MARKER FOR TAGS: PERMANENT, WATERPROOF, BLACK INK MARKER
RECOMMENDED BY TAG MANUFACTURER.
2.03 ARMORED AND METAL-CLAD CABLE IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS
A.COMPLY WITH ANSI A13.1 FOR MINIMUM SIZE OF LETTERS FOR LEGEND AND FOR
MINIMUM LENGTH OF COLOR FIELD FOR EACH RACEWAY AND CABLE SIZE.
B.COLORS FOR RACEWAYS CARRYING CIRCUITS AT 600 V AND LESS:
1.BLACK LETTERS ON AN ORANGE FIELD
2.LEGEND: INDICATE VOLTAGE AND SYSTEM OR SERVICE TYPE.
C.SELF-ADHESIVE VINYL TAPE: COLORED, HEAVY DUTY, WATERPROOF, FADE RESISTANT; 2
INCHES WIDE; COMPOUNDED FOR OUTDOOR USE.
2.04 POWER AND CONTROL CABLE IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS
A.COMPLY WITH ANSI A13.1 FOR MINIMUM SIZE OF LETTERS FOR LEGEND AND FOR
MINIMUM LENGTH OF COLOR FIELD FOR EACH RACEWAY AND CABLE SIZE.
B.SELF-ADHESIVE VINYL LABELS: PREPRINTED, FLEXIBLE LABEL LAMINATED WITH A CLEAR,
WEATHER- AND CHEMICAL-RESISTANT COATING AND MATCHING WRAPAROUND
ADHESIVE TAPE FOR SECURING ENDS OF LEGEND LABEL.
C.WRITE-ON TAGS: POLYESTER TAG, 0.015 INCH THICK, WITH CORROSION-RESISTANT
GROMMET AND CABLE TIE FOR ATTACHMENT TO CONDUCTOR OR CABLE.
1.MARKER FOR TAGS: MACHINE-PRINTED, PERMANENT, WATERPROOF, BLACK INK
MARKER RECOMMENDED BY PRINTER MANUFACTURER.
D.SNAP-AROUND LABELS: SLIT, PRETENSIONED, FLEXIBLE, PREPRINTED, COLOR-CODED
ACRYLIC SLEEVE, WITH DIAMETER SIZED TO SUIT DIAMETER OF RACEWAY OR CABLE IT
IDENTIFIES AND TO STAY IN PLACE BY GRIPPING ACTION.
2.05 CONDUCTOR IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS
A.COLOR-CODING CONDUCTOR TAPE: COLORED, SELF-ADHESIVE VINYL TAPE NOT LESS
THAN 3 MILS THICK BY 1 TO 2 INCHES WIDE.
B.SNAP-AROUND LABELS: SLIT, PRETENSIONED, FLEXIBLE, PREPRINTED, COLOR-CODED
ACRYLIC SLEEVE, WITH DIAMETER SIZED TO SUIT DIAMETER OF RACEWAY OR CABLE IT
IDENTIFIES AND TO STAY IN PLACE BY GRIPPING ACTION.
C.SNAP-AROUND, COLOR-CODING BANDS: SLIT, PRETENSIONED, FLEXIBLE,
SOLID-COLORED ACRYLIC SLEEVE, 2 INCHES LONG, WITH DIAMETER SIZED TO SUIT
DIAMETER OF RACEWAY OR CABLE IT IDENTIFIES AND TO STAY IN PLACE BY GRIPPING
ACTION.
D.WRITE-ON TAGS: POLYESTER TAG, 0.015 INCH THICK, WITH CORROSION-RESISTANT
GROMMET AND CABLE TIE FOR ATTACHMENT TO CONDUCTOR OR CABLE.
2.06 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION LABELS
A.ADHESIVE FILM LABEL WITH CLEAR PROTECTIVE OVERLAY: MACHINE PRINTED, IN BLACK,
BY THERMAL TRANSFER OR EQUIVALENT PROCESS. MINIMUM LETTER HEIGHT SHALL BE
⅜ INCH. CLEAR PROTECTIVE OVERLAY SHALL PROVIDE A WEATHERPROOF AND
UV-RESISTANT SEAL FOR LABEL.
B.ENGRAVED, LAMINATED ACRYLIC OR MELAMINE LABEL: PUNCHED OR DRILLED FOR
SCREW MOUNTING. BLACK LETTERS ON A LIGHT-GRAY BACKGROUND. MINIMUM LETTER
HEIGHT SHALL BE ⅜ INCH.
2.07 CABLE TIES
A.GENERAL-PURPOSE CABLE TIES: FUNGUS INERT, SELF-EXTINGUISHING, ONE PIECE,
SELF-LOCKING, TYPE 6/6 NYLON.
1.MINIMUM WIDTH: 3/16 INCH.
2.TENSILE STRENGTH AT 73°F, IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM D638: 12,000 PSI.
3.TEMPERATURE RANGE: MINUS 40 TO PLUS 185°F.
4.COLOR: BLACK EXCEPT WHERE USED FOR COLOR-CODING.
B.PLENUM-RATED CABLE TIES: SELF-EXTINGUISHING, UV STABILIZED, ONE PIECE,
SELF-LOCKING.
1.MINIMUM WIDTH: 3/16 INCH.
2.TENSILE STRENGTH AT 73°F IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM D638: 7000 PSI.
3.UL 94 FLAME RATING: 94V-0.
4.TEMPERATURE RANGE: MINUS 50 TO PLUS 284°F.
5.COLOR: BLACK.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A.VERIFY IDENTITY OF EACH ITEM BEFORE INSTALLING IDENTIFICATION PRODUCTS.
B.LOCATION: INSTALL IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS AND DEVICES AT LOCATIONS FOR MOST
CONVENIENT VIEWING WITHOUT INTERFERENCE WITH OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE
OF EQUIPMENT.
C.APPLY IDENTIFICATION DEVICES TO SURFACES THAT REQUIRE FINISH AFTER
COMPLETING FINISH WORK.
D.SECURE NAMEPLATES TO EQUIPMENT FRONTS USING SCREWS, RIVETS OR ADHESIVE.
SECURE NAMEPLATE TO INSIDE FACE OF RECESSED PANEL BOARD DOORS IN FINISHED
LOCATIONS. USE WEATHERPROOF ADHESIVE FOR OUTDOOR INSTALLATION. DO NOT USE
TAPE FOR NAMEPLATES OR LEGEND PLATES.
E.LETTERING, COLORS, AND GRAPHICS: COORDINATE NAMES, ABBREVIATIONS, COLORS,
AND OTHER DESIGNATIONS WITH CORRESPONDING DESIGNATIONS. USE CONSISTENT
DESIGNATIONS THROUGHOUT PROJECT.
F.SELF-ADHESIVE IDENTIFICATION PRODUCTS: CLEAN SURFACES BEFORE APPLYING.
G.INSTALL NAMEPLATES AND LABELS PARALLEL TO EQUIPMENT LINES.
H.JUNCTION BOXES FOR FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SHALL BE RED.
I.CAUTION LABELS FOR INDOOR BOXES AND ENCLOSURES FOR POWER AND LIGHTING:
INSTALL LABELS IDENTIFYING SYSTEM VOLTAGE WITH BLACK LETTERS ON ORANGE
BACKGROUND. INSTALL ON EXTERIOR OF DOOR OR COVER.
J.CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION LABELS ON RECEPTACLES:
1.PUBLIC VIEW AREAS (LOBBIES, ATRIUM, PUBLIC CONFERENCE AND MEETING ROOMS,
CLASSROOMS, ETC.): PERMANENTLY ENGRAVE CIRCUIT INFORMATION ON BACK OF
PLATE.
2.OTHER AREAS: ENGRAVED CIRCUIT INFORMATION ON FRONT OF PLATE.
K.CONDUIT INSTALLED BELOW GRADE SHALL HAVE UNDERGROUND HAZARD TAPE
(NON-ADHESIVE) INSTALLED A MINIMUM OF 12 INCHES ABOVE THE CONDUIT OR TOP
LAYER OF CONDUITS IN A DUCT BANK. THE TAPE SHALL BE 6 INCHES WIDE AND 4
MILLIMETERS THICK YELLOW POLYETHYLENE FOR LOW VOLTAGE CONDUITS AND RED
FOR MEDIUM VOLTAGE CONDUITS. THE TAPE SHALL BE MARKED “CAUTION BURIED
ELECTRIC LINE” FOR LOW VOLTAGE AND “DANGER HIGH VOLTAGE LINE” FOR MEDIUM
VOLTAGE. TRACER WIRE SHALL BE USED FOR PVC CONDUITS AND NON-METALLIC TAPE
FOR METALLIC CONDUITS. THE TAPE SHALL BE INSTALLED THE ENTIRE LENGTH OF
CONDUIT BELOW GRADE.
L.COLOR-CODING OF SECONDARY PHASE CONDUCTORS: USE THE FOLLOWING COLORS
FOR SERVICE FEEDER AND BRANCH-CIRCUIT PHASE CONDUCTORS. WIRING SHALL BE
COLOR CODED, SEE SECTION 26 0519, “LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER
CONDUCTORS AND CABLES”. LOW VOLTAGE WIRE MARKERS SHALL BE ADHERING,
PREPRINTED, SELF-LAMINATING VINYL WRAP-AROUND STRIPS. WIRE SHALL BE MARKED
WITH OPPOSITE END TERMINATION AND SHALL INCLUDE PANEL SOURCE AND CIRCUIT
NUMBERS. PHASING SHALL BE INDICATED BY COLORED WIRE OR TAPE. FOR OTHER
SYSTEM VOLTAGES CONSULT THE EEOR:
1.208/120-V CONDUCTORS:
a.PHASE A: BLACK.
b.PHASE B: RED.
c.PHASE C: BLUE.
d.SWITCH LEG: PINK.
e.SWITCH TRAVELER: SAME AS HOT LEG.
2.480/277-V CONDUCTORS:
a.PHASE A: BROWN.
b.PHASE B: ORANGE.
c.PHASE C: YELLOW.
d.SWITCH LEG: PURPLE
e.SWITCH TRAVELER: SAME AS HOT LEG.
3.NEUTRAL AND GROUND CONDUCTORS:
a.NEUTRAL: WHITE.
b.GROUND: GREEN.
4.FACTORY APPLY COLOR THE ENTIRE LENGTH OF CONDUCTORS, EXCEPT THE
FOLLOWING FIELD-APPLIED, COLOR-CODING METHODS MAY BE USED INSTEAD OF
FACTORY-CODED WIRE FOR SIZES LARGER THAN NO. 10 AWG:
a.COLORED, PRESSURE-SENSITIVE PLASTIC TAPE IN HALF-LAPPED TURNS FOR A
DISTANCE OF 6 INCHES FROM TERMINAL POINTS AND IN BOXES WHERE SPLICES
OR TAPS ARE MADE. APPLY LAST TWO TURNS OF TAPE WITH NO TENSION TO
PREVENT POSSIBLE UNWINDING. USE 1-INCH-WIDE TAPE IN COLORS SPECIFIED.
ADJUST TAPE BANDS TO AVOID OBSCURING CABLE IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS.
b.COLORED CABLE TIES APPLIED IN GROUPS OF THREE TIES OF SPECIFIED COLOR
TO EACH WIRE AT EACH TERMINAL OR SPLICE POINT STARTING 3 INCHES FROM
THE TERMINAL AND SPACED 3 INCHES APART. APPLY WITH A SPECIAL TOOL OR
PLIERS, TIGHTEN TO A SNUG FIT, AND CUT OFF EXCESS LENGTH.
M.POWER-CIRCUIT IDENTIFICATION: BRASS TAGS WITH WRAPAROUND MARKER BANDS
FOR CABLES, FEEDERS, AND POWER CIRCUITS IN VAULTS, PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES,
MANHOLES, AND SWITCHBOARD ROOMS.
1.LEGEND: ¼-INCH STEEL LETTER AND NUMBER STAMPING OR EMBOSSING WITH
LEGEND CORRESPONDING TO INDICATE CIRCUIT DESIGNATIONS.
2.TAG FASTENERS: NYLON CABLE TIES.
3.BAND FASTENERS: INTEGRAL EARS.
N.APPLY IDENTIFICATION TO CONDUCTORS AS FOLLOWS:
1.MULTIPLE POWER OR LIGHTING CIRCUITS IN THE SAME ENCLOSURE: IDENTIFY EACH
CONDUCTOR WITH SOURCE, VOLTAGE, CIRCUIT NUMBER, AND PHASE. USE
COLOR-CODING TO IDENTIFY CIRCUITS' VOLTAGE AND PHASE.
2.MULTIPLE CONTROL AND COMMUNICATION CIRCUITS IN THE SAME ENCLOSURE:
IDENTIFY EACH CONDUCTOR BY ITS SYSTEM AND CIRCUIT DESIGNATION. USE A
CONSISTENT SYSTEM OF TAGS, COLOR-CODING, OR CABLE MARKING TAPE.
O.LOW VOLTAGE IDENTIFICATION
1.EQUIPMENT NAMEPLATES SHALL BE ENGRAVED THREE-LAYER LAMINATED PLASTIC
WITH WHITE BACKGROUND AND BLACK LETTERS. LETTERS SHALL BE ¼” MINIMUM
SIZE. IDENTIFICATIONS SHALL MATCH PLAN DESIGNATIONS AND BASED UPON THE
OWNER'S NUMBERING SCHEME.
2.LEGEND PLATES FOR CONTROL PANELS AND INDICATORS SHALL BE PROVIDED ON
DISCONNECT AND SAFETY SWITCHES AND INDICATING LIGHTS. THE PLATES SHALL
BE DIE-STAMPED METAL WITH MOUNTING HOLE AND POSITIONING KEY.
3.FOR PANEL BOARD DIRECTORIES PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING:
a.PROVIDE TYPEWRITTEN DIRECTORIES ARRANGED IN NUMERICAL ORDER
SHOWING NUMBER OF ROOM IN WHICH EACH DEVICE IS LOCATED.
b.VERIFY ROOM NUMBERS TO BE USED WITH THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE
PRIOR TO TYPING, SINCE ROOM NUMBERS WILL MOST LIKELY NOT BE THOSE
SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS.
c.MOUNT DIRECTORIES UNDER A CLEAR PLASTIC COVER INSIDE EACH
PANELBOARD DOOR.
4.THE FOLLOWING LOW VOLTAGE EQUIPMENT NUMBERING SCHEME SHALL BE
FOLLOWED:
USE NUMBERING CONVENTION AS FOLLOWS:
a.FIRST LETTER OR NUMBER = FLOOR DESIGNATION; B = BASEMENT, 1, 2, 3, ETC.
(B).
b.SUBSEQUENT LOWER CASE LETTER = PANEL NUMBER ON EACH FLOOR; A, B, C,
ETC. (BA).
1)EXAMPLE: EMERGENCY 277/480V DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARD INSTALLED IN
BASEMENT IS “EHDP-B”.
2)EXAMPLE: SECOND 480/277VPANELBOARD INSTALLED ON THIRD FLOOR FOR
LIGHTING IS “HLP-3B”.
P.TELECOMMUNICATION, SIGNAL ALARM AND CONTROL WIRING:
1.CONDUCTORS TERMINATED OR SPLICED SHALL BE LABELED AT EACH END WITH
TAPE MARKERS.
SECTION 26 0943
DIGITAL LIGHTING CONTROLS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A.SECTION INCLUDES:
1.DIGITAL LIGHTING CONTROLS
2.RELAY PANELS
3.EMERGENCY LIGHTING CONTROL
B.CONTROL INTENT - CONTROL INTENT INCLUDES, BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO:
1.DEFAULTS AND INITIAL CALIBRATION SETTINGS FOR SUCH ITEMS AS TIME DELAY,
SENSITIVITY, FADE RATES, ETC.
2.INITIAL SENSOR AND SWITCHING ZONES
3.INITIAL TIME SWITCH SETTINGS
4.EMERGENCY LIGHTING CONTROL
1.02 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION & OPERATION
A.THE LIGHTING CONTROL AND AUTOMATION SYSTEM AS DEFINED UNDER THIS SECTION
COVERS THE FOLLOWING EQUIPMENT:
1.DIGITAL OCCUPANCY SENSORS - SELF-CONFIGURING, DIGITALLY ADDRESSABLE, AND
CALIBRATED OCCUPANCY SENSORS WITH LCD DISPLAY AND TWO-WAY ACTIVE
INFRARED (IR) COMMUNICATIONS.
2.DIGITAL SWITCHES - SELF-CONFIGURING, DIGITALLY ADDRESSABLE PUSHBUTTON
ON/OFF, DIMMING, AND SCENE SWITCHES WITH TWO-WAY ACTIVE INFRARED (IR)
COMMUNICATIONS.
3.DIGITAL DAYLIGHTING SENSORS - SINGLE-ZONE CLOSED LOOP, MULTI-ZONE OPEN
LOOP AND SINGLE-ZONE DUAL-LOOP DAYLIGHTING SENSORS WITH TWO-WAY ACTIVE
INFRARED (IR) COMMUNICATIONS CAN PROVIDE SWITCHING, BI-LEVEL, TRI-LEVEL, OR
DIMMING CONTROL FOR DAYLIGHT HARVESTING.
4.DIGITAL ROOM CONTROLLERS - SELF-CONFIGURING, DIGITALLY ADDRESSABLE ONE,
TWO, OR THREE RELAY PLENUM-RATED CONTROLLERS FOR ON/OFF CONTROL.
SELECTED MODELS INCLUDE 0-10 VOLT OR LINE VOLTAGE FORWARD PHASE
CONTROL DIMMING OUTPUTS AND INTEGRAL CURRENT MONITORING CAPABILITIES.
5.CONFIGURATION TOOLS - HANDHELD REMOTE FOR ROOM CONFIGURATION AND
RELAY PANEL PROGRAMMING PROVIDES TWO WAY INFRARED (IR) COMMUNICATIONS
TO DIGITAL DEVICES AND ALLOWS COMPLETE CONFIGURATION AND
RECONFIGURATION OF THE DEVICE / ROOM FROM UP TO 30 FEET AWAY. UNIT TO
HAVE ORGANIC LED DISPLAY, SIMPLE PUSHBUTTON INTERFACE, AND ALLOW
BI-DIRECTIONAL COMMUNICATION OF ROOM VARIABLES AND OCCUPANCY SENSOR
SETTINGS. COMPUTER SOFTWARE ALSO CUSTOMIZES ROOM SETTINGS.
6.EMERGENCY LIGHTING CONTROL UNIT (ELCU) - ALLOWS A STANDARD LIGHTING
CONTROL DEVICE TO CONTROL EMERGENCY LIGHTING IN CONJUNCTION WITH
NORMAL LIGHTING IN ANY AREA WITHIN A BUILDING.
1.03 LIGHTING CONTROL APPLICATIONS
A.UNLESS RELEVANT PROVISIONS OF THE APPLICABLE LOCAL ENERGY CODES ARE MORE
STRINGENT, PROVIDE A MINIMUM APPLICATION OF LIGHTING CONTROLS AS FOLLOWS:
1.SPACE CONTROL REQUIREMENTS - PROVIDE OCCUPANCY (VACANCY) SENSORS WITH
MANUAL- OR PARTIAL-ON FUNCTIONALITY IN SPACES EXCEPT TOILET ROOMS,
STOREROOMS OR OTHER APPLICATIONS WHERE HANDS-FREE OPERATION IS
DESIRABLE AND AUTOMATIC-ON OCCUPANCY SENSORS ARE MORE APPROPRIATE.
PROVIDE MANUAL-ON OCCUPANCY (VACANCY) SENSORS FOR ANY ENCLOSED
OFFICE, CONFERENCE ROOM, MEETING ROOM, OPEN PLAN SYSTEM, AND TRAINING
ROOM. FOR SPACES WITH MULTIPLE OCCUPANTS, OR WHERE LINE-OF-SIGHT MAY BE
OBSCURED, PROVIDE CEILING- OR CORNER-MOUNTED SENSORS AND MANUAL-ON
SWITCHES.
2.BI-LEVEL LIGHTING - PROVIDE MULTI-LEVEL CONTROLS IN SPACES EXCEPT TOILET
ROOMS, STOREROOMS, LIBRARY STACKS, OR APPLICATIONS WHERE VARIABLE
DIMMING IS USED.
3.DAY-LIGHTED AREAS - PROVIDE DAYLIGHT-RESPONSIVE AUTOMATIC CONTROL IN
SPACES CONDITIONED OR UNCONDITIONED WHERE DAYLIGHT CONTRIBUTION IS
AVAILABLE AS DEFINED BY RELEVANT LOCAL BUILDING ENERGY CODE:
a.LUMINAIRES WITHIN CODE-DEFINED DAYLIGHT ZONES SHALL BE CONTROLLED
SEPARATELY FROM LUMINAIRES OUTSIDE OF DAYLIGHT ZONES.
b.DAYTIME SETPOINTS FOR TOTAL AMBIENT ILLUMINATION (COMBINED DAYLIGHT
AND ELECTRIC LIGHT) LEVELS THAT INITIATE DIMMING SHALL BE PROGRAMMED IN
COMPLIANCE WITH RELEVANT LOCAL BUILDING ENERGY CODES.
c.MULTIPLE-LEVELED SWITCHED DAYLIGHT HARVESTING CONTROLS MAY BE USED
FOR AREAS MARKED ON DRAWINGS.
d.PROVIDE SMOOTH AND CONTINUOUS DAYLIGHT DIMMING FOR AREAS MARKED ON
DRAWINGS. DAYLIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM MAY BE DESIGNED TO TURN OFF
ELECTRIC LIGHTING WHEN DAYLIGHT IS AT OR ABOVE REQUIRED LIGHTING
LEVELS, ONLY IF SYSTEM FUNCTIONS TO TURN LAMPS BACK ON AT DIMMED
LEVEL, INSTEAD OF TURNING FULL-ON PRIOR TO DIMMING.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A.SUBMITTALS PACKAGE: SUBMIT THE SHOP DRAWINGS, AND THE PRODUCT DATA
SPECIFIED BELOW AT THE SAME TIME AS A PACKAGE.
B.SHOP DRAWINGS: SHOW INSTALLATION DETAILS FOR OCCUPANCY AND LIGHT-LEVEL
SENSORS.
4.LIGHTING PLAN SHOWING LOCATION, ORIENTATION, AND COVERAGE AREA OF EACH
SENSOR.
5.INTERCONNECTION DIAGRAMS SHOWING FIELD-INSTALLED WIRING.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.MANUFACTURER: MINIMUM 10 YEARS' EXPERIENCE IN MANUFACTURE OF LIGHTING
CONTROLS.
1.06 WARRANTY
A.PROVIDE A FIVE YEAR LIMITED MANUFACTURER'S WARRANTY ON ROOM CONTROL
DEVICES AND PANELS.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A.IN OTHER PART 2 ARTICLES THE FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS APPLY TO PRODUCT
SELECTION:
1.BASIS OF DESIGN PRODUCT: ACUITY N-LIGHT DIGITAL LIGHTING MANAGEMENT (DLM).
SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH SPECIFIED REQUIREMENTS OF THIS SECTION, OR
EQUAL, PRIOR OWNER'S APPROVAL IS RECOMMENDED.
2.OR EQUAL: WHERE PRODUCTS ARE SPECIFIED BY MANUFACTURERS NAME AND
ACCOMPANIED BY THE TERM "OR EQUAL", COMPLY WITH PROVISIONS IN DIVISION 01
SECTION “PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS”. SPECIFIC PROCEDURES MUST
BE FOLLOWED BEFORE USE OF AN UNNAMED PRODUCT OR MANUFACTURER.
2.02 DIGITAL LIGHTING CONTROLS
A.FURNISH THE COMPANY'S SYSTEM WHICH ACCOMMODATES THE SQUARE-FOOTAGE
COVERAGE REQUIREMENTS FOR EACH AREA CONTROLLED, UTILIZING ROOM
CONTROLLERS, DIGITAL OCCUPANCY SENSORS, SWITCHES, DAYLIGHTING SENSORS AND
ACCESSORIES WHICH SUIT THE LIGHTING AND ELECTRICAL SYSTEM PARAMETERS.
2.03 DIGITAL WALL SWITCH OCCUPANCY SENSORS
A.WALL BOX MOUNTED PASSIVE INFRARED PIR OR DUAL TECHNOLOGY (PASSIVE INFRARED
AND ULTRASONIC) DIGITAL OCCUPANCY SENSOR WITH 1 OR 2 SWITCH BUTTONS.
B.DIGITAL OCCUPANCY SENSORS SHALL PROVIDE SCROLLING LCD DISPLAY FOR DIGITAL
CALIBRATION AND ELECTRONIC DOCUMENTATION. FEATURES INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING:
1.DIGITAL CALIBRATION AND PUSHBUTTON CONFIGURATION FOR THE FOLLOWING
VARIABLES:
a.SENSITIVITY - 0-100% IN 10% INCREMENTS
b.TIME DELAY - 1-30 MINUTES IN 1 MINUTE INCREMENTS, FOR LED LIGHT FIXTURES
SET FOR 2 MINUTES UNLESS OTHERWISE DIRECTED.
c.TEST MODE - FIVE SECOND TIME DELAY
d.DETECTION TECHNOLOGY - PIR, DUAL TECHNOLOGY ACTIVATION AND/OR
RE-ACTIVATION.
e.WALK-THROUGH MODE
f.LOAD PARAMETERS INCLUDING AUTO/MANUAL-ON, BLINK WARNING, AND
DAYLIGHT ENABLE/DISABLE WHEN PHOTOSENSORS ARE INCLUDED IN THE DLM
LOCAL NETWORK.
2.PROGRAMMABLE CONTROL FUNCTIONALITY INCLUDING:
a.EACH SENSOR MAY BE PROGRAMMED TO CONTROL SPECIFIC LOADS WITHIN A
LOCAL NETWORK.
b.SENSOR SHALL BE CAPABLE OF ACTIVATING ONE OF 16 USER-DEFINABLE
LIGHTING SCENES.
c.ADJUSTABLE RETRIGGER TIME PERIOD FOR MANUAL-ON LOADS. LOAD WILL
RETRIGGER (TURN ON) AUTOMATICALLY DURING THE CONFIGURABLE PERIOD OF
TIME (DEFAULT 10 SECONDS) AFTER TURNING OFF.
d.ON DUAL TECHNOLOGY SENSORS, INDEPENDENTLY CONFIGURABLE TRIGGER
MODES ARE AVAILABLE FOR BOTH NORMAL (NH) AND AFTER-HOURS (AH) TIME
PERIODS. THE RETRIGGER MODE CAN BE PROGRAMMED TO USE THE FOLLOWING
TECHNOLOGIES:
1)ULTRASONIC AND PASSIVE INFRARED
2)ULTRASONIC OR PASSIVE INFRARED
3)ULTRASONIC ONLY
4)PASSIVE INFRARED ONLY
3.INDEPENDENTLY CONFIGURABLE SENSITIVITY SETTINGS FOR PASSIVE INFRARED
AND ULTRASONIC TECHNOLOGIES (ON DUAL TECHNOLOGY SENSORS) FOR BOTH
NORMAL (NH) AND AFTER HOUR (AH) TIME PERIODS.
4.TWO RJ-45 PORTS FOR CONNECTION TO DLM LOCAL NETWORK.
5.TWO-WAY INFRARED (IR) TRANSCEIVER TO ALLOW REMOTE PROGRAMMING
THROUGH HANDHELD CONFIGURATION TOOL AND CONTROL BY REMOTE PERSONAL
CONTROLS.
6.DEVICE STATUS LEDS INCLUDING:
a.PIR DETECTION
b.ULTRASONIC DETECTION
c.CONFIGURATION MODE
d.LOAD BINDING
7.ASSIGNMENT OF OCCUPANCY SENSOR TO A SPECIFIC LOAD WITHIN THE ROOM
WITHOUT WIRING OR SPECIAL TOOLS.
8.ASSIGNMENT OF LOCAL BUTTONS TO SPECIFIC LOADS WITHIN THE ROOM WITHOUT
WIRING OR SPECIAL TOOLS
9.MANUAL OVERRIDE OF CONTROLLED LOADS.
10.DIGITAL PARAMETER DATA PROGRAMMED INTO AN INDIVIDUAL WALL SWITCH
SENSOR SHALL BE RETAINED IN NON-VOLATILE FLASH MEMORY WITHIN THE WALL
SWITCH SENSOR ITSELF. MEMORY SHALL HAVE AN EXPECTED LIFE OF NO LESS THAN
10 YEARS.
C.PROHIBITED: UNITS WITH DIP SWITCHES OR POTENTIOMETERS FOR FIELD SETTINGS.
D.MULTIPLE OCCUPANCY SENSORS MAY BE INSTALLED IN A ROOM BY SIMPLY CONNECTING
THEM TO THE FREE TOPOLOGY DLM LOCAL NETWORK. NO ADDITIONAL CONFIGURATION
WILL BE REQUIRED.
E.TWO-BUTTON WALL SWITCH OCCUPANCY SENSORS, WHEN CONNECTED TO A SINGLE
RELAY DIMMING ROOM CONTROLLER, SHALL OPERATE IN THE FOLLOWING SEQUENCE AS
A FACTORY DEFAULT:
1.LEFT BUTTON
a.PRESS AND RELEASE - TURN LOAD ON
b.PRESS AND HOLD - RAISE DIMMING LOAD
2.RIGHT BUTTON
a.PRESS AND RELEASE - TURN LOAD OFF
b.PRESS AND HOLD - LOWER DIMMING LOAD
G.LOW VOLTAGE MOMENTARY PUSHBUTTONS SHALL INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING FEATURES:
1.LOAD/SCENE STATUS LED ON EACH SWITCH BUTTON WITH THE FOLLOWING
CHARACTERISTICS:
a.BI-LEVEL LED
b.DIM LOCATOR LEVEL INDICATES POWER TO SWITCH
c.BRIGHT STATUS LEVEL INDICATES THAT LOAD OR SCENE IS ACTIVE
2.THE FOLLOWING BUTTON ATTRIBUTES MAY BE CHANGED OR SELECTED USING A
WIRELESS CONFIGURATION TOOL:
a.LOAD AND SCENE BUTTON FUNCTION MAY BE RECONFIGURED FOR INDIVIDUAL
BUTTONS (FROM LOAD TO SCENE, AND VICE VERSA).
b.INDIVIDUAL BUTTON FUNCTION MAY BE CONFIGURED TO TOGGLE, ON ONLY OR
OFF ONLY.
c.INDIVIDUAL SCENES MAY BE LOCKED TO PREVENT UNAUTHORIZED CHANGE.
d.FADE UP AND FADE DOWN TIMES FOR INDIVIDUAL SCENES MAY BE ADJUSTED
FROM 0 SECONDS TO 18 HOURS.
e.RAMP RATE MAY BE ADJUSTED FOR EACH DIMMER SWITCH.
f.SWITCH BUTTONS MAY BE BOUND TO ANY LOAD ON A ROOM CONTROLLER AND
ARE NOT LOAD TYPE DEPENDENT; EACH BUTTON MAY BE BOUND TO MULTIPLE
LOADS.
H.PROVIDE WHITE WALL PLATES UNLESS DIRECTED OTHERWISE.
2.04 DIGITAL WALL OR CEILING MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSOR
A.WALL OR CEILING MOUNTED (TO SUIT INSTALLATION) PASSIVE INFRARED (PIR),
ULTRASONIC OR DUAL TECHNOLOGY DIGITAL (PASSIVE INFRARED AND ULTRASONIC)
OCCUPANCY SENSOR.
B.DIGITAL OCCUPANCY SENSORS SHALL PROVIDE GRAPHIC LCD DISPLAY FOR DIGITAL
CALIBRATION AND ELECTRONIC DOCUMENTATION. FEATURES INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING:
1.DIGITAL CALIBRATION AND PUSHBUTTON CONFIGURATION FOR THE FOLLOWING
VARIABLES:
a.SENSITIVITY - 0-100% IN 10% INCREMENTS
b.TIME DELAY - 1-30 MINUTES IN 1 MINUTE INCREMENTS, FOR LED LIGHT FIXTURES
SET FOR 2 MINUTES UNLESS OTHERWISE DIRECTED.
c.TEST MODE - FIVE SECOND TIME DELAY
d.DETECTION TECHNOLOGY - PIR, ULTRASONIC OR DUAL TECHNOLOGY ACTIVATION
AND/OR RE-ACTIVATION.
e.WALK-THROUGH MODE
f.LOAD PARAMETERS INCLUDING AUTO/MANUAL-ON, BLINK WARNING, AND
DAYLIGHT ENABLE/DISABLE WHEN PHOTOSENSORS ARE INCLUDED IN THE DLM
LOCAL NETWORK.
2.PROGRAMMABLE CONTROL FUNCTIONALITY INCLUDING:
a.EACH SENSOR MAY BE PROGRAMMED TO CONTROL SPECIFIC LOADS WITHIN A
LOCAL NETWORK.
b.SENSOR SHALL BE CAPABLE OF ACTIVATING ONE OF 16 USER-DEFINABLE
LIGHTING SCENES.
c.ADJUSTABLE RETRIGGER TIME PERIOD FOR MANUAL-ON LOADS. LOAD WILL
RETRIGGER (TURN ON) AUTOMATICALLY WITHIN A CONFIGURABLE PERIOD OF
TIME (DEFAULT 10 SECONDS) AFTER TURNING OFF.
d.ON DUAL TECHNOLOGY SENSORS, INDEPENDENTLY CONFIGURABLE TRIGGER
MODES ARE AVAILABLE FOR BOTH NORMAL (NH) AND AFTER-HOURS (AH) TIME
PERIODS. THE RETRIGGER MODE CAN BE PROGRAMMED TO USE THE
FOLLOWING TECHNOLOGIES:
1)ULTRASONIC AND PASSIVE INFRARED
2)ULTRASONIC OR PASSIVE INFRARED
3)ULTRASONIC ONLY
4)PASSIVE INFRARED ONLY
3.INDEPENDENTLY CONFIGURABLE SENSITIVITY SETTINGS FOR PASSIVE INFRARED
AND ULTRASONIC TECHNOLOGIES (ON DUAL TECHNOLOGY SENSORS) FOR BOTH
NORMAL (NH) AND AFTER HOUR (AH) TIME PERIODS.
4.ONE OR TWO RJ-45 PORT(S) FOR CONNECTION TO DLM LOCAL NETWORK.
5.TWO-WAY INFRARED (IR) TRANSCEIVER TO ALLOW REMOTE PROGRAMMING
THROUGH HANDHELD COMMISSIONING TOOL AND CONTROL BY REMOTE PERSONAL
CONTROLS.
6.DEVICE STATUS LEDS, WHICH MAY BE DISABLED FOR SELECTED APPLICATIONS,
INCLUDING:
a.PIR DETECTION
b.ULTRASONIC DETECTION
c.CONFIGURATION MODE
d.LOAD BINDING
7.ASSIGNMENT OF OCCUPANCY SENSOR TO A SPECIFIC LOAD WITHIN THE ROOM
WITHOUT WIRING OR SPECIAL TOOLS.
8.MANUAL OVERRIDE OF CONTROLLED LOADS.
9.DIGITAL PARAMETER DATA PROGRAMMED INTO AN INDIVIDUAL OCCUPANCY SENSOR
SHALL BE RETAINED IN NON-VOLATILE FLASH MEMORY WITHIN THE SENSOR ITSELF.
MEMORY SHALL HAVE AN EXPECTED LIFE OF NO LESS THAN 10 YEARS.
C.PROHIBITED: UNITS WITH DIP SWITCHES OR POTENTIOMETERS FOR FIELD SETTINGS.
D.MULTIPLE OCCUPANCY SENSORS MAY BE INSTALLED IN A ROOM BY SIMPLY CONNECTING
THEM TO THE FREE TOPOLOGY DLM LOCAL NETWORK. NO ADDITIONAL CONFIGURATION
WILL BE REQUIRED.
2.05 DIGITAL WALL SWITCHES
A.LOW VOLTAGE MOMENTARY PUSHBUTTON SWITCHES IN 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, AND 8 BUTTON
CONFIGURATION. WALL SWITCHES SHALL INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING FEATURES:
1.TWO-WAY INFRARED (IR) TRANSCEIVER FOR USE WITH PERSONAL AND
CONFIGURATION REMOTE CONTROLS.
2.REMOVABLE BUTTONS FOR FIELD REPLACEMENT WITH ENGRAVED BUTTONS AND/OR
ALTERNATE COLOR BUTTONS. BUTTON REPLACEMENT MAY BE COMPLETED WITHOUT
REMOVING THE SWITCH FROM THE WALL.
3.CONFIGURATION LED ON EACH SWITCH THAT BLINKS TO INDICATE DATA
TRANSMISSION.
4. LOAD/SCENE STATUS LED ON EACH SWITCH BUTTON WITH THE FOLLOWING
CHARACTERISTICS:
a.BI-LEVEL LED
b.DIM LOCATOR LEVEL INDICATES POWER TO SWITCH
c.BRIGHT STATUS LEVEL INDICATES THAT LOAD OR SCENE IS ACTIVE
5.DIMMING SWITCHES SHALL INCLUDE SEVEN BI-LEVEL LEDS TO INDICATE LOAD
LEVELS USING 14 STEPS.
6.PROGRAMMABLE CONTROL FUNCTIONALITY INCLUDING:
a.BUTTON PRIORITY MAY BE CONFIGURED TO ANY BACNET PRIORITY LEVEL, FROM
1-16, CORRESPONDING TO NETWORKED OPERATION ALLOWING LOCAL ACTIONS
TO USE LIFE SAFETY PRIORITY
b.SCENE PATTERNS MAY BE SAVED TO ANY BUTTON OTHER THAN DIMMING
ROCKERS. ONCE SET, BUTTONS MAY BE DIGITALLY LOCKED TO PREVENT
OVERWRITING OF THE PRESET LEVELS.
7.DIGITAL PARAMETER DATA PROGRAMMED INTO AN INDIVIDUAL WALL SWITCH SHALL
BE RETAINED IN NON-VOLATILE FLASH MEMORY WITHIN THE WALL SWITCH ITSELF.
MEMORY SHALL HAVE AN EXPECTED LIFE OF NO LESS THAN 10 YEARS.
C.TWO RJ-45 PORTS FOR CONNECTION TO DLM LOCAL NETWORK.
D.MULTIPLE DIGITAL WALL SWITCHES MAY BE INSTALLED IN A ROOM BY SIMPLY
CONNECTING THEM TO THE FREE TOPOLOGY DLM LOCAL NETWORK. NO ADDITIONAL
CONFIGURATION SHALL BE REQUIRED TO ACHIEVE MULTI-WAY SWITCHING.
E.THE FOLLOWING SWITCH ATTRIBUTES MAY BE CHANGED OR SELECTED USING A
WIRELESS CONFIGURATION TOOL:
1.LOAD AND SCENE BUTTON FUNCTION MAY BE RECONFIGURED FOR INDIVIDUAL
BUTTONS (FROM LOAD TO SCENE, AND VICE VERSA).
2.INDIVIDUAL BUTTON FUNCTION MAY BE CONFIGURED TO TOGGLE, ON ONLY OR OFF
ONLY.
3.INDIVIDUAL SCENES MAY BE LOCKED TO PREVENT UNAUTHORIZED CHANGE.
4.FADE UP AND FADE DOWN TIMES FOR INDIVIDUAL SCENES MAY BE ADJUSTED FROM 0
SECONDS TO 18 HOURS.
5.RAMP RATE MAY BE ADJUSTED FOR EACH DIMMER SWITCH.
6.SWITCH BUTTONS MAY BE BOUND TO ANY LOAD ON A ROOM CONTROLLER AND ARE
NOT LOAD TYPE DEPENDENT; EACH BUTTON MAY BE BOUND TO MULTIPLE LOADS.
F.PROVIDE WHITE WALL PLATES WITH DECORATOR OPENING UNLESS OTHERWISE
DIRECTED.
2.06 DIGITAL DAYLIGHTING SENSORS
A.DIGITAL DAYLIGHTING SENSORS SHALL WORK WITH ROOM CONTROLLERS TO PROVIDE
AUTOMATIC SWITCHING, BI-LEVEL, OR TRI-LEVEL OR DIMMING DAYLIGHT HARVESTING
CAPABILITIES FOR ANY LOAD TYPE CONNECTED TO A ROOM CONTROLLER. DAYLIGHTING
SENSORS SHALL BE INTERCHANGEABLE WITHOUT THE NEED FOR REWIRING.
1.CLOSED LOOP SENSORS MEASURE THE AMBIENT LIGHT IN THE SPACE AND CONTROL
A SINGLE LIGHTING ZONE.
2.OPEN LOOP SENSORS MEASURE INCOMING DAYLIGHT IN THE SPACE, AND ARE
CAPABLE OF CONTROLLING UP TO THREE LIGHTING ZONES.
3.DUAL LOOP SENSORS MEASURE BOTH AMBIENT AND INCOMING DAYLIGHT IN THE
SPACE TO INSURE THAT PROPER LIGHT LEVELS ARE MAINTAINED AS CHANGES TO
REFLECTIVE MATERIALS ARE MADE IN A SINGLE ZONE.
B.DIGITAL DAYLIGHTING SENSORS SHALL INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING FEATURES:
1.THE SENSOR'S INTERNAL PHOTODIODE SHALL ONLY MEASURE LIGHT WAVES WITHIN
THE VISIBLE SPECTRUM. THE PHOTODIODE'S SPECTRAL RESPONSE CURVE SHALL
CLOSELY MATCH THE ENTIRE PHOTOPIC CURVE. THE PHOTODIODE SHALL NOT
MEASURE ENERGY IN EITHER THE ULTRAVIOLET OR INFRARED SPECTRUMS. THE
PHOTOCELL SHALL HAVE A SENSITIVITY OF LESS THAN 5% FOR ANY WAVELENGTHS
LESS THAN 400 NANOMETERS OR GREATER THAN 700 NANOMETERS.
2.SENSOR LIGHT LEVEL RANGE SHALL BE FROM 1-6,553 FOOT-CANDLES (FC).
3.THE CAPABILITY OF ON/OFF, BI-LEVEL OR TRI-LEVEL SWITCHING, OR DIMMING, FOR
EACH CONTROLLED ZONE, DEPENDING ON THE SELECTION OF ROOM
CONTROLLER(S) AND LOAD BINDING TO ROOM CONTROLLER(S).
4.FOR SWITCHING DAYLIGHT HARVESTING, THE PHOTOSENSOR SHALL PROVIDE A
FIELD-SELECTABLE DEAD BAND, OR A SEPARATION, BETWEEN THE “ON SETPOINT”
AND THE “OFF SETPOINT” THAT WILL PREVENT THE LIGHTS FROM CYCLING
EXCESSIVELY AFTER THEY TURN OFF.
5.FOR DIMMING DAYLIGHT HARVESTING, THE PHOTOSENSOR SHALL PROVIDE THE
OPTION, WHEN THE DAYLIGHT CONTRIBUTION IS SUFFICIENT, OF TURNING LIGHTS
OFF OR DIMMING LIGHTS TO A FIELD-SELECTABLE MINIMUM LEVEL.
6.PHOTOSENSORS SHALL HAVE A DIGITAL, INDEPENDENTLY CONFIGURABLE FADE
RATE FOR BOTH INCREASING AND DECREASING LIGHT LEVEL IN UNITS OF PERCENT
PER SECOND.
7.PHOTOSENSORS SHALL PROVIDE ADJUSTABLE CUT-OFF TIME. CUT-OFF TIME IS
DEFINED BY THE NUMBER OF SELECTED MINUTES THE LOAD IS AT THE MINIMUM
OUTPUT BEFORE THE LOAD TURNS OFF. SELECTABLE RANGE BETWEEN 0-240
MINUTES INCLUDING OPTION TO NEVER CUT-OFF.
8.OPTIONAL WALL SWITCH OVERRIDE SHALL ALLOW OCCUPANTS TO REDUCE LIGHTING
LEVEL TO INCREASE ENERGY SAVINGS OR, IF PERMITTED BY SYSTEM
ADMINISTRATOR, RAISE LIGHTING LEVELS FOR A SELECTABLE PERIOD OF TIME OR
CYCLE OF OCCUPANCY.
9.INTEGRAL INFRARED (IR) TRANSCEIVER FOR CONFIGURATION AND/OR
COMMISSIONING WITH A HANDHELD CONFIGURATION TOOL, TO TRANSMIT DETECTED
LIGHT LEVEL TO WIRELESS CONFIGURATION TOOL, AND FOR COMMUNICATION WITH
PERSONAL REMOTE CONTROLS.
10.CONFIGURATION LED STATUS LIGHT ON DEVICE THAT BLINKS TO INDICATE DATA
TRANSMISSION.
11.STATUS LED INDICATES TEST MODE, OVERRIDE MODE AND LOAD BINDING.
12.RECESSED SWITCH ON DEVICE TO TURN CONTROLLED LOAD(S) ON AND OFF.
13.A CHOICE OF ACCESSORIES TO ACCOMMODATE MULTIPLE MOUNTING METHODS AND
BUILDING MATERIALS. THE PHOTOSENSORS MAY BE MOUNTED ON A CEILING TILE,
SKYLIGHT LIGHT WELL, SUSPENDED LIGHTING FIXTURE, OR BACK BOX. ANY LOAD OR
GROUP OF LOADS IN THE ROOM CAN BE ASSIGNED TO A DAYLIGHTING ZONE
14.EACH LOAD WITHIN A DAYLIGHTING ZONE CAN BE INDIVIDUALLY ENABLED OR
DISABLED FOR DISCRETE CONTROL (LOAD INDEPENDENCE).
15.DIGITAL PARAMETER DATA PROGRAMMED INTO A PHOTOSENSOR SHALL BE
RETAINED IN NON-VOLATILE FLASH MEMORY WITHIN THE PHOTOSENSOR ITSELF.
MEMORY SHALL HAVE AN EXPECTED LIFE OF 10 YEARS, MINIMUM.
C.CLOSED LOOP DIGITAL PHOTOSENSORS SHALL INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING ADDITIONAL
FEATURES:
1.AN INTERNAL PHOTODIODE THAT MEASURES LIGHT IN A 100-DEGREE ANGLE,
CUTTING OFF THE UNWANTED LIGHT FROM BRIGHT SOURCES OUTSIDE OF THIS
CONE.
2.AUTOMATIC SELF-CALIBRATION, INITIATED FROM THE PHOTOSENSOR, A WIRELESS
CONFIGURATION TOOL OR A PC WITH APPROPRIATE SOFTWARE.
3.AUTOMATICALLY ESTABLISHES APPLICATION-SPECIFIC SETPOINTS FOLLOWING
SELF-CALIBRATION. FOR SWITCHING OPERATION, AN ADEQUATE DEAD BAND
BETWEEN THE ON AND OFF SETPOINTS SHALL PREVENT THE LIGHTS FROM CYCLING;
FOR DIMMING OPERATION A SLIDING SETPOINT CONTROL ALGORITHM WITH
SEPARATE DAY AND NIGHT SETPOINTS SHALL PREVENT ABRUPT RAMPING OF LOADS.
4.WATTSTOPPER PRODUCT NUMBER: LMLS-400, LMLS-400-L.
D.OPEN LOOP DIGITAL PHOTOSENSORS SHALL INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING ADDITIONAL
FEATURES:
1.AN INTERNAL PHOTODIODE THAT MEASURES LIGHT IN A 60-DEGREE ANGLE CUTTING
OFF THE UNWANTED LIGHT FROM THE INTERIOR OF THE ROOM.
2.AUTOMATICALLY ESTABLISHES APPLICATION-SPECIFIC SETPOINTS FOLLOWING
MANUAL CALIBRATION USING A WIRELESS CONFIGURATION TOOL OR A PC WITH
APPROPRIATE SOFTWARE. FOR SWITCHING OPERATION, AN ADEQUATE DEAD BAND
BETWEEN THE ON AND OFF SETPOINTS FOR EACH ZONE SHALL PREVENT THE LIGHTS
FROM CYCLING; FOR DIMMING OPERATION, A PROPORTIONAL CONTROL ALGORITHM
SHALL MAINTAIN THE DESIGN LIGHTING LEVEL IN EACH ZONE.
3.EACH OF THE THREE DISCRETE DAYLIGHT ZONES CAN INCLUDE ANY
NON-OVERLAPPING GROUP OF LOADS IN THE ROOM.
4.WATTSTOPPER PRODUCT NUMBER: LMLS-500, LMLS-500-L.
E.DUAL LOOP DIGITAL PHOTOSENSORS SHALL INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING ADDITIONAL
FEATURES:
1.CLOSE LOOP PORTION OF DUAL LOOP DEVICE MUST HAVE AN INTERNAL
PHOTODIODE THAT MEASURES LIGHT IN A 100 DEGREE ANGLE, CUTTING OFF THE
UNWANTED LIGHT FROM SOURCES OUTSIDE OF THIS CON
2.OPEN LOOP PORTION OF DUAL LOOP DEVICE MUST HAVE AN INTERNAL PHOTODIODE
THAT CAN MEASURE LIGHT IN A 60 DEGREE ANGLE, CUTTING OFF THE UNWANTED
LIGHT FROM THE INTERIOR OF THE ROOM.
3.AUTOMATICALLY ESTABLISHES APPLICATION-SPECIFIC SET-POINTS FOLLOWING
SELF-CALIBRATION. FOR SWITCHING OPERATION, AN ADEQUATE DEAD BAND
BETWEEN THE ON AND OFF SETPOINTS SHALL PREVENT THE LIGHTS FROM CYCLING;
FOR DIMMING OPERATION A SLIDING SETPOINT CONTROL ALGORITHM WITH
SEPARATE DAY AND NIGHT SETPOINTS SHALL PREVENT ABRUPT RAMPING OF LOAD.
4.DEVICE MUST REFERENCE CLOSED LOOP PHOTOSENSOR INFORMATION AS A BASE
LINE REFERENCE. THE DEVICE MUST BE ABLE TO ANALYZE THE OPEN LOOP
PHOTOSENSOR INFORMATION TO DETERMINE IF AN ADJUSTMENT IN LIGHT LEVELS IS
REQUIRED.
5.DEVICE MUST BE ABLE TO AUTOMATICALLY COMMISSION SETPOINTS EACH NIGHT TO
PROVIDE ADJUSTMENTS TO ELECTRICAL LIGHTING BASED ON CHANGES IN OVERALL
LIGHTING IN THE SPACE DUE TO CHANGES IN REFLECTANCE WITHIN THE SPACE OR
CHANGES TO DAYLIGHT CONTRIBUTION BASED ON SEASONAL CHANGES.
6.DEVICE MUST INCLUDE EXTENDABLE MOUNTING ARM TO PROPERLY POSITION
SENSOR WITHIN A SKYLIGHT WELL.
2.07 DIGITAL ROOM CONTROLLERS AND PLUG-LOAD CONTROLLERS
A.DIGITAL CONTROLLERS FOR LIGHTING AND PLUG LOADS AUTOMATICALLY BIND THE
ROOM LOADS TO THE CONNECTED DEVICES IN THE SPACE WITHOUT COMMISSIONING OR
THE USE OF ANY TOOLS. ROOM AND PLUG LOAD CONTROLLERS SHALL BE PROVIDED TO
MATCH THE ROOM LIGHTING AND PLUG LOAD CONTROL REQUIREMENTS. THE
CONTROLLERS SHALL BE SIMPLE TO INSTALL, AND PROVIDE STANDARD PLUG N' GO
APPLICATIONS. THE CONTROL UNITS SHALL INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING FEATURES:
1.AUTOMATIC ROOM CONFIGURATION TO THE MOST ENERGY-EFFICIENT SEQUENCE OF
OPERATION BASED UPON THE DEVICES IN THE ROOM.
2.SIMPLE REPLACEMENT - USING THE DEFAULT AUTOMATIC CONFIGURATION
CAPABILITIES, A ROOM CONTROLLER MAY BE REPLACED WITH AN OFF-THE-SHELF.
3.MULTIPLE ROOM CONTROLLERS CONNECTED TOGETHER IN A LOCAL NETWORK MUST
AUTOMATICALLY PRIORITIZE EACH ROOM CONTROLLER, WITHOUT REQUIRING ANY
CONFIGURATION OR SETUP, SO THAT LOADS ARE SEQUENTIALLY ASSIGNED USING
ROOM CONTROLLER DEVICE ID'S FROM HIGHEST TO LOWEST.
4.DEVICE STATUS LEDS TO INDICATE:
a.DATA TRANSMISSION
b.DEVICE HAS POWER
c.STATUS FOR EACH LOAD
d.CONFIGURATION STATUS
5.QUICK INSTALLATION FEATURES INCLUDING:
a.STANDARD JUNCTION BOX MOUNTING
b.QUICK LOW VOLTAGE CONNECTIONS USING STANDARD RJ-45 PATCH CABLE
6.BASED ON INDIVIDUAL CONFIGURATION, EACH LOAD SHALL BE CAPABLE OF THE
FOLLOWING BEHAVIOR ON POWER UP FOLLOWING THE LOSS OF NORMAL POWER:
a.TURN ON TO 100%
b.REMAIN OFF
c.TURN ON TO LAST LEVEL
7.EACH LOAD SHALL BE CONFIGURABLE TO OPERATE IN THE FOLLOWING SEQUENCES
BASED ON OCCUPANCY:
a.AUTO-ON/AUTO-OFF (FOLLOW ON AND OFF)
b.MANUAL-ON/AUTO-OFF (FOLLOW OFF ONLY)
8.THE POLARITY OF EACH LOAD OUTPUT SHALL BE REVERSIBLE, VIA DIGITAL
CONFIGURATION, SO THAT ON IS OFF AND OFF IS ON.
9.BACNET OBJECT INFORMATION SHALL BE AVAILABLE FOR THE FOLLOWING OBJECTS:
a.LOAD STATUS
b.ELECTRICAL CURRENT
c.TOTAL WATTS PER CONTROLLER
d.SCHEDULE STATE - NORMAL OR AFTER-HOURS
e.DEMAND RESPONSE CONTROL AND CAP LEVEL
f.ROOM OCCUPANCY STATUS
g.TOTAL ROOM LIGHTING AND PLUG LOADS WATTS
h.TOTAL ROOM WATTS/SQ. FT.
i.FORCE ON/OFF EVERY LOAD
10.UL 2043 PLENUM RATED
11.MANUAL OVERRIDE AND LED INDICATION FOR EACH LOAD
12.DUAL VOLTAGE (120/277 VAC, 60 HZ), OR 347 VAC, 60 HZ (SELECTED MODELS ONLY).
120/277 VOLT MODELS RATED FOR 20A TOTAL LOAD, DERATING TO 16A REQUIRED
FOR SOME DIMMED LOADS (FORWARD PHASE DIMMING); 347 VOLT MODELS RATED
FOR 15 AMPS TOTAL LOAD; PLUG LOAD CONTROLLERS CARRY
APPLICATION-SPECIFIC UL 20 RATING FOR RECEPTACLE CONTROL.
13.ZERO CROSS CIRCUITRY FOR EACH LOAD
14.DIGITAL PARAMETER DATA PROGRAMMED INTO AN INDIVIDUAL ROOM CONTROLLER
OR PLUG LOAD CONTROLLER SHALL BE RETAINED IN NON-VOLATILE FLASH MEMORY
WITHIN THE CONTROLLER ITSELF. MEMORY SHALL HAVE AN EXPECTED LIFE OF NO
LESS THAN 10 YEARS.
15.PROHIBITED: DIP SWITCHES OR POTENTIOMETERS, OR REQUIRE SPECIAL
CONFIGURATION FOR STANDARD PLUG N' GO APPLICATIONS
B.ON/OFF ROOM CONTROLLERS SHALL INCLUDE:
1.ONE OR TWO RELAY CONFIGURATION
2.EFFICIENT 150 MA SWITCHING POWER SUPPLY
3.THREE RJ-45 DLM LOCAL NETWORK PORTS WITH INTEGRAL STRAIN RELIEF AND DUST
COVER
4.WATTSTOPPER PRODUCT NUMBERS: LMRC-101, LMRC-102
C.ON/OFF/DIMMING ENHANCED ROOM CONTROLLERS SHALL INCLUDE:
1.REAL TIME CURRENT MONITORING
2. MULTIPLE RELAY CONFIGURATIONS
a.ONE, TWO OR THREE RELAYS (LMRC-21X SERIES)
b.ONE OR TWO RELAYS (LMRC-22X SERIES)
3.EFFICIENT 250 MA SWITCHING POWER SUPPLY
4.FOUR RJ-45 DLM LOCAL NETWORK PORTS WITH INTEGRAL STRAIN RELIEF AND DUST
COVER
5.ONE DIMMING OUTPUT PER RELAY
a.0-10V DIMMING - WHERE INDICATED, ONE 0 TO 10 VOLT ANALOG OUTPUT PER
RELAY FOR CONTROL OF COMPATIBLE BALLASTS AND LED DRIVERS. THE
0 TO 10 VOLT OUTPUT SHALL AUTOMATICALLY OPEN UPON LOSS OF POWER TO
THE ROOM CONTROLLER TO ASSURE FULL LIGHT OUTPUT FROM THE
CONTROLLED LIGHTING. (LMRC-21X SERIES)
b.LINE VOLTAGE, FORWARD PHASE DIMMING - WHERE INDICATED, ONE FORWARD
PHASE CONTROL LINE VOLTAGE DIMMING OUTPUT PER RELAY FOR CONTROL OF
COMPATIBLE TWO-WIRE OR THREE-WIRE BALLASTS, LED DRIVERS, MLV,
FORWARD PHASE COMPATIBLE ELV, NEON/COLD CATHODE AND INCANDESCENT
LOADS. (LMRC-22X SERIES)
c.EACH DIMMING OUTPUT CHANNEL SHALL HAVE AN INDEPENDENTLY
CONFIGURABLE MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM CALIBRATION TRIM LEVEL TO SET THE
DIMMING RANGE TO MATCH THE TRUE DYNAMIC RANGE OF THE CONNECTED
BALLAST OR DRIVER.
d.THE LED LEVEL INDICATORS ON BOUND DIMMING SWITCHES SHALL USE THIS
NEW MAXIMUM AND MINIMUM TRIM.
e.EACH DIMMING OUTPUT CHANNEL SHALL HAVE AN INDEPENDENTLY
CONFIGURABLE MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM TRIM LEVEL TO SET THE DYNAMIC
RANGE OF THE OUTPUT WITHIN THE NEW 0-100% DIMMING RANGE DEFINED BY
THE MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM CALIBRATION TRIM.
f.CALIBRATION AND TRIM LEVELS MUST BE SET PER OUTPUT CHANNEL.
g.CONFIGURATION SHALL BE DIGITAL.
h.PROHIBITED: DEVICES THAT SET CALIBRATION OR TRIM LEVELS PER
CONTROLLER.
6.EACH LOAD SHALL HAVE AN INDEPENDENTLY CONFIGURABLE PRESET ON LEVEL FOR
NORMAL-HOURS AND AFTER-HOURS EVENTS TO ALLOW DIFFERENT DIMMED LEVELS
TO BE ESTABLISHED AT THE START OF BOTH NORMAL-HOURS AND AFTER-HOURS
EVENTS.
7.FADE RATES FOR DIMMING LOADS SHALL BE SPECIFIC TO BOUND SWITCH BUTTONS,
AND THE LOAD SHALL MAINTAIN A DEFAULT VALUE FOR ANY BOUND BUTTONS THAT
DO NOT SPECIFY A UNIQUE VALUE.
8.THE FOLLOWING DIMMING ATTRIBUTES MAY BE CHANGED OR SELECTED USING A
WIRELESS CONFIGURATION TOOL:
a.ESTABLISH PRESET LEVEL FOR EACH LOAD FROM 0-100%
b.SET HIGH AND LOW TRIM FOR EACH LOAD
c.SET LAMP BURN IN TIME FOR EACH LOAD UP TO 100 HOURS
9.OVERRIDE BUTTON FOR EACH LOAD PROVIDES THE FOLLOWING FUNCTIONS:
a.PRESS AND RELEASE FOR ON/OFF CONTROL
b.PRESS AND HOLD FOR DIMMING CONTROL
10.10.WATTSTOPPER PRODUCT NUMBERS: LMRC-211, LRMC-212, LRMC-213, LMRC-221,
LMRC-222.
2.09 CONFIGURATION TOOLS
A.FEATURES AND FUNCTIONALITY OF THE WIRELESS CONFIGURATION TOOL SHALL
INCLUDE BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO:
1.TWO-WAY INFRARED (IR) COMMUNICATION WITH DLM IR-ENABLED DEVICES WITHIN A
RANGE OF APPROXIMATELY 30 FEET.
2.HIGH VISIBILITY ORGANIC LED (OLED) DISPLAY, PUSHBUTTON USER INTERFACE, AND
MENU-DRIVEN OPERATION.
3.MUST BE ABLE TO READ AND MODIFY PARAMETERS FOR ROOM CONTROLLERS,
OCCUPANCY SENSORS, WALL SWITCHES, DAYLIGHTING SENSORS, NETWORK
BRIDGES AND RELAY PANELS, AND IDENTIFY ROOM DEVICES BY TYPE AND SERIAL
NUMBER.
4.SAVE UP TO EIGHT OCCUPANCY SENSOR SETTING PROFILES, AND APPLY PROFILES
TO SELECTED SENSORS.
5.TEMPORARILY ADJUST LIGHT LEVEL OF ANY LOAD(S) ON THE LOCAL NETWORK, AND
INCORPORATE THOSE LEVELS IN SCENE SETTING. SET ROOM MODE FOR TESTING OF
NORMAL-HOURS (NH) AND AFTER-HOURS (AH) PARAMETER SETTINGS.
6.ADJUST OR FINE-TUNE DAYLIGHTING SETTINGS ESTABLISHED DURING
AUTO-CONFIGURATION, AND INPUT LIGHT LEVEL DATA TO COMPLETE
CONFIGURATION OF OPEN LOOP DAYLIGHTING CONTROLS.
7.SET ROOM MODE FOR TESTING OF NORMAL-HOURS (NH) AND AFTER-HOURS (AH)
PARAMETER SETTINGS.
8.VERIFY STATUS OF BUILDING LEVEL NETWORK DEVICES.
2.10 EMERGENCY LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES
A.EMERGENCY LIGHTING CONTROL UNIT - A UL 924 LISTED DEVICE THAT MONITORS A
SWITCHED CIRCUIT PROVIDING NORMAL LIGHTING TO AN AREA. THE UNIT PROVIDES
NORMAL ON/OFF CONTROL OF EMERGENCY LIGHTING ALONG WITH THE NORMAL
LIGHTING. UPON NORMAL POWER FAILURE THE EMERGENCY LIGHTING CIRCUIT WILL
CLOSE, FORCING THE EMERGENCY LIGHTING ON UNTIL NORMAL POWER IS RESTORED.
FEATURES INCLUDE:
1.120/277 VOLTS, 50/60 HZ, 20 AMP BALLAST RATING
2.PUSH TO TEST BUTTON AUXILIARY CONTACT FOR REMOTE TEST OR FIRE ALARM
SYSTEM INTERFACE
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 CONTRACTOR INSTALLATION AND SERVICES
A.INSTALL DEVICES AND WIRING IN A PROFESSIONAL MANNER. LINE VOLTAGE
CONNECTIONS TO BE TAGGED TO INDICATE CIRCUIT AND SWITCHED LEGS.
B.INSTALL ROOM/AREA DEVICES USING MANUFACTURER'S FACTORY-TESTED CAT 5E
CABLE WITH PRE-TERMINATED RJ-45 CONNECTORS. IF PRE-TERMINATED CABLE IS NOT
USED FOR ROOM/AREA WIRING, THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR TESTING EACH
FIELD-TERMINATED CABLE FOLLOWING INSTALLATION, AND SHALL SUPPLY THE LIGHTING
CONTROLS MANUFACTURER WITH TEST RESULTS.
C.INSTALL THE WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S PRINTED INSTRUCTIONS
UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. BEFORE START UP, TEST EACH DEVICE TO ENSURE
PROPER COMMUNICATION.
D.CALIBRATE SENSOR TIME DELAYS AND SENSITIVITY TO GUARANTEE PROPER DETECTION
OF OCCUPANTS AND ENERGY SAVINGS.
E.ADJUST TIME DELAY SO THAT CONTROLLED AREA REMAINS LIGHTED WHILE OCCUPIED.
F.PROVIDE WRITTEN OR COMPUTER-GENERATED DOCUMENTATION ON THE
CONFIGURATION OF THE SYSTEM INCLUDING ROOM BY ROOM DESCRIPTION INCLUDING:
G.SENSOR PARAMETERS, TIME DELAYS, SENSITIVITIES, AND DAYLIGHTING SETPOINTS.
H.SEQUENCE OF OPERATION, (E.G. MANUAL ON, AUTO OFF. ETC.)
I.LOAD PARAMETERS (E.G. BLINK WARNING, ETC.)
J.POST START-UP TUNING - AFTER 30 DAYS FROM OCCUPANCY CONTRACTOR SHALL
ADJUST SENSOR TIME DELAYS AND SENSITIVITIES TO MEET THE INDUSTRY
REQUIREMENTS. PROVIDE A DETAILED REPORT TO THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE OF
POST START-UP ACTIVITY.
3.02 FACTORY SERVICES (OPTIONAL)
A.UPON COMPLETION OF THE INSTALLATION, THE MANUFACTURER'S FACTORY
AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE SHALL START UP AND VERIFY A COMPLETE FULLY
FUNCTIONAL SYSTEM.
B.THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE BOTH THE MANUFACTURER AND THE
ELECTRICAL ENGINEER WITH THREE WEEKS WRITTEN NOTICE OF THE SYSTEM START UP
AND ADJUSTMENT DATE.
C.UPON COMPLETION OF THE SYSTEM START UP, THE FACTORY-AUTHORIZED TECHNICIAN
SHALL PROVIDE THE PROPER TRAINING TO THE OWNER'S PERSONNEL ON THE
ADJUSTMENT AND MAINTENANCE OF THE SYSTEM.
3.03 ACCEPTANCE TESTING SUPPORT SERVICES
A.A CERTIFIED LIGHTING CONTROLS ACCEPTANCE TEST TECHNICIAN (CLCATT) MUST
VERIFY THE INSTALLATION OF THE LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM. MANUFACTURER
SHOULD INCLUDE AN EXTRA DAY OF FACTORY TECHNICIAN'S TIME TO ASSIST THE
CLCATT REVIEW THE FUNCTIONALITY AND SETTINGS OF THE LIGHTING CONTROL
HARDWARE PER THE REQUIREMENTS IN THE CALIFORNIA STATE FORMS. IT WILL BE THE
CLCATT'S RESPONSIBILITY TO CREATE AND COMPLETE ANY FORMS REQUIRED FOR THE
COMMISSIONING PROCESS, ALTHOUGH THE MANUFACTURER OR CONTRACTOR MAY
OFFER SPREADSHEETS AND/OR PRINTOUTS TO ASSIST THE CLCATT WITH THIS TASK.
3.04 INSTALLATION
A.COMPLY WITH NECA 1.
B.WIRING METHOD: INSTALL CABLES IN RACEWAYS, EXCEPT IN ACCESSIBLE CEILING
SPACES AND IN GYPSUM BOARD PARTITIONS WHERE UNENCLOSED WIRING METHOD
MAY BE USED. CONCEAL RACEWAY AND CABLES EXCEPT IN UNFINISHED SPACES.
C.SPLICES, TAPS, AND TERMINATIONS: MAKE CONNECTIONS ONLY ON NUMBERED
TERMINAL STRIPS IN JUNCTION, PULL, AND OUTLET BOXES; TERMINAL CABINETS; AND
EQUIPMENT ENCLOSURES.
LABEL EACH SCENE-CONTROL BUTTON WITH APPROVED SCENE DESCRIPTION.
TYPE DESCRIPTION
DP 208/120V DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARD
LP 208/120V PANELBOARD - RECEPTACLES & LIGHTING
HDP 480/277V DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARD
HLP 480/277 V PANELBOARD - LIGHTING
ATS AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH
CB CIRCUIT BREAKER
DS DISCONNECT SWITCH
EDP EMERGENCY 208/120V DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARD
ELP EMERGENCY 208/120V PANELBOARD
EHDP EMERGENCY 480/277V DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARD
EMCC EMERGENCY MOTOR CONTROL CENTER
MSB MAIN SWITCHBOARD
MCC MOTOR CONTROL CENTER
T TRANSFORMER
US UNIT SUBSTATION
Sheet No.
Project
Agency Plan Check / Permit No.
Petersen Design Project No.
Consultant
5082.1
652 East Dyer Drive
Santa Ana, CA 92705
DYER WAREHOUSE
Staging & Set-Up Space
Tenant Improvements
Sheet Title
Revision / Submittal History
Scale
Status
.
architecture + planning
Agency Approval
Petersen Design Architects, Inc.
17582 Fiesta Way, Tustin, CA 92780
M: 714.904.6720 E: mike@mpdarch.com
www.mpdarch.com
Architect's Stamp
.
255 E. Rincon St., Suite 301
Corona, CA 92879
P 951.340.1977 | F 951.340.1090
www.gossengineering.com
CALOFI
GI
RE
NG
A
E
S
No. E17083
T
E
ET
SAT L CE A
F
RIC L
ORNI
EPR
RAET
RED D.D
OF ONABR
L
SSI
NE
RE
IWD
UT
HCE
Project Number: 125-09-07
Date Signed 01-09-2026
1 01/09/2026 PLAN CHECK RESUBMITTAL
ELECTRICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
E7.2
SECTION 26 2416
PANELBOARDS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A.SECTION INCLUDES LOAD CENTERS AND PANELBOARDS, OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE
DEVICES, AND ASSOCIATED AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT RATED 600 V AND LESS FOR THE
FOLLOWING TYPES:
1.LIGHTING AND APPLIANCE BRANCH-CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS.
2.DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS.
3.TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSOR PANELBOARDS.
1.02 DEFINITIONS
A.EMI: ELECTROMAGNETIC INTERFERENCE.
B.GFCI: GROUND-FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER. FI: RADIO-FREQUENCY INTERFERENCE.
C.RMS: ROOT MEAN SQUARE.
D.SPDT: SINGLE POLE, DOUBLE THROW.
E.TVSS: TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSOR.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A.PRODUCT DATA: FOR EACH TYPE OF PANELBOARD, OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE
DEVICE, AND COMPONENT INDICATED. INCLUDE DIMENSIONS AND MANUFACTURERS'
TECHNICAL DATA ON FEATURES, PERFORMANCE, ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS,
RATINGS, AND FINISHES.
B.SHOP DRAWINGS: FOR EACH PANELBOARD AND RELATED EQUIPMENT.
1.DIMENSIONED PLANS, ELEVATIONS, SECTIONS, AND DETAILS. SHOW TABULATIONS
OF INSTALLED DEVICES, EQUIPMENT FEATURES, AND RATINGS. INCLUDE THE
FOLLOWING:
a.ENCLOSURE TYPES AND DETAILS FOR TYPES OTHER THAN NEMA 250, TYPE 1.
b.BUS CONFIGURATION, CURRENT, AND VOLTAGE RATINGS.
c.SHORT-CIRCUIT CURRENT RATING OF PANELBOARDS AND OVERCURRENT
PROTECTIVE DEVICES.
d.FEATURES, CHARACTERISTICS, RATINGS, AND FACTORY SETTINGS OF INDIVIDUAL
OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES AND AUXILIARY COMPONENTS.
2.WIRING DIAGRAMS: DIAGRAM POWER, SIGNAL, AND CONTROL WIRING AND
DIFFERENTIATE BETWEEN MANUFACTURER-INSTALLED AND FIELD-INSTALLED
WIRING.
C.MANUFACTURER SEISMIC QUALIFICATION CERTIFICATION: SUBMIT CERTIFICATION THAT
PANELBOARDS, OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES, ACCESSORIES, AND
COMPONENTS WILL WITHSTAND SEISMIC FORCES DEFINED IN DIVISION 26 SECTION
"VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR ELECTRICAL WORK." INCLUDE THE
FOLLOWING:
1.BASIS OF CERTIFICATION: INDICATE WHETHER WITHSTAND CERTIFICATION IS BASED
ON ACTUAL TEST OF ASSEMBLED COMPONENTS OR ON CALCULATION.
2.THE TERM "WITHSTAND" MEANS "THE UNIT WILL REMAIN IN PLACE WITHOUT
SEPARATION OF INTERNAL AND EXTERNAL PARTS DURING A SEISMIC EVENT AND THE
UNIT WILL BE FULLY OPERATIONAL AFTER THE EVENT."
3.DIMENSIONED OUTLINE DRAWINGS OF EQUIPMENT UNIT: IDENTIFY CENTER OF
GRAVITY AND LOCATE AND DESCRIBE MOUNTING AND ANCHORAGE PROVISIONS.
4.DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF EQUIPMENT ANCHORAGE DEVICES ON WHICH THE
CERTIFICATION IS BASED AND THEIR INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS.
D.FIELD TEST REPORTS: SUBMIT WRITTEN TEST REPORTS AND INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING:
1.TEST PROCEDURES USED.
2.TEST RESULTS THAT COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS.
3.RESULTS OF FAILED TESTS AND CORRECTIVE ACTION TAKEN TO ACHIEVE TEST
RESULTS THAT COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS.
E.PANELBOARD SCHEDULES: FOR INSTALLATION IN PANELBOARDS. SUBMIT FINAL
VERSIONS AFTER LOAD BALANCING.
F.MAINTENANCE DATA: FOR PANELBOARDS AND COMPONENTS TO INCLUDE IN
MAINTENANCE MANUALS SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 01. IN ADDITION TO REQUIREMENTS
SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 01 INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING:
1.MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS FOR TESTING AND ADJUSTING
OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES.
2.TIME-CURRENT CURVES, INCLUDING SELECTABLE RANGES FOR EACH TYPE OF
OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICE.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.TESTING AGENCY QUALIFICATIONS: TESTING AGENCY THAT IS A MEMBER COMPANY OF
THE INTERNATIONAL ELECTRICAL TESTING ASSOCIATION AND THAT IS ACCEPTABLE TO
AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION.
1.TESTING AGENCY'S FIELD SUPERVISOR: PERSON CURRENTLY CERTIFIED BY THE
INTERNATIONAL ELECTRICAL TESTING ASSOCIATION OR NATIONAL INSTITUTE FOR
CERTIFICATION IN ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGIES TO SUPERVISE ON-SITE TESTING
SPECIFIED IN PART 3.
B.ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS, DEVICES, AND ACCESSORIES: LISTED AND LABELED AS
DEFINED IN CEC, ARTICLE 100, BY A TESTING AGENCY ACCEPTABLE TO THE OWNER, AND
MARKED FOR INTENDED USE.
C.COMPLY WITH NEMA PB 1.
D.COMPLY WITH CEC.
E.STRUCTURAL SEISMIC PERFORMANCE: REFER TO DIVISION 26 SECTION “VIBRATION AND
SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS.”
1.05 COORDINATION
A.COORDINATE LAYOUT AND INSTALLATION OF PANELBOARDS AND COMPONENTS WITH
OTHER CONSTRUCTION THAT PENETRATES WALLS OR IS SUPPORTED BY THEM,
INCLUDING ELECTRICAL AND OTHER TYPES OF EQUIPMENT, RACEWAYS, PIPING, AND
ENCUMBRANCES TO WORKSPACE CLEARANCE REQUIREMENTS.
1.06 EXTRA MATERIALS
A.KEYS: TWO SPARES OF EACH TYPE OF PANELBOARD CABINET LOCK, KEYED ALIKE TO
MATCH THE OWNER'S STANDARD KEY REQUIREMENTS.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A.MANUFACTURERS: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, PROVIDE
PRODUCTS BY ONE OF THE FOLLOWING:
1.PANELBOARDS, OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES, CONTROLLERS,
CONTACTORS, AND ACCESSORIES:
a.EATON CORP.; CUTLER-HAMMER PRODUCTS.
b.GENERAL ELECTRIC CO.; ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION & CONTROL DIV.
c.SIEMENS ENERGY & AUTOMATION, INC.
d.SQUARE-D CO.
e.OR EQUAL.
2.TVSS PANELBOARDS:
a.CURRENT TECHNOLOGY, INC.
b.OR EQUAL.
B.OR EQUAL: WHERE PRODUCTS ARE SPECIFIED BY MANUFACTURERS NAME AND
ACCOMPANIED BY THE TERM "OR EQUAL", COMPLY WITH PROVISIONS IN DIVISION 01
SECTION “PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS”. SPECIFIC PROCEDURES MUST BE
FOLLOWED BEFORE USE OF AN UNNAMED PRODUCT OR MANUFACTURER.
2.02 FABRICATION AND FEATURES
A.ENCLOSURES: FLUSH- AND SURFACE-MOUNTED CABINETS. NEMA PB 1, TYPE 1, TO MEET
ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS AT INSTALLED LOCATION.
1.OUTDOOR LOCATIONS: NEMA 250, TYPE 4 STAINLESS STEEL.
2.KITCHEN AREAS: NEMA 250, TYPE 4X, STAINLESS STEEL.
3.OTHER WET OR DAMP INDOOR LOCATIONS: NEMA 250, TYPE 4.
4.HAZARDOUS AREAS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS: NEMA 250, TYPE 7C.
B.HINGED FRONT COVER: ENTIRE FRONT TRIM HINGED TO BOX AND WITH STANDARD
DOOR WITHIN HINGED TRIM COVER.
C.FINISH: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD ENAMEL FINISH OVER CORROSION-RESISTANT
TREATMENT OR PRIMER COAT.
D.DIRECTORY CARD: TYPED PANEL CIRCUIT SCHEDULE/INDEX WITH TRANSPARENT
PROTECTIVE COVER, MOUNTED INSIDE METAL FRAME, INSIDE PANELBOARD DOOR.
E.BUS: HARD-DRAWN COPPER, 98 PERCENT CONDUCTIVITY.
F.MAIN AND NEUTRAL LUGS: COMPRESSION TYPE SUITABLE FOR USE WITH CONDUCTOR
MATERIAL.
G.EQUIPMENT GROUND BUS: ADEQUATE FOR FEEDER AND BRANCH-CIRCUIT EQUIPMENT
GROUND CONDUCTORS; BONDED TO BOX. WHEN ISOLATED GROUNDS ARE REQUIRED,
PROVIDE GROUND BUS INSULATED FROM BOX.
H.FUTURE DEVICES: MOUNTING BRACKETS, BUS CONNECTIONS, AND NECESSARY
APPURTENANCES REQUIRED FOR FUTURE INSTALLATION OF DEVICES.
I.ISOLATED EQUIPMENT GROUND BUS: ADEQUATE FOR BRANCH-CIRCUIT EQUIPMENT
GROUND CONDUCTORS; INSULATED FROM BOX.
J.EXTRA-CAPACITY NEUTRAL BUS: NEUTRAL BUS RATED 200 PERCENT OF PHASE BUS AND
UL LISTED AS SUITABLE FOR NONLINEAR LOADS.
K.SPLIT BUS: VERTICAL BUSES DIVIDED INTO INDIVIDUAL VERTICAL SECTIONS.
L.GUTTER BARRIER: ARRANGE TO ISOLATE INDIVIDUAL PANEL SECTIONS.
M.COLUMN-TYPE PANELBOARDS: NARROW GUTTER EXTENSION, WITH COVER, TO
OVERHEAD JUNCTION BOX EQUIPPED WITH GROUND AND NEUTRAL TERMINAL BUSES.
2.03 PANELBOARD SHORT-CIRCUIT RATING
A.UL LABEL INDICATING SERIES-CONNECTED RATING WITH INTEGRAL OR REMOTE
UPSTREAM DEVICES. INCLUDE SIZE AND TYPE OF UPSTREAM DEVICE ALLOWABLE,
BRANCH DEVICES ALLOWABLE, AND UL SERIES-CONNECTED SHORT-CIRCUIT RATING.
B.FULLY RATED TO INTERRUPT SYMMETRICAL SHORT-CIRCUIT CURRENT AVAILABLE AT
TERMINALS.
2.04 LIGHTING AND APPLIANCE BRANCH-CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS
A.BRANCH OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES: BOLT-ON CIRCUIT BREAKERS,
REPLACEABLE WITHOUT DISTURBING ADJACENT UNITS.
B.DOORS: FRONT MOUNTED WITH CONCEALED HINGES; SECURED WITH FLUSH LATCH
WITH TUMBLER LOCK; KEYED ALIKE.
2.05 DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS
C.DOORS: FRONT MOUNTED, EXCEPT OMIT IN FUSED-SWITCH PANELBOARDS; SECURED
WITH VAULT-TYPE LATCH WITH TUMBLER LOCK; KEYED ALIKE.
D.MAIN OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES: CIRCUIT BREAKER.
E.BRANCH OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES SHALL BE ONE OF THE FOLLOWING:
1.FOR CIRCUIT-BREAKER FRAME SIZES 125 A AND SMALLER: BOLT-ON CIRCUIT
BREAKERS WITH COPPER TERMINALS.
2.FOR CIRCUIT-BREAKER FRAME SIZES LARGER THAN 125 A: BOLT-ON CIRCUIT
BREAKERS WITH COPPER TERMINALS; PLUG-IN CIRCUIT BREAKERS WHERE
INDIVIDUAL POSITIVE-LOCKING DEVICE REQUIRES MECHANICAL RELEASE FOR
REMOVAL.
3.FUSED SWITCHES.
2.06 TVSS PANELBOARDS
A.DOORS: FRONT MOUNTED; SECURED WITH VAULT-TYPE LATCH WITH TUMBLER LOCK;
KEYED ALIKE. MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD ENAMEL FINISH OVER
CORROSION-RESISTANT TREATMENT OR PRIMER COAT.
B.MAIN OVERCURRENT DEVICES: THERMAL-MAGNETIC CIRCUIT BREAKER WITH COPPER
TERMINALS.
C.BRANCH OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES: BOLT-ON CIRCUIT BREAKERS WITH
COPPER TERMINALS.
D.BUS: COPPER PHASE AND NEUTRAL BUSES; 200 PERCENT CAPACITY NEUTRAL BUS.
E.TVSS DEVICE: IEEE C62.41, INTEGRALLY MOUNTED, PLUG-IN-STYLE, SOLID-STATE,
PARALLEL-CONNECTED, SINE-WAVE TRACKING SUPPRESSION AND FILTERING MODULES.
1.MINIMUM SINGLE-IMPULSE CURRENT RATING SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS:
a.LINE TO NEUTRAL: 100,000 A.
b.LINE TO GROUND: 100,000 A.
c.NEUTRAL TO GROUND: 50,000 A.
2.PROTECTION MODES SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS:
a.LINE TO NEUTRAL.
b.LINE TO GROUND.
c.NEUTRAL TO GROUND.
3.EMI/RFI NOISE ATTENUATION USING 50-OHM INSERTION LOSS TEST: 55 DB AT 100
KHZ.
4.CATEGORY C COMBINATION WAVE CLAMPING VOLTAGE SHALL NOT EXCEED 600 V,
LINE TO NEUTRAL AND LINE TO GROUND ON 120/208 V SYSTEMS OR 1000 V, LINE TO
NEUTRAL AND LINE TO GROUND ON 277/480 V SYSTEMS.
5.UL 1449 CLAMPING LEVELS SHALL NOT EXCEED 400 V, LINE TO NEUTRAL AND LINE TO
GROUND ON 120/208 V SYSTEMS OR 800 V, LINE TO NEUTRAL AND LINE TO GROUND
ON 277/480 V SYSTEMS.
6.WITHSTAND CAPABILITIES: 3000 CATEGORY C SURGES WITH LESS THAN 5 PERCENT
CHANGE IN CLAMPING VOLTAGE.
7.ACCESSORIES SHALL INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING:
a.FORM-C CONTACTS, ONE NORMALLY OPEN AND ONE NORMALLY CLOSED, FOR
REMOTE MONITORING OF SYSTEM OPERATION. CONTACTS TO REVERSE
POSITION ON FAILURE OF ANY SURGE DIVERSION MODULE.
b.AUDIBLE ALARM ACTIVATED ON FAILURE OF ANY SURGE DIVERSION MODULE.
c.SIX-DIGIT TRANSIENT-COUNTER SET TO TOTAL TRANSIENT SURGES THAT
DEVIATE FROM THE SINE-WAVE ENVELOPE BY MORE THAN 125 V.
2.07 OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES
A.MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKER: NEMA AB 1, WITH INTERRUPTING CAPACITY TO MEET
AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENTS.
1.THERMAL-MAGNETIC CIRCUIT BREAKERS: INVERSE TIME-CURRENT ELEMENT FOR
LOW-LEVEL OVERLOADS, AND INSTANTANEOUS MAGNETIC TRIP ELEMENT FOR
SHORT CIRCUITS. ADJUSTABLE MAGNETIC TRIP SETTING FOR CIRCUIT-BREAKER
FRAME SIZES 225 AMPERES AND LARGER.
2.ADJUSTABLE INSTANTANEOUS-TRIP CIRCUIT BREAKERS: MAGNETIC TRIP ELEMENT
WITH FRONT-MOUNTED, FIELD-ADJUSTABLE TRIP SETTING.
3.ELECTRONIC TRIP UNIT CIRCUIT BREAKERS: RMS SENSING; FIELD-REPLACEABLE
RATING PLUG; WITH THE FOLLOWING FIELD-ADJUSTABLE SETTINGS:
a.INSTANTANEOUS TRIP.
b.LONG- AND SHORT-TIME PICKUP LEVELS.
c.LONG- AND SHORT-TIME TIME ADJUSTMENTS.
d.GROUND-FAULT PICKUP LEVEL, TIME DELAY, AND I2T RESPONSE.
4.CURRENT-LIMITING CIRCUIT BREAKERS: FRAME SIZES 400 A AND SMALLER;
LET-THROUGH RATINGS LESS THAN NEMA FU 1, RK-5.
5.INTEGRALLY FUSED CIRCUIT BREAKERS: THERMAL-MAGNETIC TRIP ELEMENT WITH
INTEGRAL LIMITER-STYLE FUSE LISTED FOR USE WITH CIRCUIT BREAKER; TRIP
ACTIVATION ON FUSE OPENING OR ON OPENING OF FUSE COMPARTMENT DOOR.
6.GFCI CIRCUIT BREAKERS: SINGLE- AND TWO-POLE CONFIGURATIONS WITH 5 -MA
TRIP SENSITIVITY.
B.MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT-BREAKER FEATURES AND ACCESSORIES. STANDARD FRAME
SIZES, TRIP RATINGS, AND NUMBER OF POLES.
1.LUGS: COMPRESSION STYLE COPPER, SUITABLE FOR NUMBER, SIZE, TRIP RATINGS,
AND MATERIAL OF CONDUCTORS.
2.APPLICATION LISTING: APPROPRIATE FOR APPLICATION; TYPE SWD FOR SWITCHING
FLUORESCENT LIGHTING LOADS; TYPE HACR FOR HEATING, AIR-CONDITIONING, AND
REFRIGERATING EQUIPMENT.
3.GROUND-FAULT PROTECTION: INTEGRALLY MOUNTED RELAY AND TRIP UNIT WITH
ADJUSTABLE PICKUP AND TIME-DELAY SETTINGS, PUSH-TO-TEST FEATURE, AND
GROUND-FAULT INDICATOR.
4.COMMUNICATION CAPABILITY: CIRCUIT-BREAKER-MOUNTED COMMUNICATION
MODULE WITH FUNCTIONS AND FEATURES COMPATIBLE WITH POWER MONITORING
AND CONTROL SYSTEM.
5.SHUNT TRIP: 120-V TRIP COIL ENERGIZED FROM SEPARATE CIRCUIT, SET TO TRIP AT
75 PERCENT OF RATED VOLTAGE.
6.UNDER-VOLTAGE TRIP: SET TO OPERATE AT 35 TO 75 PERCENT OF RATED VOLTAGE
WITHOUT INTENTIONAL TIME DELAY.
7.AUXILIARY SWITCH: TWO SPDT SWITCHES WITH "A" AND "B" CONTACTS; "A"
CONTACTS MIMIC CIRCUIT-BREAKER CONTACTS, "B" CONTACTS OPERATE IN
REVERSE OF CIRCUIT-BREAKER CONTACTS.
8.KEY INTERLOCK KIT: EXTERNALLY MOUNTED TO PROHIBIT CIRCUIT-BREAKER
OPERATION; KEY SHALL BE REMOVABLE ONLY WHEN CIRCUIT BREAKER IS IN OFF
POSITION.
9.ZONE-SELECTIVE INTERLOCKING: INTEGRAL WITH ELECTRONIC TRIP UNIT; FOR
INTERLOCKING GROUND-FAULT PROTECTION FUNCTION.
C.FUSED SWITCH: NEMA KS 1, TYPE HD; CLIPS TO ACCOMMODATE SPECIFIED FUSES;
LOCKABLE HANDLE.
2.08 CONTROLLERS
A.MOTOR CONTROLLERS: NEMA ICS 2, CLASS A COMBINATION CONTROLLER EQUIPPED
FOR PANELBOARD MOUNTING AND INCLUDING THE FOLLOWING ACCESSORIES:
1.INDIVIDUAL CONTROL-POWER TRANSFORMERS.
2.FUSES FOR CONTROL-POWER TRANSFORMERS.
3.BIMETALLIC-ELEMENT OVERLOAD RELAY.
4.MELTING-ALLOY OVERLOAD RELAY.
5.INDICATING LIGHTS.
6.SEAL-IN CONTACT.
7.2 CONVERTIBLE AUXILIARY CONTACTS.
8.PUSH BUTTONS.
9.SELECTOR SWITCHES.
B.CONTACTORS: NEMA ICS 2, CLASS A COMBINATION CONTROLLER EQUIPPED FOR
PANELBOARD MOUNTING AND INCLUDING THE FOLLOWING ACCESSORIES:
1.INDIVIDUAL CONTROL-POWER TRANSFORMERS.
2.FUSES FOR CONTROL-POWER TRANSFORMERS.
3.INDICATING LIGHTS.
4.SEAL-IN CONTACT.
5.2 CONVERTIBLE AUXILIARY CONTACTS.
6.PUSH BUTTONS.
7.SELECTOR SWITCHES.
C.CONTROLLER DISCONNECT SWITCHES: FUSED SWITCH AND INTERLOCKED WITH
CONTROLLER.
1.AUXILIARY CONTACTS: INTEGRAL WITH DISCONNECT SWITCHES TO DE-ENERGIZE
EXTERNAL CONTROL-POWER SOURCE.
D.CONTACTORS IN MAIN BUS: NEMA ICS 2, CLASS A, MECHANICALLY HELD
GENERAL-PURPOSE CONTROLLER.
1.CONTROL-POWER SOURCE: CONTROL-POWER TRANSFORMER, WITH FUSED
PRIMARY AND SECONDARY TERMINALS, CONNECTED TO MAIN BUS AHEAD OF
CONTACTOR CONNECTION.
2.CONTROL-POWER SOURCE: 120-V BRANCH CIRCUIT.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A.INSTALL PANELBOARDS AND ACCESSORIES IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEMA PB 1.1.
B.COMPLY WITH MOUNTING AND ANCHORING REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 26
SECTION "VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR ELECTRICAL WORK."
C.MOUNTING HEIGHTS: TOP OF TRIM 74 INCHES ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR, UNLESS
OTHERWISE INDICATED.
D.MOUNTING: PLUMB AND RIGID WITHOUT DISTORTION OF BOX. MOUNT RECESSED
PANELBOARDS WITH FRONTS UNIFORMLY FLUSH WITH WALL FINISH.
E.CIRCUIT DIRECTORY: CREATE A DIRECTORY TO INDICATE INSTALLED CIRCUIT LOADS
AFTER BALANCING PANELBOARD LOADS. OBTAIN APPROVAL BEFORE INSTALLING. USE
A COMPUTER OR TYPEWRITER TO CREATE DIRECTORY; HANDWRITTEN DIRECTORIES
ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE.
F.INSTALL FILLER PLATES IN UNUSED SPACES.
G.PROVISION FOR FUTURE CIRCUITS AT FLUSH PANELBOARDS: STUB FOUR 1-INCH EMPTY
CONDUITS FROM PANELBOARD INTO ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE OR SPACE
DESIGNATED TO BE CEILING SPACE IN THE FUTURE. STUB FOUR 1-INCH EMPTY
CONDUITS INTO RAISED FLOOR SPACE OR BELOW SLAB NOT ON GRADE.
H.WIRING IN PANELBOARD GUTTERS: ARRANGE CONDUCTORS INTO GROUPS AND BUNDLE
AND WRAP WITH WIRE TIES AFTER COMPLETING LOAD BALANCING.
3.02 IDENTIFICATION
A.IDENTIFY FIELD-INSTALLED CONDUCTORS, INTERCONNECTING WIRING, AND
COMPONENTS; PROVIDE WARNING SIGNS AS SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 26 SECTION
IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS.
B.PANELBOARD NAMEPLATES: LABEL EACH PANELBOARD WITH LAMINATED-PLASTIC
NAMEPLATE MOUNTED WITH CORROSION-RESISTANT SCREWS.
3.03 CONNECTIONS
A.INSTALL EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONNECTIONS FOR PANELBOARDS WITH GROUND
CONTINUITY TO MAIN ELECTRICAL GROUND BUS.
B.TIGHTEN ELECTRICAL CONNECTORS AND TERMINALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH
MANUFACTURER'S PUBLISHED TORQUE-TIGHTENING VALUES. IF MANUFACTURER'S
TORQUE VALUES ARE NOT INDICATED, USE THOSE SPECIFIED IN UL 486A.
3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.PREPARE FOR ACCEPTANCE TESTS AS FOLLOWS:
1.TEST INSULATION RESISTANCE FOR EACH PANELBOARD BUS, COMPONENT,
CONNECTING SUPPLY, FEEDER, AND CONTROL CIRCUIT.
2.TEST CONTINUITY OF EACH CIRCUIT.
B.TESTING: AFTER INSTALLING PANELBOARDS AND AFTER ELECTRICAL CIRCUITRY HAS
BEEN ENERGIZED, DEMONSTRATE PRODUCT CAPABILITY AND COMPLIANCE WITH
REQUIREMENTS.
1.PROCEDURES: PERFORM EACH VISUAL AND MECHANICAL INSPECTION AND
ELECTRICAL TEST INDICATED IN NETA ATS, SECTION 7.5 FOR SWITCHES AND
SECTION 7.6 FOR MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS. CERTIFY COMPLIANCE WITH
TEST PARAMETERS.
2.CORRECT MALFUNCTIONING UNITS ON-SITE, WHERE POSSIBLE, AND RETEST TO
DEMONSTRATE COMPLIANCE; OTHERWISE, REPLACE WITH NEW UNITS AND RETEST.
C.BALANCING LOADS: AFTER SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION, BUT NOT MORE THAN 60 DAYS
AFTER FINAL ACCEPTANCE, MEASURE LOAD BALANCING AND MAKE CIRCUIT CHANGES
AS FOLLOWS:
1.MEASURE AS DIRECTED DURING PERIOD OF NORMAL SYSTEM LOADING.
2.PERFORM LOAD-BALANCING CIRCUIT CHANGES OUTSIDE NORMAL
OCCUPANCY/WORKING SCHEDULE OF THE FACILITY AND AT TIME DIRECTED. AVOID
DISRUPTING CRITICAL 24-HOUR SERVICES SUCH AS FAX MACHINES AND ON-LINE
DATA-PROCESSING, COMPUTING, TRANSMITTING, AND RECEIVING EQUIPMENT.
3.AFTER CIRCUIT CHANGES, RECHECK LOADS DURING NORMAL LOAD PERIOD.
RECORD LOAD READINGS BEFORE AND AFTER CHANGES AND SUBMIT TEST
RECORDS.
4.TOLERANCE: DIFFERENCE EXCEEDING 20 PERCENT BETWEEN PHASE LOADS, WITHIN
A PANELBOARD, IS NOT ACCEPTABLE. REBALANCE AND RECHECK AS NECESSARY TO
MEET THIS MINIMUM REQUIREMENT.
3.05 ADJUSTING
A.SET FIELD-ADJUSTABLE SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT-BREAKER TRIP RANGES.
3.06 CLEANING
A.ON COMPLETION OF INSTALLATION, INSPECT INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR OF
PANELBOARDS. REMOVE PAINT SPLATTERS AND OTHER SPOTS. VACUUM DIRT AND
DEBRIS; DO NOT USE COMPRESSED AIR TO ASSIST IN CLEANING. REPAIR EXPOSED
SURFACES TO MATCH ORIGINAL FINISH.
SECTION 26 2816
ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A.SECTION INCLUDES THE FOLLOWING INDIVIDUALLY MOUNTED, ENCLOSED SWITCHES
AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS:
1.FUSIBLE SWITCHES.
2.NONFUSIBLE SWITCHES.
3.BOLTED-PRESSURE CONTACT SWITCHES.
4.ENCLOSURES.
1.02 DEFINITIONS
A.HD: HEAVY DUTY.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A.PRODUCT DATA: FOR EACH TYPE OF ENCLOSED SWITCH, CIRCUIT BREAKER,
ACCESSORY, AND COMPONENT INDICATED. INCLUDE DIMENSIONED ELEVATIONS,
SECTIONS, WEIGHTS, AND MANUFACTURERS' TECHNICAL DATA ON FEATURES,
PERFORMANCE, ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS, RATINGS, AND FINISHES.
1.ENCLOSURE TYPES AND DETAILS FOR TYPES OTHER THAN NEMA 250, TYPE 1.
2.CURRENT AND VOLTAGE RATINGS.
3.SHORT-CIRCUIT CURRENT RATING.
4.FEATURES, CHARACTERISTICS, RATINGS, AND FACTORY SETTINGS OF INDIVIDUAL
OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES AND AUXILIARY COMPONENTS.
B.SHOP DRAWINGS: DIAGRAM POWER, SIGNAL, AND CONTROL WIRING.
C.MANUFACTURER SEISMIC QUALIFICATION CERTIFICATION: SUBMIT CERTIFICATION THAT
ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS, ACCESSORIES, AND COMPONENTS WILL
WITHSTAND SEISMIC FORCES DEFINED IN DIVISION 26 SECTION "VIBRATION AND SEISMIC
CONTROLS FOR ELECTRICAL WORK." INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING:
1.BASIS OF CERTIFICATION: INDICATE WHETHER WITHSTAND CERTIFICATION IS BASED
ON ACTUAL TEST OF ASSEMBLED COMPONENTS OR ON CALCULATION.
a.THE TERM "WITHSTAND" MEANS "THE UNIT WILL REMAIN IN PLACE WITHOUT
SEPARATION OF ANY PARTS FROM THE DEVICE WHEN SUBJECTED TO THE
SEISMIC FORCES SPECIFIED AND THE UNIT WILL BE FULLY OPERATIONAL AFTER
THE SEISMIC EVENT."
2.DIMENSIONED OUTLINE DRAWINGS OF EQUIPMENT UNIT: IDENTIFY CENTER OF
GRAVITY AND LOCATE AND DESCRIBE MOUNTING AND ANCHORAGE PROVISIONS.
3.DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF EQUIPMENT ANCHORAGE DEVICES ON WHICH THE
CERTIFICATION IS BASED AND THEIR INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS.
D.QUALIFICATION DATA: FOR TESTING AGENCY.
E.FIELD QUALITY-CONTROL TEST REPORTS INCLUDING THE FOLLOWING:
1.TEST PROCEDURES USED.
2.TEST RESULTS THAT COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS.
3.RESULTS OF FAILED TESTS AND CORRECTIVE ACTION TAKEN TO ACHIEVE TEST
RESULTS THAT COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS.
F.MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICE REPORT.
G.OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA: FOR ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT
BREAKERS TO INCLUDE IN EMERGENCY, OPERATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS. IN
ADDITION TO ITEMS SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 01 SECTIONS "PROJECT CLOSEOUT” AND
“OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA," INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING:
1.MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS FOR TESTING AND ADJUSTING
ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS.
2.TIME-CURRENT CURVES, INCLUDING SELECTABLE RANGES FOR EACH TYPE OF
CIRCUIT BREAKER.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.TESTING AGENCY QUALIFICATIONS: AN INDEPENDENT AGENCY, WITH THE EXPERIENCE
AND CAPABILITY TO CONDUCT THE TESTING INDICATED, THAT IS A MEMBER COMPANY OF
THE INTERNATIONAL ELECTRICAL TESTING ASSOCIATION OR IS A NATIONALLY
RECOGNIZED TESTING LABORATORY (NRTL) AS DEFINED BY OSHA IN 29 CFR 1910.7, AND
THAT IS ACCEPTABLE TO AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION.
1.TESTING AGENCY'S FIELD SUPERVISOR: PERSON CURRENTLY CERTIFIED BY THE
INTERNATIONAL ELECTRICAL TESTING ASSOCIATION OR THE NATIONAL INSTITUTE
FOR CERTIFICATION IN ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGIES TO SUPERVISE ON-SITE
TESTING SPECIFIED IN PART 3.
B.ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS, DEVICES, AND ACCESSORIES: LISTED AND LABELED AS
DEFINED IN CEC, ARTICLE 100, BY A TESTING AGENCY ACCEPTABLE TO AUTHORITIES
HAVING JURISDICTION, AND MARKED FOR INTENDED USE.
C.COMPLY WITH CEC.
D.PRODUCT SELECTION FOR RESTRICTED SPACE: DRAWINGS INDICATE MAXIMUM
DIMENSIONS FOR ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS, INCLUDING
CLEARANCES BETWEEN ENCLOSURES, AND ADJACENT SURFACES AND OTHER ITEMS.
COMPLY WITH INDICATED MAXIMUM DIMENSIONS.
E.STRUCTURAL SEISMIC PERFORMANCE: REFER TO DIVISION 26 SECTION “VIBRATION AND
SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS.”
1.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A.ENVIRONMENTAL LIMITATIONS: RATE EQUIPMENT FOR CONTINUOUS OPERATION UNDER
THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED:
1.AMBIENT TEMPERATURE: NOT LESS THAN MINUS 22°F AND NOT EXCEEDING 104°F.
2.ALTITUDE: NOT EXCEEDING 6600 FEET.
1.06 COORDINATION
A.COORDINATE LAYOUT AND INSTALLATION OF SWITCHES, CIRCUIT BREAKERS, AND
COMPONENTS WITH OTHER CONSTRUCTION, INCLUDING CONDUIT, PIPING, EQUIPMENT,
AND ADJACENT SURFACES. MAINTAIN REQUIRED WORKSPACE CLEARANCES AND
REQUIRED CLEARANCES FOR EQUIPMENT ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS.
1.07 EXTRA MATERIALS
A.FURNISH EXTRA MATERIALS DESCRIBED BELOW THAT MATCH PRODUCTS INSTALLED
AND THAT ARE PACKAGED WITH PROTECTIVE COVERING FOR STORAGE AND IDENTIFIED
WITH LABELS DESCRIBING CONTENTS.
1.SPARES: FOR THE FOLLOWING:
a.POTENTIAL TRANSFORMER FUSES: 4.
b.CONTROL-POWER FUSES: 4.
c.FUSES FOR FUSIBLE SWITCHES: 3.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A.IN OTHER PART 2 ARTICLES WHERE TITLES BELOW INTRODUCE LISTS, THE FOLLOWING
REQUIREMENTS APPLY TO PRODUCT SELECTION:
1.MANUFACTURERS: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, PROVIDE
PRODUCTS BY ONE OF THE MANUFACTURERS SPECIFIED.
2.OR EQUAL: WHERE PRODUCTS ARE SPECIFIED BY MANUFACTURERS NAME AND
ACCOMPANIED BY THE TERM "OR EQUAL", COMPLY WITH PROVISIONS IN DIVISION 01
SECTION “PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS”. SPECIFIC PROCEDURES MUST
BE FOLLOWED BEFORE USE OF AN UNNAMED PRODUCT OR MANUFACTURER.
2.02 FUSIBLE AND NONFUSIBLE SWITCHES
A.MANUFACTURERS:
1.EATON CORPORATION; CUTLER-HAMMER PRODUCTS.
2.GENERAL ELECTRIC CO.; ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION & CONTROL DIVISION.
3.SIEMENS ENERGY & AUTOMATION, INC.
4.SQUARE D/GROUP SCHNEIDER.
5.OR EQUAL.
B.FUSIBLE SWITCH, 600 A AND SMALLER: NEMA KS 1, TYPE HD, WITH CLIPS OR BOLT PADS
TO ACCOMMODATE SPECIFIED FUSES, LOCKABLE HANDLE WITH CAPABILITY TO ACCEPT
TWO PADLOCKS, AND INTERLOCKED WITH COVER IN CLOSED POSITION.
C.NONFUSIBLE SWITCH, 600 A AND SMALLER: NEMA KS 1, TYPE HD, LOCKABLE HANDLE
WITH CAPABILITY TO ACCEPT TWO PADLOCKS, AND INTERLOCKED WITH COVER IN
CLOSED POSITION.
D.ACCESSORIES:
1.EQUIPMENT GROUND KIT: INTERNALLY MOUNTED AND LABELED FOR COPPER
GROUND CONDUCTORS.
2.NEUTRAL KIT: INTERNALLY MOUNTED; INSULATED, CAPABLE OF BEING GROUNDED,
AND BONDED; AND LABELED FOR COPPER NEUTRAL CONDUCTORS.
3.AUXILIARY CONTACT KIT: AUXILIARY SET OF CONTACTS ARRANGED TO OPEN
BEFORE SWITCH BLADES OPEN.
2.03 FUSED POWER CIRCUIT DEVICES
A.BOLTED-PRESSURE CONTACT SWITCH: UL 977; OPERATING MECHANISM SHALL USE A
ROTARY-MECHANICAL-BOLTING ACTION TO PRODUCE AND MAINTAIN HIGH-CLAMPING
PRESSURE ON THE SWITCH BLADE AFTER IT ENGAGES THE STATIONARY CONTACTS.
1.MANUFACTURERS:
a.EATON CORPORATION; CUTLER-HAMMER PRODUCTS.
b.PRINGLE ELECTRICAL MFG. CO.
c.SIEMENS ENERGY & AUTOMATION, INC.
d.SQUARE D/GROUP SCHNEIDER.
e.OR EQUAL.
2.04 ENCLOSURES
A.NEMA AB 1 AND NEMA KS 1 TO MEET ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS OF INSTALLED
LOCATION.
1.OUTDOOR LOCATIONS: NEMA 250, TYPE 3R.
2.KITCHEN AREAS: NEMA 250, TYPE 4X, STAINLESS STEEL.
3.OTHER WET OR DAMP INDOOR LOCATIONS: NEMA 250, TYPE 4.
4.HAZARDOUS AREAS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS: NEMA 250, TYPE 7C.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A.EXAMINE ELEMENTS AND SURFACES TO RECEIVE ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT
BREAKERS FOR COMPLIANCE WITH INSTALLATION TOLERANCES AND OTHER
CONDITIONS AFFECTING PERFORMANCE.
B.PROCEED WITH INSTALLATION ONLY AFTER UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN
CORRECTED.3.02 CONCRETE BASES
C.COORDINATE SIZE AND LOCATION OF CONCRETE BASES. VERIFY STRUCTURAL
REQUIREMENTS WITH STRUCTURAL ENGINEER.
D.CONCRETE BASE IS SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 26 SECTION "COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR
ELECTRICAL," AND CONCRETE MATERIALS AND INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS ARE
SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 03.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A.COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE PORTIONS OF NECA 1, NEMA PB 1.1, AND NEMA PB 2.1 FOR
INSTALLATION OF ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS.
B.MOUNT INDIVIDUAL WALL-MOUNTING SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS WITH TOPS AT
UNIFORM HEIGHT, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. ANCHOR FLOOR-MOUNTING
SWITCHES TO CONCRETE BASE.
C.<COMPLY WITH MOUNTING AND ANCHORING REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 26
SECTION "VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS.">
D.TEMPORARY LIFTING PROVISIONS: REMOVE TEMPORARY LIFTING EYES, CHANNELS, AND
BRACKETS AND TEMPORARY BLOCKING OF MOVING PARTS FROM ENCLOSURES AND
COMPONENTS.
3.03 IDENTIFICATION
A.IDENTIFY FIELD-INSTALLED CONDUCTORS, INTERCONNECTING WIRING, AND
COMPONENTS; PROVIDE WARNING SIGNS AS SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 26 SECTION
"COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL” AND IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL
SYSTEMS."
B.ENCLOSURE NAMEPLATES: LABEL EACH ENCLOSURE WITH ENGRAVED METAL OR
LAMINATED-PLASTIC NAMEPLATE AS SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 26 SECTION “IDENTIFICATION
FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS".
3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICE: ENGAGE A FACTORY-AUTHORIZED SERVICE
REPRESENTATIVE TO INSPECT TEST, AND ADJUST FIELD-ASSEMBLED COMPONENTS AND
EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION, INCLUDING CONNECTIONS, AND TO ASSIST IN FIELD TESTING.
REPORT RESULTS IN WRITING.
1.INSPECT MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS.
2.VERIFY SWITCH AND RELAY TYPE AND LABELING VERIFICATION.
3.VERIFY RATING OF INSTALLED FUSES.
4.INSPECT PROPER INSTALLATION OF TYPE, SIZE, QUANTITY, AND ARRANGEMENT OF
MOUNTING OR ANCHORAGE DEVICES COMPLYING WITH MANUFACTURER'S
CERTIFICATION.
B.PERFORM THE FOLLOWING FIELD TESTS AND INSPECTIONS AND PREPARE TEST
REPORTS:
1.TEST MOUNTING AND ANCHORAGE DEVICES IN ACCORDANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS
IN< DIVISION 26 SECTION "VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR ELECTRICAL
WORK".
2.PERFORM EACH ELECTRICAL TEST AND VISUAL AND MECHANICAL INSPECTION
STATED IN NETA ATS, SECTION 7.5 FOR SWITCHES AND SECTION 7.6 FOR
MOLDED-CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS. CERTIFY COMPLIANCE WITH TEST PARAMETERS.
3.CORRECT MALFUNCTIONING UNITS ON-SITE, WHERE POSSIBLE, AND RETEST TO
DEMONSTRATE COMPLIANCE; OTHERWISE, REPLACE WITH NEW UNITS AND RETEST.
4.INFRARED SCANNING:
a.INITIAL INFRARED SCANNING: AFTER SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION, BUT NOT MORE
THAN 60 DAYS AFTER FINAL ACCEPTANCE, PERFORM AN INFRARED SCAN OF
EACH ENCLOSED SWITCH AND CIRCUIT BREAKER. OPEN OR REMOVE DOORS OR
PANELS SO CONNECTIONS ARE ACCESSIBLE TO PORTABLE SCANNER.
b.FOLLOW-UP INFRARED SCANNING: PERFORM AN ADDITIONAL FOLLOW-UP
INFRARED SCAN OF EACH UNIT 11 MONTHS AFTER DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL
COMPLETION.
c.INSTRUMENTS, EQUIPMENT AND REPORTS:
1)USE AN INFRARED SCANNING DEVICE DESIGNED TO MEASURE TEMPERATURE
OR TO DETECT SIGNIFICANT DEVIATIONS FROM NORMAL VALUES. PROVIDE
CALIBRATION RECORD FOR DEVICE.
2)PREPARE A CERTIFIED REPORT THAT IDENTIFIES ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND
CIRCUIT BREAKERS INCLUDED AND DESCRIBES SCANNING RESULTS.
INCLUDE NOTATION OF DEFICIENCIES DETECTED, REMEDIAL ACTION TAKEN,
AND OBSERVATIONS AFTER REMEDIAL ACTION.
3.05 ADJUSTING
A.SET FIELD-ADJUSTABLE SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT-BREAKER TRIP RANGES.
3.06 CLEANING
A.ON COMPLETION OF INSTALLATION, VACUUM DIRT AND DEBRIS FROM INTERIORS; DO
NOT USE COMPRESSED AIR TO ASSIST IN CLEANING.
SECTION 26 5103
INTERIOR SOLID STATE LIGHTING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
B.SECTION INCLUDES:
1.INTERIOR SOLID STATE LIGHTING (SSL) LUMINAIRES, LEDS, AND DRIVERS.
2.LIGHTING FIXTURE SUPPORTS.
1.02 DEFINITIONS
A.CCT: CORRELATED COLOR TEMPERATURE.
B.CRI: COLOR-RENDERING INDEX.
C.LED: LIGHT EMITTING DIODE.
D.LER: LUMINAIRE EFFICACY RATING.
E.LUMEN: MEASURED OUTPUT OF LAMP AND LUMINAIRE.
F.LPW: LUMENS PER WATT.
G.LUMINAIRE: COMPLETE LIGHTING FIXTURE, INCLUDING DRIVER.
1.03 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A.PRODUCT DATA: FOR EACH TYPE OF LIGHTING FIXTURE, ARRANGED OF FIXTURE
DESIGNATION. INCLUDE DATA ON FEATURES, ACCESSORIES, FINISHES, AND THE
FOLLOWING:
1.PHYSICAL DESCRIPTION OF LIGHTING FIXTURE INCLUDING DIMENSIONS.
2.ENERGY-EFFICIENCY DATA.
3.LIFE, OUTPUT (LUMENS, CCT, AND CRI), AND ENERGY-EFFICIENCY DATA FOR SSL.
4.PHOTOMETRIC DATA AND ADJUSTMENT FACTORS BASED ON LABORATORY TESTS,
COMPLYING WITH IESNA LIGHTING MEASUREMENTS TESTING & CALCULATION
GUIDES, OF EACH LIGHTING FIXTURE TYPE.
a.MANUFACTURER CERTIFIED DATA: PHOTOMETRIC DATA SHALL BE CERTIFIED BY
A MANUFACTURER'S LABORATORY WITH A CURRENT ACCREDITATION UNDER THE
NATIONAL VOLUNTARY LABORATORY ACCREDITATION PROGRAM FOR ENERGY
EFFICIENT LIGHTING PRODUCTS.
B.PROIVE LIGHTING CONTROL SAMPLES: FOR EACH LIGHTING FIXTURE INDICATED IN THE
INTERIOR LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE. EACH SAMPLE SHALL INCLUDE A COMPLETE
LUMINAIRE OR LAMP.
C.INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS.
1.04 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A.FIELD QUALITY-CONTROL REPORTS.
B.WARRANTY: SAMPLE OF SPECIAL OR EXTENDED WARRANTY.
C.SSL LUMINAIRE - IES LM-79 TEST REPORT: SUBMIT TEST REPORT ON MANUFACTURER'S
STANDARD PRODUCTION MODEL LUMINAIRE.
D.LED LIGHT SOURCE - IES LM-80 TEST REPORT: SUBMIT REPORT ON MANUFACTURER'S
STANDARD PRODUCTION LED PACKAGE, ARRAY, OR MODULE.
1.05 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A.OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA: FOR LIGHTING LUMINAIRES TO INCLUDE IN
OPERATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS.
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.LAMPS SHALL BE LISTED ON THE SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA EDISON LIST OF APPROVED
LAMP MANUFACTURERS, ENERGY STAR (ES) APPROVED LAMPS AND FIXTURE LISTS AT
FOLLOWING WEBSITE:
HTTP://WWW.ENERGYSTAR.GOV/PRODUCTFINDER/PRODUCT/CERTIFIED-LIGHT-BULBS
HTTP://WWW.ENERGYSTAR.GOV/PRODUCTFINDER/PRODUCT/CERTIFIED-LIGHT-FIXTURES/RESULTS
OR THE DESIGNLIGHTS™ CONSORTIUM (DLC) QUALIFIED PRODUCTS LIST WHICH IS
AVAILABLE AT THE FOLLOWING WEBSITE
HTTP://WWW.DESIGNLIGHTS.ORG/SOLIDSTATE.ABOUT.QUALIFIEDPRODUCTSLIST_PUBLICV2.PHP.
B.THE OWNER HAS ENDEAVORED TO PROVIDE THE MOST ENERGY LIGHT SOURCE AND
LOWER LIFE CYCLE COST LAMPS AND LUMINARIES. THE OWNER NO LONGER ALLOWS
THE USE OF FLUORESCENT TUBES, U-TUBE LAMPS, METAL HALIDE, HIGH OR LOW
PRESSURE SODIUM OR INCANDESCENT LAMPS. USE OF SSL IS THE OWNER'S STANDARD.
C.LUMINAIRE PHOTOMETRIC DATA TESTING LABORATORY QUALIFICATIONS: PROVIDED BY
MANUFACTURERS' LABORATORIES THAT ARE ACCREDITED UNDER THE NATIONAL
VOLUNTEER LABORATORY ACCREDITATION PROGRAM FOR ENERGY EFFICIENT LIGHTING
PRODUCTS.
D.ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS, DEVICES, AND ACCESSORIES: LISTED AND LABELED AS
DEFINED IN CALIFORNIA ELECTRIC CODE BY A QUALIFIED TESTING AGENCY, AND
MARKED FOR INTENDED LOCATION AND APPLICATION.
E.UL COMPLIANCE: LIGHTING FIXTURES FOR HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS SHALL BE LISTED
AND LABELED FOR INDICATED CLASS AND DIVISION BY UL.
F.SSL LIGHT FIXTURES SHALL BE REDUCTION OF HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES
(ROHS)-COMPLIANT.
G.STRUCTURAL SEISMIC PERFORMANCE: REFER TO DIVISION 26 SECTION “VIBRATION AND
SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS.”
1.07 COORDINATION
A.COORDINATE LAYOUT AND INSTALLATION OF LIGHTING FIXTURES AND SUSPENSION
SYSTEM WITH OTHER CONSTRUCTION THAT PENETRATES CEILINGS OR IS SUPPORTED
BY THEM, INCLUDING HVAC EQUIPMENT, FIRE-SUPPRESSION SYSTEM, AND PARTITION
ASSEMBLIES.
1.08 WARRANTY
A.SPECIAL WARRANTY FOR EMERGENCY LIGHTING BATTERIES: MANUFACTURER'S
STANDARD FORM IN WHICH MANUFACTURER OF BATTERY-POWERED EMERGENCY
LIGHTING UNIT AGREES TO REPAIR OR REPLACE COMPONENTS OF RECHARGEABLE
BATTERIES THAT FAIL IN MATERIALS OR WORKMANSHIP WITHIN SPECIFIED WARRANTY
PERIOD.
1.WARRANTY PERIOD FOR EMERGENCY LIGHTING UNIT BATTERIES: 10 YEARS FROM
DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. FULL WARRANTY SHALL APPLY FOR FIRST
YEAR, AND PRORATED WARRANTY FOR THE REMAINING NINE YEARS.
B.LED LUMINAIRES: SUBMIT A WARRANTY, EXECUTED BY THE INSTALLER AGREEING TO
INSTALL REPLACEMENT LED LUMINARIES THAT FAIL WITHIN TWO YEARS, BEGINNING ON
THE DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. THIS WARRANTY IS IN ADDITION TO, AND NOT
A LIMITATION OF, OTHER RIGHTS AND REMEDIES THE OWNER MAY HAVE UNDER THE
CONTRACTED DOCUMENTS.
C.SPECIAL WARRANTY: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD FORM IN WHICH MANUFACTURER
AGREES TO REPAIR OR REPLACE LUMINAIRES OR COMPONENTS OF LUMINAIRES,
DIODES, DRIVERS AND LAMPS THAT FAIL IN MATERIALS OR WORKMANSHIP; CORRODE;
OR FADE, WITHIN SPECIFIED WARRANTY PERIOD IN THE FIXTURE SCHEDULE.
MANUFACTURER MAY EXCLUDE LIGHTNING DAMAGE, VANDALISM, ABUSE, OR
UNAUTHORIZED REPAIRS OR ALTERATIONS FROM SPECIAL WARRANTY COVERAGE.
1.LUMEN MAINTENANCE VALUE FOR THE PRODUCT SHALL NOT FALL BELOW 70% OF
THE LUMEN MAINTENANCE VALUE SPECIFIED.
2.FINISH WARRANTY SHALL INCLUDE WARRANTY AGAINST FAILURE AND AGAINST
SUBSTANTIAL DETERIORATION SUCH AS BLISTERING, CRACKING, PEELING,
CHALKING, OR FADING.
3.MATERIAL WARRANTY SHALL INCLUDE:
a.POWER SUPPLY UNITS (DRIVERS).
b.REPLACEMENT WHEN MORE THAN 10 PERCENT OF LED SOURCES IN ANY LIGHT
BAR OR SUBASSEMBLY(S) ARE DEFECTIVE OR NON-STARTING.
4.WARRANTY PERIOD MUST BEGIN ON DATE OF BENEFICIAL OCCUPANCY.
CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE SIGNED WARRANTY
CERTIFICATES.
D.EXTENDED WARRANTY FOR LED LAMPS:
1.PROVIDE A MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN 10 YEAR REPLACEMENT WARRANTY FOR
MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP.
2.LUMEN MAINTENANCE VALUE FOR THE PRODUCT SHALL NOT FALL BELOW 70% OF
THE LUMEN MAINTENANCE VALUE SPECIFIED.
3.MATERIAL WARRANTY SHALL INCLUDE:
a.POWER SUPPLY UNITS (DRIVERS).
b.REPLACEMENT WHEN MORE THAN 10 PERCENT OF LED SOURCES IN ANY
LIGHTBAR OR SUBASSEMBLY(S) ARE DEFECTIVE OR NON-STARTING.
4.WARRANTY PERIOD MUST BEGIN ON DATE OF BENEFICIAL OCCUPANCY.
CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE SIGNED WARRANTY
CERTIFICATES.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A.IN OTHER PART 2 ARTICLES WHERE TITLES BELOW INTRODUCE LISTS, THE FOLLOWING
REQUIREMENTS APPLY TO PRODUCT SELECTION:
1.PRODUCTS: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, PROVIDE PRODUCTS
BY ONE OF THE MANUFACTURERS SPECIFIED.
2.OR EQUAL: WHERE PRODUCTS ARE SPECIFIED BY MANUFACTURERS NAME AND
ACCOMPANIED BY THE TERM "OR EQUAL", COMPLY WITH PROVISIONS IN DIVISION 01.
SPECIFIC PROCEDURES MUST BE FOLLOWED BEFORE USE OF AN UNNAMED
PRODUCT OR MANUFACTURER.
2.02 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR LIGHTING FIXTURES AND COMPONENTS
A.RECESSED FIXTURES: COMPLY WITH NEMA LE 4 FOR CEILING COMPATIBILITY FOR
RECESSED FIXTURES.
B.METAL PARTS: FREE OF BURRS AND SHARP CORNERS AND EDGES.
C.SHEET METAL COMPONENTS: STEEL UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. FORM AND
SUPPORT TO PREVENT WARPING AND SAGGING.
D.DOORS, FRAMES, AND OTHER INTERNAL ACCESS: SMOOTH OPERATING, FREE OF LIGHT
LEAKAGE UNDER OPERATING CONDITIONS, AND DESIGNED TO PERMIT ACCESS TO
COMPONENTS WITHOUT USE OF TOOLS. DESIGNED TO PREVENT DOORS, FRAMES,
LENSES, DIFFUSERS, AND OTHER COMPONENTS FROM FALLING ACCIDENTALLY WHEN
SECURED IN OPERATING POSITION.
E.DIFFUSERS AND GLOBES:
1.ACRYLIC LIGHTING DIFFUSERS: 100 PERCENT VIRGIN ACRYLIC PLASTIC. HIGH
RESISTANCE TO YELLOWING AND OTHER CHANGES DUE TO AGING, EXPOSURE TO
HEAT, AND UV RADIATION.
a.LENS THICKNESS: ⅛ INCH, MINIMUM, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.
b.UV STABILIZED.
2.GLASS: ANNEALED CRYSTAL GLASS UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.
2.03 SOLID STATE LIGHTING LUMINAIRES
A.PROVIDE LUMINAIRES AS INDICATED IN LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE OR DETAILS ON
PROJECT PLANS. PROVIDE LUMINAIRES COMPLETE WITH LIGHT SOURCES OF QUANTITY,
TYPE, AND WATTAGE INDICATED. LUMINAIRES OF THE SAME TYPE SHALL BE PROVIDED
BY THE SAME MANUFACTURER.
B.GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
1.SSL LUMINAIRE HOUSINGS SHALL BE DIE CAST OR EXTRUDED ALUMINUM
2.SSL LUMINAIRES SHALL BE RATED FOR OPERATION WITHIN AN AMBIENT
TEMPERATURE RANGE OF MINUS 22 DEGREES F TO 104°F.
3.LUMINAIRES SHALL BE UL LISTED FOR WET LOCATIONS PER UL 1598 IF INDICATED.
4.SSL LUMINAIRES SHALL PRODUCE A MINIMUM EFFICACY AS SHOWN IN SCHEDULE OR
SPECIFIED, TESTED PER IES LM-79. THEORETICAL MODELS OF INITIAL RAW LED
LUMENS PER WATT ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE.
5.LUMINAIRES SHALL HAVE IES DISTRIBUTION AND NEMA FIELD ANGLE
CLASSIFICATIONS AS INDICATED IN LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE ON PROJECT PLANS PER
IES HB-10.
6.HOUSING FINISH SHALL BE BAKED-ON ENAMEL, ANODIZED, OR BAKED-ON POWDER
COAT PAINT.
7.LUMINAIRES SHALL BE FULLY ASSEMBLED AND ELECTRICALLY TESTED PRIOR TO
SHIPMENT FROM FACTORY.
8.THE FINISH COLOR SHALL BE AS INDICATED IN THE LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE OR DETAIL
ON THE PROJECT PLANS.
9.LUMINAIRES SHALL HAVE A NAMEPLATE BEARING THE MANUFACTURER'S NAME,
ADDRESS, MODEL NUMBER, DATE OF MANUFACTURE, AND SERIAL NUMBER
SECURELY AFFIXED IN A CONSPICUOUS PLACE. THE NAMEPLATE OF THE
DISTRIBUTING AGENT WILL NOT BE ACCEPTABLE.
C.LED LIGHT SOURCES
1.CCT SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEMA ANSLG C78.377: NOMINAL CCT: 3,500
DEGREES K.
2.CRI SHALL BE: GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 90 FOR 3,500 DEGREES K LIGHT
SOURCES.
3.COLOR CONSISTENCY: MANUFACTURER SHALL USE A MAXIMUM 4-STEP MACADAM
ELLIPSE BINNING TOLERANCE FOR COLOR CONSISTENCY OF LEDS USED IN
LUMINAIRES.
D.LED DRIVERS SHALL MEET UL 1310 AND THE FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS:
1.MINIMUM EFFICIENCY SHALL BE 85 PERCENT.
2.DRIVE CURRENT TO EACH INDIVIDUAL LED SHALL NOT EXCEED 600 MA, PLUS OR
MINUS 10 PERCENT.
3.SHALL BE RATED TO OPERATE BETWEEN AMBIENT TEMPERATURES OF MINUS 22°F
AND 104°F
4.SHALL BE DESIGNED TO OPERATE ON THE VOLTAGE SYSTEM TO WHICH THEY ARE
CONNECTED, TYPICALLY RANGING FROM 120 V TO 480 V NOMINAL.
5.OPERATING FREQUENCY SHALL BE: 60 HZ.
6.POWER FACTOR (PF) SHALL BE GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 0.90.
7.TOTAL HARMONIC DISTORTION (THD) CURRENT SHALL BE LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO
20 PERCENT.
8.SHALL MEET REQUIREMENTS OF 47 CFR 15, CLASS B.
9.SHALL BE ROHS-COMPLIANT.
10.SHALL BE MOUNTED INTEGRAL TO LUMINAIRE. REMOTE MOUNTING OF POWER
SUPPLY IS NOT ALLOWED.
11.DRIVERS WHERE APPROPRIATE SHALL BE UL LISTED WITH A SOUND RATING OF A.
12.SHALL BE DIMMABLE WHERE INDICATED, AND COMPATIBLE WITH A STANDARD
DIMMING CONTROL CIRCUIT OF 0 - 10V OR OTHER APPROVED DIMMING SYSTEM.
13.SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH OVER-TEMPERATURE PROTECTION CIRCUIT THAT TURNS
LIGHT SOURCE OFF UNTIL NORMAL OPERATING TEMPERATURE IS ACHIEVED.
E.LED LUMINAIRE SURGE PROTECTION
1.PROVIDE SURGE PROTECTION INTEGRAL TO LUMINAIRE TO MEET C LOW
WAVEFORMS AS DEFINED BY IEEE C62.41.2, SCENARIO 1, AND LOCATION CATEGORY
C.
2.04 LIGHTING FIXTURE SUPPORT COMPONENTS
A.COMPLY WITH CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE FOR CHANNEL- AND ANGLE-IRON SUPPORTS
AND NONMETALLIC CHANNEL AND ANGLE SUPPORTS.
B.SINGLE-STEM HANGERS: ½-INCH STEEL TUBING WITH SWIVEL BALL FITTINGS AND
CEILING CANOPY. FINISH SAME AS FIXTURE.
C.TWIN-STEM HANGERS: TWO, ½-INCH STEEL TUBES WITH SINGLE CANOPY DESIGNED TO
MOUNT A SINGLE FIXTURE. FINISH SAME AS FIXTURE.
D.WIRES: ASTM A641, CLASS 3, SOFT TEMPER, ZINC-COATED STEEL, 12 GAUGE SIZE.
E.WIRES FOR HUMID SPACES: ASTM A 580/A 580M, COMPOSITION 302 OR 304, ANNEALED
STAINLESS STEEL, 12 GAUGE.
F.ROD HANGERS: 3/16-INCH MINIMUM DIAMETER, CADMIUM-PLATED, THREADED STEEL
ROD.
G.HOOK HANGERS: INTEGRATED ASSEMBLY MATCHED TO FIXTURE AND LINE VOLTAGE
AND EQUIPPED WITH THREADED ATTACHMENT, CORD, AND LOCKING-TYPE PLUG.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A.LIGHTING FIXTURES:
1.SET LEVEL, PLUMB, AND SQUARE WITH CEILINGS AND WALLS UNLESS OTHERWISE
INDICATED.
2.INSTALL DIODES IN EACH LUMINAIRE.
B.TEMPORARY LIGHTING: IF IT IS NECESSARY, AND APPROVED BY OWNER'S
REPRESENTATIVE, TO USE PERMANENT LUMINAIRES FOR TEMPORARY LIGHTING,
INSTALL AND ENERGIZE THE MINIMUM NUMBER OF LUMINAIRES NECESSARY. WHEN
CONSTRUCTION IS SUFFICIENTLY COMPLETE, DISASSEMBLE LUMINAIRES USED DURING
CONSTRUCTION, AND CLEAN THOROUGHLY.
C.LAY-IN CEILING LIGHTING FIXTURES SUPPORTS: USE GRID AS A SUPPORT ELEMENT.
1.INSTALL CEILING SUPPORT SYSTEM RODS OR WIRES, INDEPENDENT OF THE CEILING
SUSPENSION DEVICES, FOR EACH FIXTURE. LOCATE NOT MORE THAN 6 INCHES
FROM LIGHTING FIXTURE CORNERS.
2.SUPPORT CLIPS: FASTEN TO LIGHTING FIXTURES AND TO CEILING GRID MEMBERS AT
OR NEAR EACH FIXTURE CORNER WITH CLIPS THAT ARE UL LISTED FOR THE
APPLICATION.
3.FIXTURES OF SIZES LESS THAN CEILING GRID: INSTALL AS INDICATED ON REFLECTED
CEILING PLANS OR CENTER IN ACOUSTICAL PANEL, AND SUPPORT FIXTURES
INDEPENDENTLY WITH AT LEAST TWO 3/4-INCH METAL CHANNELS SPANNING AND
SECURED TO CEILING TEES.
4.INSTALL AT LEAST ONE INDEPENDENT SUPPORT ROD OR WIRE FROM STRUCTURE TO
A TAB ON LIGHTING FIXTURE. WIRE OR ROD SHALL HAVE BREAKING STRENGTH OF
THE WEIGHT OF FIXTURE AT A SAFETY FACTOR OF 3.
D.SUSPENDED LIGHTING FIXTURE SUPPORT:
1.PENDANTS AND RODS: WHERE LONGER THAN 48 INCHES, BRACE TO LIMIT SWINGING.
2.STEM-MOUNTED, SINGLE-UNIT FIXTURES: SUSPEND WITH TWIN-STEM HANGERS.
3.CONTINUOUS ROWS: USE TUBING OR STEM FOR WIRING AT ONE POINT AND TUBING
OR ROD FOR SUSPENSION FOR EACH UNIT LENGTH OF FIXTURE CHASSIS, INCLUDING
ONE AT EACH END.
4.DO NOT USE GRID AS SUPPORT FOR PENDANT LUMINAIRES. CONNECT SUPPORT
WIRES OR RODS TO BUILDING STRUCTURE.
E.CONNECT WIRING IN ACCORDANCE WITH CALIFORNIA ELECTRIC CODE.
3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.TEST FOR EMERGENCY LIGHTING: INTERRUPT POWER SUPPLY TO DEMONSTRATE
PROPER OPERATION. VERIFY TRANSFER FROM NORMAL POWER TO EMERGENCY
POWER AND RETRANSFER TO NORMAL.
B.PREPARE A WRITTEN REPORT OF TESTS, INSPECTIONS, OBSERVATIONS, AND
VERIFICATIONS INDICATING AND INTERPRETING RESULTS. IF ADJUSTMENTS ARE MADE
TO LIGHTING SYSTEM, RETEST TO DEMONSTRATE COMPLIANCE WITH STANDARDS.
3.03 HAZARDOUS LAMP DISPOSAL
A.HAZARDOUS LAMPS SHALL BE REMOVED FROM FIXTURES AND DISPOSED PER CITY
REQUIREMENTS.
B.COMPLY WITH ADDITIONAL INFORMATION AT THE CITY WEBSITE FOR CONSTRUCTION
RELATED HAZARDOUS WASTE GUIDELINES.
C.AS A CONTRACTOR OPTION, BOX UP AND TRANSPORT THE HAZARDOUS LAMPS TO THE
CITY'S HAZARDOUS WASTE FACILITY.
SECTION 26 0563
ELECTRICAL TESTING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A.SECTION INCLUDES GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL FIELD TESTING AND
INSPECTING. DETAILED REQUIREMENTS ARE SPECIFIED IN EACH SECTION CONTAINING
COMPONENTS THAT REQUIRE TESTING. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS INCLUDE THE
FOLLOWING:
1.QUALIFICATIONS OF TESTING AGENCIES AND THEIR PERSONNEL.
2.SUITABILITY OF TEST EQUIPMENT.
3.CALIBRATION OF TEST INSTRUMENTS.
4.COORDINATION REQUIREMENTS FOR TESTING AND INSPECTING.
5.REPORTING REQUIREMENTS FOR TESTING AND INSPECTING.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.TESTING AGENCY QUALIFICATIONS: AS SPECIFIED IN EACH SECTION CONTAINING
ELECTRICAL TESTING REQUIREMENTS AND IN SUBPARAGRAPH AND ASSOCIATED
SUBPARAGRAPH BELOW.
1.INDEPENDENT TESTING AGENCIES: INDEPENDENT OF MANUFACTURERS, SUPPLIERS,
AND INSTALLERS OF COMPONENTS TO BE TESTED OR INSPECTED.
a.TESTING AGENCY'S FIELD SUPERVISOR FOR POWER COMPONENT TESTING:
PERSON CURRENTLY CERTIFIED BY THE INTERNATIONAL ELECTRICAL TESTING
ASSOCIATION OR THE NATIONAL INSTITUTE FOR CERTIFICATION IN ENGINEERING
TECHNOLOGIES TO SUPERVISE ON-SITE TESTING SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 26
POWER COMPONENT SECTIONS.
B.TEST EQUIPMENT SUITABILITY: COMPLY WITH NETA ATS, SECTION 5.2.
C.TEST EQUIPMENT CALIBRATION: COMPLY WITH NETA ATS, SECTION 5.3.
PART 2 - NOT USED
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
A.IF A GROUP OF TESTS ARE SPECIFIED TO BE PERFORMED BY AN INDEPENDENT TESTING
AGENCY, PREPARE SYSTEMS, EQUIPMENT, AND COMPONENTS FOR TESTS AND
INSPECTIONS, AND PERFORM PRELIMINARY TESTS TO ENSURE THAT SYSTEMS,
EQUIPMENT, AND COMPONENTS ARE READY FOR INDEPENDENT AGENCY TESTING.
INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING MINIMUM PREPARATIONS AS APPROPRIATE:
1.PERFORM INSULATION-RESISTANCE TESTS.
2.PERFORM CONTINUITY TESTS.
3.PERFORM ROTATION TEST (FOR MOTORS TO BE TESTED).
4.PROVIDE A STABLE SOURCE OF SINGLE-PHASE, 208/120-V ELECTRICAL POWER FOR
TEST INSTRUMENTATION AT EACH TEST LOCATION.
B.TEST AND INSPECTION REPORTS: IN ADDITION TO REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED
ELSEWHERE, REPORT THE FOLLOWING:
1.MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN TESTING AND INSPECTING INSTRUCTIONS.
2.CALIBRATION AND ADJUSTMENT SETTINGS OF ADJUSTABLE AND INTERCHANGEABLE
DEVICES INVOLVED IN TESTS.
3.TABULATION OF EXPECTED MEASUREMENT RESULTS MADE BEFORE
MEASUREMENTS.
4.TABULATION OF "AS-FOUND" AND "AS-LEFT" MEASUREMENT AND OBSERVATION
RESULTS.
Sheet No.
Project
Agency Plan Check / Permit No.
Petersen Design Project No.
Consultant
5082.1
652 East Dyer Drive
Santa Ana, CA 92705
DYER WAREHOUSE
Staging & Set-Up Space
Tenant Improvements
Sheet Title
Revision / Submittal History
Scale
Status
.
architecture + planning
Agency Approval
Petersen Design Architects, Inc.
17582 Fiesta Way, Tustin, CA 92780
M: 714.904.6720 E: mike@mpdarch.com
www.mpdarch.com
Architect's Stamp
.
255 E. Rincon St., Suite 301
Corona, CA 92879
P 951.340.1977 | F 951.340.1090
www.gossengineering.com
CALOFI
GI
RE
NG
A
E
S
No. E17083
T
E
ET
SAT L CE A
F
RIC L
ORNI
EPR
RAET
RED D.D
OF ONABR
L
SSI
NE
RE
IWD
UT
HCE
Project Number: 125-09-07
Date Signed 01-09-2026
1 01/09/2026 PLAN CHECK RESUBMITTAL
ELECTRICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
E7.3
SECTION 28 3111
DIGITAL ADDRESSABLE FIRE-ALARM SYSTEM
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A.SECTION INCLUDES:
1.FIRE ALARM CONTROL UNIT.
2.MANUAL FIRE ALARM BOXES.
3.ANALOG SENSORS.
4.CONVENTIONAL DETECTORS.
5.MISCELLANEOUS DETECTION.
6.ADDRESSABLE MODULES.
7.NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES.
8.ADDRESSABLE INTERFACE MODULES.
1.02 DEFINITIONS
A.DEFINITIONS IN NFPA 72 AND UL 864 ARE INCLUSIVE TO THIS SECTION.
B.LED: LIGHT-EMITTING DIODE.
C.NICET: NATIONAL INSTITUTE FOR CERTIFICATION IN ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGIES.
D.FACP: MAIN FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL.
E.MINIPLEX: REMOTE INPUT/OUTPUT PANEL CONNECTED TO A FACP VIA REMOTE UNIT
INTERFACE.
F.TPS: AN ADDRESSABLE NOTIFICATION POWER SUPPLY MOUNTED IN AN FACP
ENCLOSURE.
G.RPS: REMOTE POWER SUPPLY FOR CONVENTIONAL HORNS AND STROBES.
1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A.NON-CODED, UL 864 9TH EDITION, UL-CERTIFIED ANALOG-ADDRESSABLE SYSTEM WITH
AUTOMATIC SENSITIVITY CONTROL OF SYSTEM SMOKE DETECTORS AT THE MAIN PANEL
AND THE GCC.
1.04 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A.COMPLY WITH NFPA 72.
B.UL LISTED AND LABELED.
C.ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS, DEVICES, AND ACCESSORIES: LISTED AND LABELED AS
DEFINED IN NFPA 70, BY A QUALIFIED TESTING AGENCY, AND MARKED FOR INTENDED
LOCATION AND APPLICATION.
D.SEISMIC PERFORMANCE FACP AND RACEWAYS SHALL WITHSTAND THE EFFECTS OF
EARTHQUAKE MOTIONS DETERMINED ACCORDING TO THE VIBRATION AND SEISMIC
CONTROLS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEM SPECIFICATION SECTION.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A.GENERAL SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS:
1.SUBMITTALS: PRODUCT DATA AND SYSTEM OPERATING DESCRIPTION.
2.SUBMITTALS TO AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION: IN ADDITION TO DISTRIBUTION
REQUIREMENTS FOR SUBMITTALS, MAKE AN IDENTICAL SUBMITTAL TO AUTHORITIES
HAVING JURISDICTION. TO FACILITATE REVIEW, INCLUDE COPIES OF ANNOTATED
CONTRACT DRAWINGS AS NEEDED TO DEPICT COMPONENT LOCATIONS.
3.SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL BE PREPARED BY PERSONS WITH THE FOLLOWING
QUALIFICATIONS:
a.TRAINED AND CERTIFIED BY MANUFACTURER IN FIRE ALARM SYSTEM DESIGN.
b.FIRE ALARM CERTIFIED BY NICET, MINIMUM LEVEL II.
B.PRODUCT DATA:
1.PROVIDE MANUFACTURES DATA SHEETS AND SFM LISTING SHEETS FOR ALL
PRODUCTS.
C.SHOP DRAWINGS:
1.FIRE ALARM SYSTEM:
a.INCLUDE PLANS, ELEVATIONS, SECTIONS, DETAILS, RISER DIAGRAMS GENERAL
NOTES, LOCATION, SCOPE OF THE WORK AND ATTACHMENTS TO OTHER WORK.
b.SYSTEM OPERATION DESCRIPTION: DETAILED DESCRIPTION FOR THIS PROJECT,
INCLUDING METHOD OF OPERATION AND SUPERVISION OF EACH TYPE OF
CIRCUIT AND SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS FOR MANUALLY AND AUTOMATICALLY
INITIATED SYSTEM INPUTS AND OUTPUTS. MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD
DESCRIPTIONS FOR GENERIC SYSTEMS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE.
c.COMPLY WITH RECOMMENDATIONS IN THE “DOCUMENTATION” SECTION OF THE
“FUNDAMENTALS OF FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS” CHAPTER IN NFPA 72.
d.INCLUDE VOLTAGE DROP CALCULATIONS FOR ALL NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE
CIRCUIT.
1)WORST CASE ONLY CALCULATIONS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE.
e.INCLUDE BATTERY-SIZE CALCULATION(S) WITH STAND-BY AND ALARM LOADS FOR
ALL COMPONENTS.
f.INCLUDE ELECTRICAL PANEL AND CIRCUIT NUMBER FOR ALL 120VAC SOURCES.
g.DEVICE ADDRESS:
1)SHOW THE ADDRESS FOR EACH ADDRESSABLE DEVICE SHOWN ON THE
PLANS.
2)COORDINATE CUSTOM DEVICE LABEL WITH DCFM PRIOR TO PROGRAMMING
LABELS.
h.SYSTEM RISER DIAGRAM: SHOW ALL EQUIPMENT, TERMINAL CANS, DEVICES,
CONDUIT ROUTING, CABLE ROUTING AND CABLE TYPE AND QUANTITY. PROVIDE
LADDER TYPE RISER LAY-OUT WITH ALL INTERCONNECTING CONDUITS.
i.WIRING DIAGRAMS: PROVIDE WIRING TYPE, PART NUMBER, MANUFACTURE AND
COLOR CODE.
j.POWER, SIGNAL, AND CONTROL WIRING: INCLUDE DIAGRAMS FOR EQUIPMENT
AND FOR SYSTEM WITH ALL TERMINALS AND INTERCONNECTIONS IDENTIFIED.
k.DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS: PROVIDE PERFORMANCE PARAMETERS AND
INSTALLATION DETAILS FOR EACH DUCT DETECTOR OR IN-DUCT DETECTOR,
PROVIDE THE COMPLETE RANGE OF AIR VELOCITY, TEMPERATURE, AND
HUMIDITY ALLOWED FOR PROPER OPERATION. PROVIDE WEATHERPROOF DETAIL
FOR ALL ROOF TOP MOUNTED AND/OR EXPOSED DETECTORS.
l.DUCTWORK DRAWINGS: SHOW CRITICAL DIMENSIONS THAT RELATE TO
PLACEMENT AND SUPPORT OF SAMPLING TUBES, THE DETECTOR HOUSING, AND
REMOTE STATUS AND ALARM INDICATORS. LOCATE DETECTORS ON PLANS
ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN RECOMMENDATIONS.
m.FLOOR PLANS: INDICATE FINAL OUTLET LOCATIONS SHOWING ADDRESS OF EACH
ADDRESSABLE DEVICE. SHOW ROUTE OF CABLE AND CONDUITS.
n.ROOM NUMBERS: CONFIRM ROOM NUMBERS BEING USED IN PROGRAMMING ARE
THE FINAL NUMBERS ASSIGNED BY FACILITIES MANAGEMENT.
D.SUBMITTALS TO STATE FIRE MARSHAL (SFM): IN ADDITION TO DISTRIBUTION
REQUIREMENTS FOR SUBMITTALS SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 01 SECTION “SUBMITTALS”,
MAKE AN IDENTICAL SUBMITTAL TO THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. TO FACILITATE
REVIEW, INCLUDE COPIES OF ANNOTATED CONTRACT DRAWINGS AS NEEDED TO DEPICT
COMPONENT LOCATIONS. RESUBMIT AS REQUIRED TO MAKE CLARIFICATIONS OR
REVISIONS TO OBTAIN APPROVAL. ON RECEIPT OF COMMENTS FROM STATE FIRE
MARSHAL, SUBMIT THEM TO THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE FOR REVIEW.
E.RESUBMITTALS: MAKE CORRECTIONS AND RESUBMIT DRAWINGS AS REQUIRED UNTIL
THE PLANS ARE REVIEWED AND APPROVED BY THE STATE FIRE MARSHAL.
F.DELEGATED-DESIGN SUBMITTALS: THE MECHANICAL ENGINEER OF RECORD WILL
COORDINATE THE SPECIFIC LOCATION OF EACH DUCT DETECTOR WITH THE
MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL AND FIRE ALARM CONTRACTORS PRIOR TO THE INSTALLATION
OF ANY DUCT MOUNTED DEVICE.
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS:
1.PERSONNEL INSTALLING WIRE, CABLE, DEVICES OR MAKING FINAL CONNECTIONS
SHALL BE TRAINED OR SUPERVISED BY THE MANUFACTURER.
2.INSTALLERS SHALL BE LICENSED, AS REQUIRED, BY THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA.
B.ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS, DEVICES, AND ACCESSORIES:
1.LISTED AND LABELED AS DEFINED IN NFPA 70, ARTICLE 100, BY A TESTING AGENCY
ACCEPTABLE TO CALIFORNIA STATE FIRE MARSHAL, AND MARKED FOR INTENDED
USE.
1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A.INTERRUPTION OF EXISTING FIRE ALARM SERVICE: DO NOT INTERRUPT FIRE ALARM
SERVICE TO FACILITIES OCCUPIED BY THE OWNER OR OTHERS UNLESS PERMITTED
UNDER THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS AND THEN ONLY AFTER ARRANGING TO PROVIDE
TEMPORARY GUARD SERVICE ACCORDING TO REQUIREMENTS INDICATED:
1.NOTIFY THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE NO FEWER THAN FOURTEEN DAYS IN
ADVANCE OF PROPOSED INTERRUPTION OF FIRE ALARM SERVICE.
2.DO NOT PROCEED WITH INTERRUPTION OF FIRE ALARM SERVICE WITHOUT THE
OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE WRITTEN PERMISSION.
1.08 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING
A.EXISTING FIRE ALARM EQUIPMENT: THE EXISTING FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL SHALL
REMAIN. MAINTAIN FULLY OPERATIONAL UNTIL NEW EQUIPMENT HAS BEEN TESTED AND
ACCEPTED. AS NEW EQUIPMENT IS INSTALLED, LABEL IT "NOT IN SERVICE" UNTIL IT IS
ACCEPTED. REMOVE LABELS FROM NEW EQUIPMENT WHEN PUT INTO SERVICE AND
LABEL EXISTING FIRE ALARM EQUIPMENT "NOT IN SERVICE" UNTIL REMOVED FROM THE
BUILDING.
1.09 SOFTWARE SERVICE AGREEMENT
A.AT THE COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT UPDATE THE FACP SOFTWARE AND FIRMWARE TO
THE LATEST VERSION REQUIRED FOR PROPER OPERATION OF THE SYSTEM. PROVIDE
ACCESS FOR SOFTWARE AND FIRMWARE UPGRADES VIA THE INTERNET. UPGRADE
SHALL INCLUDE NEW OR REVISED LICENSES FOR USE OF THE SOFTWARE.
1.10 EXTRA MATERIALS
A.FURNISH EXTRA MATERIALS THAT MATCH PRODUCTS INSTALLED AND THAT ARE
PACKAGED WITH PROTECTIVE COVERING FOR STORAGE AND IDENTIFIED WITH LABELS
DESCRIBING CONTENTS.
1.QUANTITIES OF THE FOLLOWING DEVICES EQUAL TO 10 PERCENT OF THE AMOUNTS
SHOWN FOR EACH DEVICE ON THE APPROVED PLANS BUT NO LESS THAN ONE OF
EACH TYPE OF DEVICE.
a.PULL STATION.
b.ADDRESSABLE MONITOR MODULE.
c.ADDRESSABLE CONTROL MODULE.
d.SMOKE DETECTOR HEAD (SENSOR).
e.SMOKE DETECTOR BASE.
f.HEAT DETECTOR HEAD (SENSOR).
g.HEAT DETECTOR BASE.
h.DUCT DETECTOR HOUSING WITH HEAD.
i.IN-DUCT DETECTOR HOUSING.
j.INDOOR INDICATING DEVICES: HORN, SPEAKER, STROBE AND/OR COMBINATION
DEVICES.
k.KEYS AND TOOLS: ONE SET OF EACH KEY AND/OR SPECIAL TOOL USED FOR
LOCKS AND ACCESS.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL (FACP)
A.GENERAL: EXISTING FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL SHALL REMAIN AND NEW DEVICES
SHALL BE COMPATIBLE WITH THE EXISTING FACP.
2.02 ADDRESSABLE MANUAL FIRE ALARM BOXES
A.UL 38 LISTED; FINISHED IN RED WITH MOLDED, RAISED-LETTER OPERATING
INSTRUCTIONS IN CONTRASTING COLOR. STATION SHALL SHOW VISIBLE INDICATION OF
OPERATION. MOUNTED ON RECESSED OUTLET BOX; IF INDICATED AS SURFACE
MOUNTED, PROVIDE MANUFACTURER'S SURFACE BACK BOX.
B.SINGLE-ACTION MECHANISM, PULL-LEVER TYPE. WITH INTEGRAL ADDRESSABLE
MODULE, ARRANGED TO COMMUNICATE INDIVIDUAL MANUAL-STATION STATUS (NORMAL,
ALARM, OR TROUBLE) TO THE FACP AND PROJECT'S GCC.
C.WEATHERPROOF FIRE ALARM BOXES: PROVIDE WEATHERPROOF SINGLE-ACTION
DEVICES WITH ADDRESSABLE MODULE.
D.COVERS: FACTORY-FABRICATED CLEAR PLASTIC ENCLOSURES ARE NOT PERMITTED TO
BE USED.
2.03 ADDRESSABLE ANALOG SENSORS
A.SMOKE SENSORS
1.GENERAL: COMPLY WITH UL 268, "SMOKE DETECTORS FOR FIRE PROTECTIVE
SIGNALING SYSTEMS."
2.INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING FEATURES:
a.FACTORY NAMEPLATE: SERIAL NUMBER AND TYPE IDENTIFICATION.
b.OPERATING VOLTAGE: 24 VDC, NOMINAL.
3.SELF-RESTORING: DETECTORS DO NOT REQUIRE RESETTING OR READJUSTMENT
AFTER ACTUATION TO RESTORE NORMAL OPERATION.
4.PLUG-IN ARRANGEMENT: SENSOR AND ASSOCIATED ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS ARE
MOUNTED IN A MODULE THAT CONNECTS TO A FIXED BASE WITH A TWIST-LOCKING
PLUG CONNECTION. BASE SHALL PROVIDE BREAK-OFF PLASTIC TAB THAT CAN BE
REMOVED TO ENGAGE THE HEAD/BASE LOCKING MECHANISM. NO SPECIAL TOOLS
SHALL BE REQUIRED TO REMOVE HEAD ONCE IT HAS BEEN LOCKED. REMOVAL OF
THE DETECTOR HEAD SHALL INTERRUPT THE SUPERVISORY CIRCUIT OF THE FIRE
ALARM DETECTION LOOP AND CAUSE A TROUBLE SIGNAL AT THE CONTROL UNIT.
5.EACH SENSOR BASE SHALL CONTAIN AN LED THAT WILL FLASH EACH TIME IT IS
SCANNED BY THE CONTROL UNIT (ONCE EVERY 4 SECONDS). IN ALARM CONDITION,
THE SENSOR BASE LED SHALL BE ON STEADY.
6.EACH SENSOR BASE SHALL CONTAIN A MAGNETICALLY ACTUATED TEST SWITCH TO
PROVIDE FOR EASY ALARM TESTING AT THE SENSOR LOCATION.
7.EACH SENSOR SHALL BE SCANNED BY THE CONTROL UNIT FOR ITS TYPE
IDENTIFICATION TO PREVENT INADVERTENT SUBSTITUTION OF ANOTHER SENSOR
TYPE. UPON DETECTION OF A "WRONG DEVICE", THE CONTROL UNIT SHALL OPERATE
WITH THE INSTALLED DEVICE AT THE DEFAULT ALARM SETTINGS FOR THAT SENSOR;
2.5% OBSCURATION FOR PHOTOELECTRIC SENSOR, 135-DEG F AND 15-DEG F
RATE-OF-RISE FOR THE HEAT SENSOR, BUT SHALL INDICATE A "WRONG DEVICE"
TROUBLE CONDITION.
8.THE SENSOR'S ELECTRONICS SHALL BE IMMUNE FROM FALSE ALARMS CAUSED BY
EMI AND RFI.
9.SENSORS INCLUDE A COMMUNICATION TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER IN THE
MOUNTING BASE HAVING A UNIQUE IDENTIFICATION AND CAPABILITY FOR STATUS
REPORTING TO THE FACP. SENSOR ADDRESS SHALL BE LOCATED IN BASE TO
ELIMINATE FALSE ADDRESSING WHEN REPLACING SENSORS.
10.ENVIRONMENTAL COMPENSATION, PROGRAMMABLE SENSITIVITY SETTINGS, STATUS
TESTING, AND MONITORING OF SENSOR DIRT ACCUMULATION FOR THE DUCT
SENSOR SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE FACP.
11.REMOVAL OF THE SENSOR HEAD FOR CLEANING SHALL NOT REQUIRE THE SETTING
OF ADDRESSES.
B.TYPE: SMOKE SENSORS SHALL BE OF THE PHOTOELECTRIC OR COMBINATION
PHOTOELECTRIC / HEAT TYPE.
1.WHERE ACCEPTABLE PER MANUFACTURER SPECIFICATIONS, IONIZATION TYPE
SENSORS MAY BE USED.
C.BASES: RELAY OUTPUT, REMOTE LED, SOUNDER AND ISOLATOR BASES SHALL BE
SUPPORTED ALTERNATIVES TO THE STANDARD BASE.
D.DUCT SMOKE SENSOR:
1.PHOTOELECTRIC TYPE, WITH HOUSING AND SAMPLING TUBE OF DESIGN AND
DIMENSIONS AS RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER FOR THE SPECIFIC DUCT
SIZE AND INSTALLATION CONDITIONS WHERE APPLIED. SENSOR INCLUDES RELAY AS
REQUIRED FOR FAN SHUTDOWN.
2.WHEN REQUIRED THE DUCT HOUSING SHALL PROVIDE A SUPERVISED RELAY DRIVER
CIRCUIT FOR DRIVING UP TO 15 RELAYS WITH A SINGLE "FORM C" CONTACT RATED
AT 7A@ 28VDC OR 10A@ 120VAC. THIS AUXILIARY RELAY OUTPUT SHALL BE FULLY
PROGRAMMABLE. RELAY SHALL BE MOUNTED WITHIN 3 FEET OF HVAC CONTROL
CIRCUIT.
3.DUCT HOUSING SHALL PROVIDE A RELAY CONTROL TROUBLE INDICATOR YELLOW
LED.
4.COMPACT DUCT HOUSING SHALL HAVE A TRANSPARENT COVER TO MONITOR FOR
THE PRESENCE OF SMOKE. COVER SHALL SECURE TO HOUSING BY MEANS OF FOUR
(4) CAPTIVE FASTENING SCREWS.
5.DUCT HOUSING SHALL PROVIDE TWO (2) TEST PORTS FOR MEASURING AIRFLOW AND
FOR TESTING. THESE PORTS WILL ALLOW AEROSOL INJECTION IN ORDER TO TEST
THE ACTIVATION OF THE DUCT SMOKE SENSOR.
6.DUCT HOUSING SHALL PROVIDE A MAGNETIC TEST AREA AND RED SENSOR STATUS
LED.
7.FOR MAINTENANCE PURPOSES, IT SHALL BE POSSIBLE TO CLEAN THE DUCT HOUSING
SAMPLING TUBES BY ACCESSING THEM THROUGH THE DUCT HOUSING FRONT
COVER.
8.WHERE INDICATED A NEMA 4X WEATHERPROOF DUCT HOUSING ENCLOSURE SHALL
PROVIDE FOR THE CIRCULATION OF CONDITIONED AIR AROUND THE INTERNALLY
MOUNTED ADDRESSABLE DUCT SENSOR HOUSING TO MAINTAIN THE SENSOR
HOUSING AT ITS RATED TEMPERATURE RANGE. THE HOUSING SHALL BE UL LISTED
TO STANDARD 268A.
9.PROVIDE IN-DUCT DETECTOR ASSEMBLY(IES) WITH PHOTOELECTRIC SENSOR:
a.WHERE SAMPLING TUBE DESIGNS ARE NOT APPROPRIATE.
b.WHERE AIR FLOW COVERAGE IS FROM 35-600 FT/MIN.
10.PROVIDE A REMOTE TEST SWITCH (RTS), ON ALL DUCT TYPE DETECTORS WHEN THE
DEVICE'S ALARM LED IS OBSTRUCTED FROM BEING CLEARLY VISIBLE FROM THE
FLOOR OR THE DEVICE IS MOUNTED HIGHER THAN 9' A.F.F.
a.MOUNT RTS BELOW DETECTOR IN THE CEILING OR ON THE NEAREST SIDEWALL
AS DIRECTED BY THE DSFM.
2.04 CONVENTIONAL SYSTEM SMOKE DETECTORS
A.UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, DETECTORS SHALL BE ANALOG-ADDRESSABLE TYPE,
INDIVIDUALLY MONITORED AT THE FACP FOR CALIBRATION, SENSITIVITY, AND ALARM
CONDITION, AND INDIVIDUALLY ADJUSTABLE FOR SENSITIVITY FROM THE FACP,
INTERNET AND PROJECT'S GCC.
2.05 ADDRESSABLE CIRCUIT INTERFACE MODULES
A.ADDRESSABLE CIRCUIT INTERFACE MODULES: ARRANGE TO MONITOR ONE OR MORE
SYSTEM COMPONENTS THAT ARE NOT OTHERWISE EQUIPPED FOR ADDRESSABLE
COMMUNICATION. MODULES SHALL BE USED FOR MONITORING OF WATER FLOW, VALVE
TAMPER, NON-ADDRESSABLE DEVICES, AND FOR CONTROL OF EVACUATION INDICATING
APPLIANCES AND AHU SYSTEMS.
B.ADDRESSABLE CIRCUIT INTERFACE MODULES WILL BE CAPABLE OF MOUNTING IN A
STANDARD ELECTRIC OUTLET BOX. MODULES WILL INCLUDE COVER PLATES TO ALLOW
SURFACE OR FLUSH MOUNTING. MODULES WILL RECEIVE THEIR OPERATING POWER
FROM THE SIGNALING LINE OR A SEPARATE TWO WIRE PAIR RUNNING FROM AN
APPROPRIATE POWER SUPPLY AS REQUIRED.
C.THERE SHALL BE THE FOLLOWING TYPES OF MODULES:
1.TYPE 1: MONITOR CIRCUIT INTERFACE MODULE:
a.FOR CONVENTIONAL 2-WIRE SMOKE DETECTOR AND/OR CONTACT DEVICE
MONITORING WITH CLASS B OR CLASS A WIRING SUPERVISION. THE SUPERVISION
OF THE ZONE WIRING WILL BE CLASS B. THIS MODULE WILL COMMUNICATE
STATUS (NORMAL, ALARM, TROUBLE) TO THE FACP.
b.FOR CONVENTIONAL 4-WIRE SMOKE DETECTOR WITH CLASS B WIRING
SUPERVISION. THE MODULE WILL PROVIDE DETECTOR RESET CAPABILITY AND
OVER-CURRENT POWER PROTECTION FOR THE 4-WIRE DETECTOR. THIS MODULE
WILL COMMUNICATE STATUS (NORMAL, ALARM, TROUBLE) TO THE FACP.
2.TYPE 2: LINE POWERED MONITOR CIRCUIT INTERFACE MODULE:
a.THIS TYPE OF MODULE IS AN INDIVIDUALLY ADDRESSABLE MODULE THAT HAS
BOTH ITS POWER AND ITS COMMUNICATIONS SUPPLIED BY THE TWO WIRE
MULTIPLEXING SIGNALING LINE CIRCUIT. IT PROVIDES LOCATION SPECIFIC
ADDRESSABILITY TO AN INITIATING DEVICE BY MONITORING NORMALLY OPEN
DRY CONTACTS. THIS MODULE SHALL HAVE THE CAPABILITY OF COMMUNICATING
FOUR ZONE STATUS CONDITIONS (NORMAL, ALARM, CURRENT LIMITED, TROUBLE)
TO THE FACP.
b.THIS MODULE SHALL PROVIDE LOCATION SPECIFIC ADDRESSABILITY FOR UP TO
FIVE INITIATING DEVICES BY MONITORING NORMALLY CLOSED OR NORMALLY
OPEN DRY CONTACT SECURITY DEVICES. THE MODULE SHALL COMMUNICATE
FOUR ZONE STATUS CONDITIONS (OPEN, NORMAL, ABNORMAL, AND SHORT). THE
TWO-WIRE SIGNALING LINE CIRCUIT SHALL SUPPLY POWER AND
COMMUNICATIONS TO THE MODULE.
3.TYPE 3: SINGLE ADDRESS MULTI-POINT INTERFACE MODULES:
a.THIS MULTIPOINT MODULE SHALL PROVIDE LOCATION SPECIFIC ADDRESSABILITY
FOR FOUR INITIATING CIRCUITS AND CONTROL TWO OUTPUT RELAYS FROM A
SINGLE ADDRESS. INPUTS SHALL PROVIDE SUPERVISED MONITORING OF
NORMALLY OPEN, DRY CONTACTS AND BE CAPABLE OF COMMUNICATING FOUR
ZONE STATUS CONDITIONS (NORMAL, OPEN, CURRENT LIMITED, AND SHORT). THE
INPUT CIRCUITS AND OUTPUT RELAY OPERATION SHALL BE CONTROLLED
INDEPENDENTLY AND DISABLED SEPARATELY.
b.THIS DUAL POINT MODULE SHALL PROVIDE A SUPERVISED MULTI-STATE INPUT
AND A RELAY OUTPUT, USING A SINGLE ADDRESS. THE INPUT SHALL PROVIDE
SUPERVISED MONITORING OF TWO NORMALLY OPEN, DRY CONTACTS WITH A
SINGLE POINT AND BE CAPABLE OF COMMUNICATING FOUR ZONE STATUS
CONDITIONS (NORMAL, OPEN, CURRENT LIMITED, AND SHORT). THE TWO-WIRE
SIGNALING LINE CIRCUIT SHALL SUPPLY POWER AND COMMUNICATIONS TO THE
MODULE.
c.THIS DUAL POINT MODULE SHALL MONITOR AN UNSUPERVISED NORMALLY OPEN,
DRY CONTACT WITH ONE POINT AND CONTROL AN OUTPUT RELAY WITH THE
OTHER POINT, USING A SINGLE ADDRESS. THE TWO-WIRE SIGNALING LINE
CIRCUIT SHALL SUPPLY POWER AND COMMUNICATIONS TO THE MODULE.
4.TYPE 4: LINE POWERED CONTROL CIRCUIT INTERFACE MODULE: THIS MODULE SHALL
PROVIDE CONTROL AND STATUS TRACKING OF A FORM "C" CONTACT. THE TWO-WIRE
SIGNALING LINE CIRCUIT SHALL SUPPLY POWER AND COMMUNICATIONS TO THE
MODULE.
5.TYPE 5: 4-20 MA ANALOG MONITOR CIRCUIT INTERFACE MODULE: THIS MODULE
SHALL COMMUNICATE THE STATUS OF A COMPATIBLE 4-20 MA SENSOR TO THE FACP.
THE FACP SHALL ANNUNCIATE UP TO THREE THRESHOLD LEVELS, EACH WITH
CUSTOM ACTION MESSAGE; DISPLAY AND ARCHIVE ACTUAL SENSOR ANALOG
LEVELS; AND PERMIT SENSOR CALIBRATION DATE RECORDING.
D.ALL CIRCUIT INTERFACE MODULES SHALL BE SUPERVISED AND UNIQUELY IDENTIFIED BY
THE CONTROL UNIT. MODULE IDENTIFICATION SHALL BE TRANSMITTED TO THE CONTROL
UNIT FOR PROCESSING ACCORDING TO THE PROGRAM INSTRUCTIONS. MODULES SHALL
HAVE AN ON-BOARD LED TO PROVIDE AN INDICATION THAT THE MODULE IS POWERED
AND COMMUNICATING WITH THE FACP. THE LEDS SHALL PROVIDE A TROUBLESHOOTING
AID SINCE THE LED BLINKS ON POLL WHENEVER THE PERIPHERAL IS POWERED AND
COMMUNICATING.
2.06 ADDRESSABLE ALARM NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES
A.ADDRESSABLE NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES:
1.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL ADDRESSABLE NOTIFICATION
APPLIANCES AND ACCESSORIES TO OPERATE ON COMPATIBLE SIGNALING LINE
CIRCUITS (SLC).
2.ADDRESSABLE NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE OPERATION SHALL PROVIDE POWER,
SUPERVISION AND SEPARATE CONTROL OF HORNS AND STROBES OVER A SINGLE
PAIR OF WIRES. THE CONTROLLING CHANNEL (SLC) DIGITALLY COMMUNICATES WITH
EACH APPLIANCE AND RECEIVES A RESPONSE TO VERIFY THE APPLIANCE'S
PRESENCE ON THE CHANNEL. THE CHANNEL PROVIDES A DIGITAL COMMAND TO
CONTROL APPLIANCE OPERATION. SLC CHANNEL WIRING SHALL BE UNSHIELDED
TWISTED PAIR (UTP), WITH A CAPACITANCE RATING OF LESS THAN 60PF/FT. AND A
MINIMUM 3 TWISTS (TURNS) PER FOOT.
3.CLASS B (STYLE 4) NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES SHALL BE WIRED WITHOUT REQUIRING
TRADITIONAL IN/OUT WIRING METHODS; ADDRESSABLE "T" TAPPING SHALL BE
PERMITTED. UP TO 63 APPLIANCES CAN BE SUPPORTED ON A SINGLE CHANNEL.
4.EACH ADDRESSABLE NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE SHALL CONTAIN AN ELECTRONIC
MODULE AND A SELECTABLE ADDRESS SETTING TO ALLOW IT TO OCCUPY A UNIQUE
LOCATION ON THE CHANNEL. THIS ON-BOARD MODULE SHALL ALSO ALLOW THE
CHANNEL TO PERFORM APPLIANCE DIAGNOSTICS THAT ASSIST WITH INSTALLATION
AND SUBSEQUENT TEST OPERATIONS. A VISIBLE LED ON EACH APPLIANCE SHALL
PROVIDE VERIFICATION OF COMMUNICATIONS AND SHALL FLASH WITH THE
APPLIANCES ADDRESS SETTING WHEN LOCALLY REQUESTED USING A MAGNETIC
TEST TOOL.
5.ADDRESSABLE CONTROLLER:
a.ADDRESSABLE CONTROLLER SHALL SUPERVISE CHANNEL (SLC) WIRING,
COMMUNICATE WITH AND CONTROL ADDRESSABLE NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES.
IT SHALL BE POSSIBLE TO PROGRAM THE HIGH/LOW SETTING OF THE AUDIBLE
(HORN) APPLIANCES BY CHANNEL FROM THE ADDRESSABLE CONTROLLER.
6.HORN:
a.ADDRESSABLE HORN SHALL BE LISTED TO UL 464. HORN APPLIANCES SHALL
HAVE A HIGH/LOW SETTING, PROGRAMMABLE BY CHANNEL FROM THE
ADDRESSABLE CONTROLLER OR BY APPLIANCE FROM THE HOST FACP. THE
HORN SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM SOUND PRESSURE LEVEL OF 83 OR 89 DBA @
24VDC. THE HORN SHALL MOUNT DIRECTLY TO A STANDARD SINGLE GANG,
DOUBLE GANG OR 4" SQUARE ELECTRICAL BOX, WITHOUT THE USE OF SPECIAL
ADAPTER OR TRIM RINGS.
b.APPLIANCES SHALL BE WIRED WITH UTP CONDUCTORS, HAVING A MINIMUM OF 3
TWISTS PER FOOT.
7.VISIBLE/ONLY:
a.ADDRESSABLE STROBE SHALL BE LISTED TO UL 1971. THE V/O SHALL CONSIST OF
A XENON FLASH TUBE AND ASSOCIATED LENS/REFLECTOR SYSTEM. THE WALL
MOUNT V/O ENCLOSURE SHALL MOUNT DIRECTLY TO STANDARD SINGLE GANG,
DOUBLE GANG OR 4" SQUARE ELECTRICAL BOX, WITHOUT THE USE OF SPECIAL
ADAPTERS OR TRIM RINGS. THE CEILING MOUNT V/O SHALL MOUNT TO A SINGLE
GANG ELECTRICAL BOX.
b.APPLIANCES SHALL BE WIRED WITH UTP CONDUCTORS, HAVING A MINIMUM OF 3
TWISTS PER FOOT. V/O APPLIANCES SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH DIFFERENT
MINIMUM FLASH INTENSITIES OF 15CD, 75CD AND 110CD. PROVIDE A LABEL INSIDE
THE STROBE LENS TO INDICATE THE LISTED CANDELA RATING OF THE SPECIFIC
VISIBLE/ONLY APPLIANCE.
8.AUDIBLE/VISIBLE:
a.ADDRESSABLE COMBINATION AUDIBLE/VISIBLE (A/V) NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES
SHALL BE LISTED TO UL 1971 AND UL 464. THE STROBE LIGHT SHALL CONSIST OF
A XENON FLASH TUBE AND ASSOCIATED LENS/REFLECTOR SYSTEM. PROVIDE A
LABEL INSIDE THE STROBE LENS TO INDICATE THE LISTED CANDELA RATING OF
THE SPECIFIC STROBE. THE HORN SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM SOUND PRESSURE
LEVEL OF 83 OR 89 DBA @ 24VDC. THE AUDIBLE/VISIBLE ENCLOSURE SHALL
MOUNT DIRECTLY TO STANDARD SINGLE GANG, DOUBLE GANG OR 4" SQUARE
ELECTRICAL BOX, WITHOUT THE USE OF SPECIAL ADAPTERS OR TRIM RINGS.
b.APPLIANCES SHALL BE WIRED WITH UTP CONDUCTORS, HAVING A MINIMUM OF 3
TWISTS PER FOOT.
c.THE APPLIANCE SHALL BE CAPABLE OF TWO-WIRE SYNCHRONIZATION WITH ONE
OF THE FOLLOWING OPTIONS:
1)SYNCHRONIZED STROBE WITH HORN ON STEADY.
2)SYNCHRONIZED STROBE WITH TEMPORAL CODE PATTERN ON HORN.
3)SYNCHRONIZED STROBE WITH MARCH TIME CADENCE ON HORN.
4)SYNCHRONIZED STROBE FIRING TO NAC SYNC SIGNAL WITH HORN SILENCED.
9.SPEAKER/VISIBLE:
a.COMBINATION SPEAKER/VISIBLE (S/V) UNITS COMBINE THE SPEAKER AND VISIBLE
FUNCTIONS INTO A COMMON HOUSING. THE S/V SHALL BE LISTED TO UL 1971 AND
UL 1480. ADDRESSABLE FUNCTIONALITY CONTROLS VISIBLE OPERATION, WHILE
THE SPEAKER OPERATES ON A 25VRMS OR 70.7VRMS NAC.
b.TWISTED/SHIELDED WIRE IS REQUIRED FOR SPEAKER CONNECTIONS ON A
STANDARD 25VRMS OR 70.7VRMS NAC USING AND UTP CONDUCTORS, HAVING A
MINIMUM OF 3 TWISTS PER FOOT IS REQUIRED FOR ADDRESSABLE STROBE
CONNECTIONS.
c.AT THE 1.0W TAP, THE SPEAKER SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM UL RATED SOUND
PRESSURE LEVEL OF 84DBA AT 10 FEET.
d.THE S/V SHALL HAVE A FREQUENCY RESPONSE OF 400 TO 4000 HZ FOR FIRE
ALARM AND 125 TO 12KHZ FOR GENERAL SIGNALING.
e.THE S/V INSTALLS DIRECTLY TO A 4" SQUARE, 1 1/2 IN. DEEP ELECTRICAL BOX
WITH 1 1/2" EXTENSION.
10.ISOLATOR MODULE:
a.ISOLATOR MODULE PROVIDES SHORT CIRCUIT ISOLATION FOR ADDRESSABLE
NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE SLC WIRING. ISOLATOR SHALL BE LISTED TO UL 864.
THE ISOLATOR SHALL MOUNT DIRECTLY TO A MINIMUM 2 1/8" DEEP, STANDARD 4"
SQUARE ELECTRICAL BOX, WITHOUT THE USE OF SPECIAL ADAPTER OR TRIM
RINGS.
b.POWER AND COMMUNICATIONS SHALL BE SUPPLIED BY THE ADDRESSABLE
CONTROLLER CHANNEL SLC; DUAL PORT DESIGN SHALL ACCEPT
COMMUNICATIONS AND POWER FROM EITHER PORT AND SHALL AUTOMATICALLY
ISOLATE ONE PORT FROM THE OTHER WHEN A SHORT CIRCUIT OCCURS.
c.THE FOLLOWING FUNCTIONALITY SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE ISOLATOR MODULE:
1)REPORT FAULTS TO THE HOST FACP.
2)ON-BOARD YELLOW LED PROVIDES MODULE STATUS.
3)AFTER THE WIRING FAULT IS REPAIRED, THE ISOLATOR MODULES SHALL TEST
THE LINES AND AUTOMATICALLY RESTORE THE CONNECTION.
B.TRUEALERT ADDRESSABLE APPLIANCES NAC POWER EXTENDER:
1.THE TRUEALERT ADDRESSABLE CONTROLLER SHALL BE A STAND-ALONE PANEL
CAPABLE OF POWERING A MINIMUM OF 3 TRUEALERT SIGNALING LINE CIRCUITS.
EACH CHANNEL SHALL BE RATED FOR 2.5 AMPS AND SUPPORT UP TO 63 TRUEALERT
ADDRESSABLE NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES. POWER AND COMMUNICATION FOR THE
NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES SHALL BE PROVIDED ON THE SAME PAIR OF WIRES.
2.ADDRESSABLE SLC NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE CIRCUITS SHALL BE CLASS B STYLE 4.
UNLESS NOTED ELSEWHERE.
3.THE INTERNAL POWER SUPPLY & BATTERY CHARGER SHALL BE CAPABLE OF
CHARGING UP 12.7 AH BATTERIES INTERNALLY MOUNTED OR 18AH BATTERIES
MOUNTED IN AN EXTERNAL CABINET.
4.THE NAC EXTENDER PANEL MAY BE MOUNTED CLOSE TO THE HOST CONTROL PANEL
OR CAN BE REMOTELY LOCATED.
2.07 NON ADDRESSABLE NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES
A.DESCRIPTION:
1.EQUIPPED FOR MOUNTING AS INDICATED AND WITH SCREW TERMINALS FOR SYSTEM
CONNECTIONS.
a.COMBINATION DEVICES:
b.FACTORY-INTEGRATED AUDIBLE AND VISIBLE DEVICES IN A SINGLE-MOUNTING
ASSEMBLY.
2.GENERAL ALARM HORN:
a.ELECTRIC-VIBRATING-POLARIZED TYPE, 24-V DC; HORNS SHALL PRODUCE A
SOUND-PRESSURE LEVEL OF 87 DBA, MEASURED 10 FEET FROM THE HORN.
SOUND LEVEL FOR EACH DEVICE SHALL BE SELECTABLE AT THE DEVICE. HORNS
SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH WEATHERPROOF BACK BOX WHERE INDICATED.
2.08 GUARDS FOR PHYSICAL PROTECTION
A.DESCRIPTION:
4.WELDED WIRE MESH OF SIZE AND SHAPE FOR THE MANUAL STATION, SMOKE
DETECTOR, GONG, OR OTHER DEVICE REQUIRING PROTECTION.
5.FACTORY FABRICATED AND FURNISHED BY MANUFACTURER OF THE DEVICE.
6.FINISH: PAINT OF COLOR TO MATCH THE PROTECTED DEVICE.
2.09 WIRE, CABLE, AND FIBER
A. WIRE AND CABLE FOR FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS SHALL BE UL LISTED AND LABELED AS
COMPLYING WITH NFPA 70, ARTICLE 760.
B. SIGNALING LINE CIRCUITS: TWISTED, SHIELDED PAIR, SIZED AS RECOMMENDED BY
SYSTEM MANUFACTURER.
C.NON-POWER-LIMITED CIRCUITS: SOLID-COPPER CONDUCTORS WITH 600-V RATED, 75
DEGREES C, COLOR-CODED INSULATION.
1.LOW-VOLTAGE COMMUNICATION CIRCUITS: NO. 18 AWG, MINIMUM.
2.LOW-VOLTAGE POWER CIRCUITS: NO. 14 AWG, MINIMUM.
3.LINE-VOLTAGE CIRCUITS: NO. 12 AWG, MINIMUM.
4.MULTI-CONDUCTOR ARMORED CABLE: NFPA 70 RED LIGHTWEIGHT STEEL TYPE MC,
COPPER CONDUCTORS, TFN/THHN CONDUCTOR INSULATION, COPPER DRAIN WIRE,
COPPER ARMOR WITH RED IDENTIFIER STRIPE, UL LISTED FOR FIRE ALARM AND
CABLE TRAY INSTALLATION, PLENUM RATED, AND COMPLYING WITH REQUIREMENTS
IN UL 2196 FOR A 2-HOUR RATING.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION
A.COMPLY WITH THE LATEST EDITION OF NFPA 72 AND UL 864 REQUIREMENTS FOR
INSTALLATION OF FIRE-ALARM SYSTEM.
B.EQUIPMENT MOUNTING: INSTALL FIRE ALARM DEVICES AND CONTROLLERS AS
RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER.
C.INSTALL SEISMIC BRACING: COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS IN DIVISION 26 SECTION
REGARDING VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROL FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS.
D.SMOKE OR HEAT DETECTOR SPACING:
1.SMOOTH CEILING SPACING SHALL NOT EXCEED THE RATING OF THE DETECTOR.
2.SPACING OF HEAT DETECTORS FOR IRREGULAR AREAS, FOR IRREGULAR CEILING
CONSTRUCTION, AND FOR HIGH CEILING AREAS, SHALL BE DETERMINED ACCORDING
TO APPENDIX A IN NFPA 72.
3.SPACING OF HEAT DETECTORS SHALL BE DETERMINED BASED ON GUIDELINES AND
RECOMMENDATIONS IN NFPA 72.
E.SMOKE DETECTOR LOCATION: LOCATE DETECTORS NOT CLOSER THAN 3 FEET FROM
AIR-SUPPLY DIFFUSER OR RETURN-AIR OPENING. LOCATE DETECTOR NOT CLOSER THAN
12 INCHES FROM ANY PART OF A LIGHTING FIXTURE.
F.DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS: COMPLY WITH NFPA 72, NFPA 90A AND THE MANUFACTURE
RECOMMENDATIONS. INSTALL SAMPLING TUBES SO THEY EXTEND THE FULL WIDTH OF
THE DUCT.
G.SINGLE-STATION SMOKE DETECTORS: WHERE MORE THAN ONE SMOKE ALARM IS
INSTALLED WITHIN A DWELLING OR SUITE, THEY SHALL BE CONNECTED SO THAT THE
OPERATION OF ANY SMOKE ALARM IN THE DWELLING OR SUITE CAUSES ALL THE SMOKE
ALARM IN THE DWELLING OR SUIT TO SOUND A TEMPORAL PATTERN.
H.REMOTE STATUS AND ALARM INDICATORS: INSTALL NEAR EACH SMOKE DETECTOR AND
EACH SPRINKLER WATER-FLOW SWITCH AND VALVE-TAMPER SWITCH THAT IS NOT
READILY VISIBLE FROM NORMAL VIEWING POSITION.
I.AUDIBLE ALARM-INDICATING DEVICES: INSTALL NOT LESS THAN 6 INCHES BELOW THE
CEILING. INSTALL HORNS ON FLUSH-MOUNTED BACK BOXES. WEATHERPROOF DEVICES
ARE TO BE MOUNTED ON WEATHERPROOF SURFACE BACK BOX.
J.VISIBLE ALARM-INDICATING DEVICES (STROBES): INSTALL SO THAT THE ENTIRE LENS IS
MORE THAN 80 INCHES BUT LESS THAN 96 INCHES ABOVE THE FINISHED FLOOR.
1.EXCEPTION: WALL MOUNTED STROBES IN SLEEPING AREAS SHALL BE MOUNTED AT
LEAST 24 INCHES BELOW THE CEILING AND WITHIN 16FT OF THE OCCUPANT'S
PILLOW.
L.COMBINATION AUDIBLE/VISUAL DEVICES: MOUNT AT VISIBLE DEVICE HEIGHTS.
3.02 FIBER AND WIRING INSTALLATION
A.INSTALL WIRING ACCORDING TO THE FOLLOWING:
1.NECA 1.
2.TIA/EIA 568-A.
3.NFPA, CBC, FCC, RFI/EMI.
B.WIRING METHOD:
1.INSTALL WIRING IN METAL RACEWAY ACCORDING TO DIVISION 26 SECTION
"RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS."
2.FIRE ALARM CIRCUITS AND EQUIPMENT CONTROL WIRING ASSOCIATED WITH THE
FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SHALL BE INSTALLED IN A DEDICATED RACEWAY SYSTEM. THIS
SYSTEM SHALL NOT BE USED FOR ANY OTHER WIRE OR CABLE.
C.WIRING METHOD:
1.FIRE-RATED CABLES: USE OF 2-HOUR FIRE-RATED FIRE ALARM CABLES, NFPA 70
TYPES MI AND CI, IS NOT PERMITTED.
2.SIGNALING LINE CIRCUITS: POWER-LIMITED FIRE ALARM CABLES SHALL BE INSTALLED
IN THE SAME CABLE OR RACEWAY AS SIGNALING LINE CIRCUITS.
D.WIRING WITHIN ENCLOSURES: SEPARATE POWER-LIMITED AND NON-POWER-LIMITED
CONDUCTORS AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER. INSTALL CONDUCTORS
PARALLEL WITH OR AT RIGHT ANGLES TO SIDES AND BACK OF THE ENCLOSURE.
BUNDLE, LACE, AND TRAIN CONDUCTORS TO TERMINAL POINTS WITH NO EXCESS.
CONNECT CONDUCTORS THAT ARE TERMINATED, SPLICED, OR INTERRUPTED IN ANY
ENCLOSURE ASSOCIATED WITH THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM TO TERMINAL BLOCKS. MARK
EACH TERMINAL ACCORDING TO THE SYSTEM'S WIRING DIAGRAMS. MAKE ALL
CONNECTIONS WITH APPROVED CRIMP-ON TERMINAL SPADE LUGS, PRESSURE-TYPE
TERMINAL BLOCKS, OR PLUG CONNECTORS.
E.CABLE TAPS: USE NUMBERED TERMINAL STRIPS IN JUNCTION, PULL, AND OUTLET BOXES,
CABINETS, OR EQUIPMENT ENCLOSURES WHERE CIRCUIT CONNECTIONS ARE MADE.
F.COLOR-CODING: COLOR-CODE FIRE ALARM CONDUCTORS AS SHOWN ON THE FIRE
ALARM PLANS. USE ONE COLOR-CODE FOR ALARM CIRCUIT WIRING AND A DIFFERENT
COLOR-CODE FOR SUPERVISORY CIRCUITS. COLOR-CODE AUDIBLE ALARM-INDICATING
CIRCUITS DIFFERENTLY FROM ALARM-INITIATING CIRCUITS. USE DIFFERENT COLORS
FOR VISIBLE ALARM-INDICATING DEVICES. PAINT FIRE ALARM SYSTEM JUNCTION BOXES
AND COVERS RED.
G.WIRING TO REMOTE ALARM TRANSMITTING DEVICE:
1.3/4-INCH CONDUIT BETWEEN THE FACP AND THE TRANSMITTER.
2.INSTALL NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS AND ELECTRICAL SUPERVISION FOR
CONNECTING WIRING AS NEEDED TO SUIT MONITORING FUNCTION.
3.03 IDENTIFICATION
A.IDENTIFY SYSTEM COMPONENTS, WIRING, CABLING, AND TERMINALS ACCORDING TO
DIVISION 26.
B.OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS: FRAME IN A LOCATION VISIBLE FROM THE FACP.
C.PAINT POWER-SUPPLY DISCONNECT SWITCH RED AND LABEL "FIRE ALARM."
3.04 GROUNDING
A.GROUND THE FACP AND ASSOCIATED CIRCUITS; COMPLY WITH IEEE 1100. INSTALL A
GROUND WIRE FROM MAIN SERVICE GROUND TO THE FACP.
3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.FINAL ACCEPTANCE TESTING SHALL BE WITNESSED BY THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE.
B.A FINAL PRE-TEST SHALL BE WITNESSED BY THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE.
C.MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICE:
1.ENGAGE A FACTORY-AUTHORIZED INSTALLATION REPRESENTATIVE TO ASSIST
DURING THE INSTALLATION, PRE-TESTING AND ADJUST OF THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM
AND FIELD DEVICES, COMPONENTS AND EQUIPMENT.
2.INCLUDE A MANUFACTURER'S FIELD REPRESENTATIVE DURING ALL FINAL
ACCEPTANCE TESTING.
D.PERFORM THE FOLLOWING FIELD TESTS AND INSPECTIONS AND PREPARE TEST
REPORTS:
1.BEFORE REQUESTING FINAL ACCEPTANCE TESTING AND APPROVAL OF THE
INSTALLATION, SUBMIT A WRITTEN STATEMENT USING THE FORM FOR RECORD OF
COMPLETION SHOWN IN NFPA 72.
2.PERFORM EACH ELECTRICAL TEST AND VISUAL AND MECHANICAL INSPECTION
LISTED IN NFPA 72. CERTIFY COMPLIANCE WITH TEST PARAMETERS. ALL TESTS
SHALL BE CONDUCTED UNDER THE DIRECT SUPERVISION OF A NICET TECHNICIAN
CERTIFIED UNDER THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS PROGRAM AT LEVEL II.
3.VISUAL INSPECTION: CONDUCT A VISUAL INSPECTION BEFORE ANY TESTING. USE
AS-BUILT DRAWINGS AND SYSTEM DOCUMENTATION FOR THE INSPECTION. IDENTIFY
IMPROPERLY LOCATED, DAMAGED, OR NONFUNCTIONAL EQUIPMENT, AND CORRECT
BEFORE BEGINNING TESTS.
4.TESTING: FOLLOW PROCEDURE AND RECORD RESULTS COMPLYING WITH
REQUIREMENTS IN NFPA 72. DETECTORS THAT ARE OUTSIDE THEIR MARKED
SENSITIVITY RANGE SHALL BE REPLACED.
5.TEST AND INSPECTION RECORDS:
a.PREPARE ACCORDING TO NFPA 72, INCLUDING DEMONSTRATION OF SEQUENCES
OF OPERATION BY USING THE MATRIX-STYLE FORM IN APPENDIX A IN NFPA 70.
b.PROVIDE REPORT RESULTS IN WRITING ON COMPUTER GENERATED FORMS.
3.06 ADJUSTING
A.OCCUPANCY ADJUSTMENTS: WHEN REQUESTED WITHIN 12 MONTHS OF DATE OF
SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION, PROVIDE ON-SITE ASSISTANCE IN ADJUSTING SYSTEM TO
SUIT ACTUAL OCCUPIED CONDITIONS. PROVIDE UP TO TWO VISITS TO PROJECT OUTSIDE
NORMAL OCCUPANCY HOURS FOR THIS PURPOSE.
B.FOLLOW-UP TESTS AND INSPECTIONS: AFTER DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION, TEST
THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM COMPLYING WITH TESTING AND VISUAL INSPECTION
REQUIREMENTS IN NFPA 72.
3.07 DEMONSTRATION
A.ENGAGE A FACTORY-AUTHORIZED SERVICE REPRESENTATIVE TO TRAIN THE OWNER'S
MAINTENANCE PERSONNEL TO ADJUST, OPERATE, AND MAINTAIN THE FIRE ALARM
SYSTEM, APPLIANCES, AND DEVICES.
Sheet No.
Project
Agency Plan Check / Permit No.
Petersen Design Project No.
Consultant
5082.1
652 East Dyer Drive
Santa Ana, CA 92705
DYER WAREHOUSE
Staging & Set-Up Space
Tenant Improvements
Sheet Title
Revision / Submittal History
Scale
Status
.
architecture + planning
Agency Approval
Petersen Design Architects, Inc.
17582 Fiesta Way, Tustin, CA 92780
M: 714.904.6720 E: mike@mpdarch.com
www.mpdarch.com
Architect's Stamp
.
255 E. Rincon St., Suite 301
Corona, CA 92879
P 951.340.1977 | F 951.340.1090
www.gossengineering.com
CALOFI
GI
RE
NG
A
E
S
No. E17083
T
E
ET
SAT L CE A
F
RIC L
ORNI
EPR
RAET
RED D.D
OF ONABR
L
SSI
NE
RE
IWD
UT
HCE
Project Number: 125-09-07
Date Signed 01-09-2026
1 01/09/2026 PLAN CHECK RESUBMITTAL
ELECTRICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
E7.4
GENERAL NOTES (CONT.)GENERAL NOTES
1.PROVIDE ALL MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT AND PERFORM
ALL LABOR REQUIRED TO INSTALL COMPLETE AND
OPERABLE PLUMBING SYSTEMS AS INDICATED ON THE
DRAWINGS, AS SPECIFIED, PER MANUFACTURER’S
RECOMMENDATIONS, AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL
APPLICABLE CODES, ORDINANCES, LAWS, AND PERMITS.
SUCH ITEMS INCLUDE BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO THOSE
LISTED IN THE "APPLICABLE CODES" TABLE ON THIS SHEET.
2.WHERE THERE IS A CONFLICT BETWEEN THE DRAWINGS
AND SPECIFICATIONS, THE MORE STRINGENT REQUIREMENT
SHALL APPLY.
3.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE
ACCURATE PLACEMENT OF ALL NEW CONSTRUCTION ON
THE SITE.
4.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL SITE CONDITIONS AND
DIMENSIONS, AND EXACT LOCATIONS AND ELEVATIONS OF
PIPING BEFORE STARTING WORK. SHOULD A DISCREPANCY
APPEAR IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, OR BETWEEN THE
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND EXISTING CONDITIONS,
NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT AT ONCE FOR INSTRUCTION ON
HOW TO PROCEED.
5.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL SITE CONDITIONS AND
DIMENSIONS, AND VERIFY EXACT LOCATIONS AND
ELEVATIONS OF PIPING POINTS OF CONNECTION BY MEANS
OF PHYSICAL EXCAVATION AND SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
BEFORE STARTING WORK. SHOULD A DISCREPANCY
APPEAR IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, OR BETWEEN THE
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND EXISTING CONDITIONS,
NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT OR OWNER’S REPRESENTATIVE AT
ONCE FOR INSTRUCTION ON HOW TO PROCEED.
6.ALL EXCAVATION AND TRENCHING SHALL BE PERFORMED IN
STRICT COMPLIANCE WITH THE REGULATIONS OF THE
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION
(OSHA).
7.ALL PIPING SHALL BE KEPT CLEARED FROM LOAD BEARING
FOOTINGS. SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS AND
SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.
8.SEWER, WATER, AND STORM DRAIN SYSTEMS INDICATED IN
THESE DRAWINGS SHALL EXTEND TO PLUMBING/CIVIL
POINTS OF CONNECTION AT 5'-0" OUTSIDE OF THE
BUILDING(S) UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.
CONTINUATION OF SUCH PIPING SYSTEMS ARE INDICATED
ON THE CIVIL DRAWINGS WITH CORRESPONDING
ASSOCIATED MATERIALS SPECIFIED UNDER A SEPARATE
SECTION OF THE PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS. ALL SUCH
PIPING SHALL BE INSTALLED IN A MANNER TO PROVIDE
PROPER CONNECTION TO INVERT ELEVATIONS INDICATED
ON CIVIL DRAWINGS. WHERE SIZES DIFFER BETWEEN
PLUMBING AND CIVIL DRAWINGS, CONTRACTOR SHALL
PROVIDE TRANSITION FITTINGS AS NECESSARY TO ALLOW
FOR PROPER CONNECTION.
9.HORIZONTAL WASTE PIPING WITHIN THE BUILDING SHALL BE
INSTALLED CONCEALED WITHIN WALLS, BELOW FINISH
FLOOR, OR BELOW FINISH SLAB AS APPLICABLE UNLESS
NOTED OTHERWISE. ALL OTHER HORIZONTAL PIPING WITHIN
THE BUILDING SHALL BE INSTALLED CONCEALED ABOVE
CEILING OR WITHIN WALLS AS APPLICABLE UNLESS NOTED
OTHERWISE. ALL VERTICAL PIPING SHALL BE INSTALLED
CONCEALED WITHIN WALLS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. NO
PIPING SHALL BE INSTALLED IN EXPOSED LOCATIONS
UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED AS SUCH ON PLANS.
10.REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR LOCATIONS,
ROUGH IN DIMENSIONS, AND MOUNTING HEIGHTS OF ALL
EXPOSED ELEMENTS. SUCH ITEMS INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT
LIMITED TO PLUMBING FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT, ACCESS
PANELS, HOSE BIBBS, RECESSED HOSE BIBBS, AND
OVERFLOW DRAIN TERMINATION POINTS. WHERE
DIMENSIONS ARE NOT INDICATED, SEEK ARCHITECT'S
DIRECTION AND/OR APPROVAL PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.
11.WATER HAMMER ARRESTOR SIZES SHALL CORRESPOND TO
PLUMBING & DRAINAGE INSTITUTE (PDI) WATER HAMMER
ARRESTERS STANDARD PDI-WH 201 CURRENT EDITION
SIZING RECOMMENDATIONS.
12.HOSE BIBBS SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH AN APPROVED NON
REMOVABLE VACUUM BREAKER.
13.PROVIDE ACCESS PANELS IN WALLS AND HARD SUSPENDED
CEILINGS WHERE REQUIRED TO SERVICE TRAPS,
CLEANOUTS, VALVES, MIXING VALVES, TRAP PRIMERS,
WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS AND OTHER CONCEALED
PLUMBING APPURTENANCES. WHERE POSSIBLE, USE SAME
ACCESS PANEL TO SERVICE MORE THAN ONE ITEM WHEN
LOCATED DIRECTLY ADJACENT IN SAME IMMEDIATE
VICINITY. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR ACCESS PANEL
REQUIREMENTS.
14.REFER TO DETAILS FOR ADDITIONAL COORDINATION, SHOP
DRAWING, AND INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS FOR TYPICAL
EXPOSED PLUMBING ELEMENTS IN RESTROOMS.
15.ACCESS PANELS.
A.WHERE POSSIBLE, USE SAME ACCESS PANEL FOR
SHUT-OFF VALVES, MIXING VALVES, TRAP PRIMERS
AND WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS AND/OR OTHER
INTERIOR WALL COMPONENTS WHEN LOCATED
DIRECTLY ADJACENT IN SAME IMMEDIATE VICINITY.
SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR MOUNTING
HEIGHTS.
B.SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR ACCESS PANEL
REQUIREMENTS.
21.CLEANOUTS.
A.INTERIOR CLEANOUTS SHALL BE WALL CLEANOUTS
RATHER THAN FLOOR CLEANOUTS UNLESS
OTHERWISE INDICATED, SHALL BE READILY
ACCESSIBLE, AND SHALL BE CAREFULLY
COORDINATED WITH CASEWORK, EQUIPMENT, AND
OTHER ITEMS TO AVOID CONFLICT AND MAINTAIN
SERVICE CLEARANCE. NOT ALL REQUIRED
CLEANOUTS ARE INDICATED ON PLANS. CLEANOUTS
SHALL BE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 707 AND SECTION 719
OF THE 2022 CALIFORNIA PLUMBING CODE. SEE
SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS.
B.WHERE POSSIBLE, CLEANOUTS SHALL BE LOCATED
IN UNFINISHED AREAS SUCH AS STORAGE ROOMS,
CLOSETS, AND JANITORS CLOSETS, ETC.
C.PROVIDE ACCESSIBLE CLEANOUTS AT THE BASE OF
ALL SOIL/WASTE STACKS.
D.EXTERIOR YARD BOXES AND CLEANOUTS SHALL BE
INSTALLED IN EXACT LOCATIONS INDICATED ON
PLANS. IN THE EVENT OF A CONFLICT OR
DISCREPANCY, NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT AT ONCE
FOR INSTRUCTION ON HOW TO PROCEED.
22.EXTERIOR WATER SHUT-OFF VALVES SHALL BE INSTALLED
WITHIN CONCRETE YARD BOXES. YARD BOX COVERS SHALL
BE CLEARLY STAMPED WITH "WATER", OR "GAS", AS
APPLICABLE. ALL YARD BOXES AND CLEANOUT COVERS
SHALL ALIGN WITH SCORED HARDSCAPE JOINTS PER
LANDSCAPE PLANS. SEWER CLEANOUT COVERS SHALL BE
BRASS, YARD BOX COVERS SHALL BE CONCRETE. REFER TO
SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.
23.DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC AND MAY NOT INDICATE ALL
REQUIRED OFFSETS, TRANSITIONS AND FITTINGS. PROVIDE
ADDITIONAL OFFSETS, TRANSITIONS AND FITTINGS AS
REQUIRED IN COORDINATION WITH OTHER TRADES.
24.COORDINATE CONSTRUCTION OF ALL PLUMBING WORK
WITH ARCHITECTURAL, STRUCTURAL, MECHANICAL,
ELECTRICAL, CIVIL, AND OTHER DISCIPLINES' WORK SHOWN
ON OTHER CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.
25.CAREFULLY COORDINATE ALL WORK WITH THE WORK OF
OTHER CONTRACTORS AND TRADES PRIOR TO ORDERING
OF MATERIALS AND/OR INSTALLATION. IF CONTRACTOR IS IN
THE PROCESS OF INSTALLING NEW WORK, AND CONFLICTS
WITH EXISTING CONDITIONS OR OTHER TRADES ARISE,
NOTIFY THE OWNER’S REPRESENTATIVE AT ONCE FOR
INSTRUCTION ON HOW TO PROCEED.
26.LOCATIONS SHOWN FOR POINTS OF CONNECTION TO
MECHANICAL UNITS AND EQUIPMENT INSTALLED BY OTHER
TRADES ARE APPROXIMATE. USING MANUFACTURER’S
CERTIFIED DRAWINGS, VERIFY WITH THE INSTALLING
CONTRACTOR EXACT PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS, ROUGH-IN
LOCATIONS AND CONNECTION POINTS OF ALL EQUIPMENT
REQUIRING PLUMBING CONNECTIONS. WHERE PLANS
INDICATE ASSOCIATED PLUMBING SERVICE PIPING
PENETRATING THROUGH ADJACENT ROOF OR STRUCTURE,
MAKE ADJUSTMENT TO PENETRATION LOCATIONS AS
NECESSARY TO LIMIT EXPOSED HORIZONTAL PIPING
DISTANCE TO MAXIMUM 3’-0” BETWEEN THE PENETRATION
LOCATION AND POINT OF CONNECTION TO THE EQUIPMENT.
27.ALL VALVES AND STRAINERS SHALL BE FULL SIZE OF PIPE
BEFORE REDUCING SIZE TO MAKE CONNECTIONS TO
EQUIPMENT. COORDINATE AND PROVIDE ALL PIPING
TRANSITIONS REQUIRED FOR FINAL EQUIPMENT
CONNECTIONS TO FURNISHED EQUIPMENT.
28.CONCRETE HOUSEKEEPING PADS SHALL BE PROVIDED AT
ALL OCCURRENCES OF FLOOR MOUNTED EQUIPMENT,
INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO WATER HEATERS, HEAT
EXCHANGERS, BOILERS, STORAGE TANKS, PUMPS, AIR
COMPRESSORS, AND VACUUM PUMPS. CONCRETE
HOUSEKEEPING PADS SHALL BE SIZED AND LOCATED BY
THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR. MINIMUM CONCRETE PAD
THICKNESS SHALL BE 4 INCHES. PADS SHALL EXTEND
BEYOND THE EQUIPMENT A MINIMUM OF 6 INCHES ON EACH
SIDE OR AS INDICATED IN STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS AND
SPECIFICATIONS. IT SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE
PLUMBING CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE SIZE AND
LOCATION OF ALL REQUIRED HOUSEKEEPING PADS WITH
THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO BID. SEE
STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.
29.REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR LOCATIONS OF
ALL FIRE RATED ASSEMBLIES. PROVIDE FIRESTOPPING AT
ALL PENETRATIONS THROUGH FIRE RETARDANT
CONSTRUCTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH SPECIFICATIONS.
30.HORIZONTAL SANITARY DRAINAGE PIPING SHALL SLOPE AT
1/4" PER FOOT UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. WHERE IT IS
IMPRACTICAL TO SLOPE AT 1/4" PER FOOT, PIPING 4" AND
GREATER IN SIZE MAY BE INSTALLED AT 1/8" PER FOOT
WHEN FIRST APPROVED BY THE ADMINISTRATIVE
AUTHORITY.
31.HORIZONTAL SANITARY VENT PIPING SHALL BE GRADED TO
DRIP BACK BY GRAVITY TO THE WASTE PIPE WHICH IT
SERVES.
32.HORIZONTAL CONDENSATE PIPING SHALL SLOPE AT 1/8" PER
FOOT UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.
33.DOMESTIC WATER PIPING AND COMPONENTS SHALL BE
PROVIDED AND INSTALLED IN COMPLIANCE WITH
CALIFORNIA AB 1953 LEGISLATION (EFFECTIVE JANUARY 1,
WHICH LIMITS THE ALLOWABLE LEAD CONTENT IN CERTAIN
DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEM COMPONENTS.
34.INDUSTRIAL HOT AND COLD WATER MATERIALS AND
INSTALLATION, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PIPING,
VALVES, INSULATION, COMPONENTS, HANGERS, SEISMIC
RESTRAINT, AND DISINFECTION SHALL BE AS SPECIFIED FOR
DOMESTIC HOT AND COLD WATER SYSTEMS,
RESPECTIVELY.
35.DRAWING PLANS, SCHEMATICS, AND DIAGRAMS INDICATE
GENERAL LOCATION AND ARRANGEMENT OF PIPING.
INDICATED LOCATIONS AND ARRANGEMENTS ARE USED TO
SIZE PIPE AND CALCULATE FRICTION LOSS, EXPANSION,
AND OTHER DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS. INSTALL PIPING AS
INDICATED UNLESS DEVIATIONS TO LAYOUT ARE APPROVED
ON COORDINATION DRAWINGS.
36.PIPING BETWEEN EACH PLUMBING FIXTURE AND THE
NEAREST BRANCH OR MAIN PIPING RUN SHALL BE SIZED TO
MATCH THE CORRESPONDING FIXTURE SCHEDULE
CONNECTION SIZE AT A MINIMUM UNLESS NOTED AS A
LARGER SIZE ON PLANS. PIPE HEADERS IN WALLS SERVING
BANKS OF FIXTURES SHALL BE FULL LINE SIZE FROM THE
UPSTREAM END OF THE BRANCH LINE TO THE END
TERMINAL UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.
37.PROVIDE SHUTOFF VALVES IN ALL DOMESTIC WATER PIPING
SYSTEM BRANCHES IN WHICH BRANCH PIPING SERVES ONE
OR MORE FIXTURES.
38.ALL EXPOSED PIPING AT WATER HEATING EQUIPMENT
(INCLUDING SUPPLIES) SHALL BE INSULATED.
39.SHUTOFF VALVES, SHUT-OFF COCKS, WATER CONTROL
DEVICES, CLEANOUTS, AND OTHER PIPING
APPURTENANCES SHALL BE THE SAME SIZE AS PIPING
SERVED UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.
40.PLUMBING PIPING SHALL NOT BE RUN THROUGH OR WITHIN
CEILING SPACE ABOVE ELECTRICAL ROOMS,
TELECOMMUNICATIONS ROOMS, OR ELEVATOR MACHINE
ROOMS, EXCEPT FOR BRANCH PIPING SERVING EQUIPMENT
IN THESE ROOMS.
41.INSTALL PIPING CONCEALED FROM VIEW AND PROTECTED
FROM PHYSICAL CONTACT BY BUILDING OCCUPANTS
UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. NO PIPING SHALL BE
INSTALLED IN EXPOSED LOCATIONS UNLESS SPECIFICALLY
NOTED AS SUCH ON PLANS.
42.INSTALL PIPING IN A NEAT ORGANIZED LAYOUT
COORDINATING WITH OTHER TRADES.
43.PROVIDE HANGERS, CLAMPS, ANCHORS AND GUIDES
ACCORDING TO SPECIFICATIONS TO PREVENT STRESS ON
PIPING.
44.INSTALL PIPING SO THAT ALL VALVES, STRAINERS, UNIONS,
TRAPS, FLANGES, AND OTHER APPURTENANCES REQUIRING
ACCESS ARE ACCESSIBLE.
45.UNIONS OR FLANGES SHALL BE INSTALLED AT EACH PIECE
OF EQUIPMENT, IN BYPASSES, AND IN LONG PIPING RUNS
(100 FEET OR MORE) TO PERMIT DISASSEMBLY FOR
ALTERATION AND REPAIRS.
46.PROVIDE FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS IN ALL PIPING SYSTEMS
WHICH CONNECT TO PUMPS OR OTHER EQUIPMENT WHICH
REQUIRE VIBRATION ISOLATION. FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS
SHALL BE PROVIDED AS CLOSE TO THE EQUIPMENT AS
POSSIBLE.
47.PROVIDE SLEEVES FOR PIPING PENETRATIONS THROUGH
CONCRETE OR MASONRY WALLS, FOOTINGS, GRADE BEAMS
OR OTHER SIMILAR STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS. SLEEVES
SHALL BE MINIMUM 2 INCHES DIAMETER LARGER THAN THE
PIPING SERVED.
48.PROVIDE EXPANSION LOOPS ON NATURAL GAS AND WATER
PIPING AND EXPANSION FITTINGS ON MEDICAL GAS PIPING
CROSSING STRUCTURAL EXPANSION JOINTS.
49.ALL OUTLETS FOR FUTURE CONNECTIONS SHALL BE
INSTALLED SO AS TO PERMIT EASY CONNECTION. ALL
PLUGGED OR CAPPED WASTE OUTLETS FOR FUTURE
CONNECTIONS SHALL BE INSTALLED AS LOW AS POSSIBLE
IN CEILING SPACES. ALL PLUGGED OR CAPPED VENT
OUTLETS FOR FUTURE CONNECTIONS SHALL BE INSTALLED
AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE IN CEILING SPACES.
50.PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY TEMPORARY OR PERMANENT
CAPS OR PLUGS FOR PIPING. DO NOT LEAVE PIPING OPEN
ENDED.
51.NEW POTABLE WATER SYSTEMS SHALL BE DISINFECTED
PRIOR TO USE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 609.9 OF THE
2022 CALIFORNIA PLUMBING CODE AND SPECIFICATIONS.
52.LAVATORIES IN PUBLIC RESTROOMS SHALL HAVE HOT
WATER CONTROLS THAT COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING
REQUIREMENTS:
A.ADA LAVATORIES AND SINKS SHALL BE PROVIDED
WITH ADA INSULATED TRAP AND SUPPLY COVERS AS
SPECIFIED.
57.ADA WATER CLOSETS SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH FLUSH
VALVE ACTUATOR HANDLE LOCATED ON THE WHEEL CHAIR
ACCESS SIDE OF THE FIXTURE.
58.CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE SPECIFIED COUNTER
SINKS WITH MILLWORK CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS PRIOR
TO PURCHASE OF ANY PLUMBING FIXTURES, AND SUBMIT
MILLWORK SHOP DRAWINGS WITH FIXTURE SHOP
DRAWINGS FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL.
ABBREVIATIONS
ABV ABOVE
AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR
AP ACCESS PANEL
AW ACID WASTE
AV ACID VENT
AHJ AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION
ATV ATMOSPHERIC VENT
CA COMPRESSED AIR
CD CONDENSATE DRAIN
CX COMMISSIONING
CW DOMESTIC COLD WATER
DN DOWN
ELEC ELECTRICAL
(E)EXISTING
FCO FLOOR CLEANOUT
FD FLOOR DRAIN
F.F.E.FINISHED FLOOR ELEVATION
FT FOOT, FEET
F.U.FIXTURE UNIT(S)
F FIRE
FS FIRE SPRINKLER
G GAS
GPM GALLONS PER MINUTE
GPH GALLONS PER HOUR
HP HORSEPOWER
HW DOMESTIC HOT WATER
HWR DOMESTIC HOT WATER RETURN
HZ HERTZ
I.E.INVERT ELEVATION
ICW INDUSTRIAL COLD WATER
IHW INDUSTRIAL HOT WATER
IN WC INCHES WATER COLUMN
KW KILOWATT
LAV LAVATORY
LBS POUNDS
MG MEDIUM PRESSURE GAS
MIN MINIMUM
MAX MAXIMUM
NPSHR NET POSITIVE SUCTION HEAD
NIC NOT IN CONTRACT
NTS NOT TO SCALE
OD OVERFLOW DRAIN
POC POINT OF CONNECTION
POD POINT OF DISCONNECT
PRV PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE
PSI POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH
PCD PUMPED CONDENSATE DRAIN
RD ROOF DRAIN
SD STORM DRAIN
SS SANITARY SEWER
SOV SHUT-OFF VALVE
▲T DELTA T
TDH TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD
TEMP TEMPERATURE
TP TRAP PRIMER
TYP.TYPICAL
UR URINAL
VAC VACUUM
V VENT
VTR VENT THROUGH ROOF
W WATER
WC WATER CLOSET
WCO WALL CLEANOUT
NEW EQUIPMENT
EXISTING VACUUM
EXISTING GAS
NEW COLD WATER
NEW VACUUM
NEW CARBON DIOXIDE
NEW ACID VENT
NEW HOT WATER
NEW SANITARY SEWER
NEW SANITARY VENT
EXISTING NITROGEN
NEW GAS
NEW NITROGEN
NEW STORM DRAIN
NEW OVERFLOW DRAINOD
SD
SCD
NEW GREASE WASTE
GW
GW
NEW NITROUS OXIDE
NEW MEDICAL AIR
NEW MEDICAL VACUUM
N₂O
N₂
CO₂
WAGD
MV
MA
VAC
CA
DI
RO
G
MG
IHWR
IHW
ICW
(E)WAGD
(E)MV
(E)MA
(E)N₂O
(E)N₂
(E)CO₂
(E)VAC
(E)CA
(E)DI
(E)RO
(E)G
(E)MG
(E)IHWR
(E)IHW
(E)ICW
(E)HWR
(E)HW
(E)CW
(E)V
(E)OD
(E)SD
(E)GW
(E)SS
SPD
PCD
CD
NEW TRAP PRIMERTP
NEW EQUIPMENT
(HIDDEN)
PIPE OR EQUIPMENT
TO BE DEMOLISHED
EXISTING (SCREENED
BACKGROUND)
EXISTING HIDDEN
(SCREENED BACKGROUND)
EXISTING SANITARY
SEWER
EXISTING GREASE WASTE
EXISTING STORM DRAIN
EXISTING OVERFLOW DRAIN
EXISTING SANITARY VENT
EXISTING COLD WATER
EXISTING HOT WATER
EXISTING HOT WATER
RETURN
EXISTING INDUSTRIAL
COLD WATER
EXISTING INDUSTRIAL
HOT WATER
EXISTING INDUSTRIAL
HOT WATER RETURN
EXISTING MEDIUM
PRESSURE GAS
EXISTING REVERSE
OSMOSIS
EXISTING DEIONIZED
WATER
EXISTING COMPRESSED AIR
EXISTING CARBON DIOXIDE
EXISTING NITROUS OXIDE
EXISTING MEDICAL AIR
EXISTING MEDICAL VACUUM
EXISTING WASTE
ANESTHETIC GAS DISPOSAL
NEW SANITARY SEWER
BELOW GRADE
NEW GREASE WASTE
BELOW GRADE
NEW SUMP PUMP
DISCHARGE
NEW CONDENSATE DRAIN
NEW PUMPED
CONDENSATE DRAIN
NEW SECONDARY
CONDENSATE DRAIN
NEW ACID WASTE BELOW
GRADE
NEW HOT WATER RETURN
NEW INDUSTRIAL COLD
WATER
NEW INDUSTRIAL HOT
WATER
NEW INDUSTRIAL HOT
WATER RETURN
NEW MEDIUM PRESSURE
GAS
NEW REVERSE OSMOSIS
NEW DEIONIZED WATER
NEW COMPRESSED AIR
WASTE ANESTHETIC
GAS DISPOSAL
LINE TYPES
REVISION
DETAIL
CONTINUATION
ENLARGED PLAN
REVISED AREA
REVISION TAG
ANNOTATION SYMBOLS
PIPE SIZE
4" SS
TYP OF 2
SEE FOR CONT
TYP
SEE
RECONSTRUCTION KEY NOTE
DEMOLITION KEY NOTE
POINT OF CONNECTION
POINT OF DISCONNECTION
P0.1
1
P0.1
1
P0.1
1
1
MISCELLANEOUS
FIXT-1
EQUIPMENT/FIXTURE CALLOUT
PLUMBING SYMBOLS
EXISTING ACID VENT
EXISTING ACID WASTE(E)AW
(E)AV
APPLICABLE STANDARDS
2022 CALIFORNIA ELECTRICAL CODE (CEC: PART 3 , TITLE 24 , CCR)
2022 CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE (CBC: PART 1 & PART 2 , TITLE 24 , CCR)
2022 CALIFORNIA MECHANICAL CODE (CMC: PART 4 , TITLE 24 , CCR)
2022 CALIFORNIA PLUMBING CODE (CPC: PART 5 , TITLE 24 , CCR)
2022 CALIFORNIA FIRE CODE (CFC: PART 9, TITLE 24, CCR)
2022 CALIFORNIA ENERGY CODE (CEC: PART 6, TITLE 24, CCR)
2022 CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS (PART 11, TITLE 24, CCR)
TITLE 19 C.R.R PUBLIC SAFETY STATE FIRE MARSHAL REGULATIONS
THE PROJECT SHALL ALSO COMPLY WITH THE APPLICABLE CODES AND
STANDARDS OF THE NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA),
AND FM GLOBAL REQUIREMENTS.
1
1
NEW ACID WASTEAW
AW
AV
FLOOR SINK
FLOOR CLEANOUT
WATER CLOSET
FIXTURE OUTLET
URINAL
WALL CLEANOUT
METER
BACK FLOW PREVENTER
PUMP
CHECK VALVE
BALL VALVE
UNION
BALANCING VALVE
GATE VALVE
CONTINUATION
GAS SHUT-OFF VALVE
DIRECTION OF FLOW
SLOPE OF PIPE
INSTANTANEOUS WATER HEATER
SHUT-OFF VALVE
SEISMIC JOINT
TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE
RELIEF VALVE
FLOOR DRAIN
MIXING VALVE
2%
BFP
M
NEW ARGONAR
EXISTING ARGON(E)AR
EXISTING OXYGEN(E)O₂
NEW OXYGENO₂
UTILITY TYPE
SIZE
EQUIPMENT/FIXTURE IDENTIFICATION
EQUIPMENT/FIXTURE TYPE
OCCURENCE
SHEET WHERE PLAN IS DRAWN
PLAN IDENTIFICATION
PLAN IDENTIFICATION
SHEET PLAN DETAIL IS DRAWN
DETAIL IDENTIFICATION
SHEET WHERE DETAIL IS DRAWN
OCCURANCE
NEW PIPE FITTING
PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE
Sheet No.
Project
Agency Plan Check / Permit No.
Petersen Design Project No.
Consultant
5082.1
652 East Dyer Drive
Santa Ana, CA 92705
DYER WAREHOUSE
Staging & Set-Up Space
Tenant Improvements
Sheet Title
Revision / Submittal History
Scale
Status
.
architecture + planning
Agency Approval
Petersen Design Architects, Inc.
17582 Fiesta Way, Tustin, CA 92780
M: 714.904.6720 E: mike@mpdarch.com
www.mpdarch.com
Architect's Stamp
.
255 E. Rincon St., Suite 301
Corona, CA 92879
P 951.340.1977 | F 951.340.1090
www.gossengineering.com
CALOFI
GI
RE
NG
A
E
S
A
M
ET
SAT E HC A
F
NIC L
ORNI
EPR
ET
RED
OF ONAL
SSI
NE
RE
I
No. M36781
Exp. 3-31-26
YRNEGA.WAHS
T
Project Number: 125-09-07
Date Signed 10-30-25
Symbols, Designation
and Abbreviations
P0.1
PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE
UNIT
NO.DESCRIPTION
ROUGH-IN SIZES
ELECTRICAL REMARKS
TRAP W V CW HW
S-1 BREAK ROOM SINK 1-1/2"1-1/2"1-1/2"1/2"1/2"-
JUST MANUFACTURING, STAINLESS STEEL 25" X 21-1/4" X 5-1/2" SINGLE BOWL DROP-IN ADA SINK MODEL NO. PSLVR1917LO, REAR CENTER DRAIN PLACEMENT, AND
BOTTOM ONLY PADS. MOUNT IN ACCORDANCE WITH ADA REQUIREMENTS. PROVIDE WITH AMERICAN STANDARD COLONY PRO NO. 7074.000, KITCHEN FAUCET,
LESS SIDE-SPRAY WITH DECK PLATE. BRASS 8-1/2" LONG SWIVEL SPOUT METAL LEVER HANDLE. 1.5 GPM MAXIMUM FLOW RATE. COMPLETE WITH INSINKERATOR
EVOLUTION PROCOMPACT_120V GARBAGE DISPOSAL.
5
ELECTRIC TANKLESS WATER HEATER SCHEDULE
IHW-1
UNIT
NO.
MANUFACTURER
& MODEL NO.LOCATION SERVICE STORAGE
CAPACITY
ELECTRICAL
KW V PH HZ
OPER. WT.
LBS.REMARKS
DOMESTIC
HOT WATER ---8.0 277 1 60
OUTLET
TEMP °F
INLET
TEMP °F
REC @ 80°
T (GPH)
---EEMAX/
SPEX80T BREAK AREA 60 87 OUTLET TEMPERATURE BASED OFF 2.0 GPM FLOW.
PIPE MATERIAL SCHEDULE
MAT
E
R
I
A
L
SERVICE
(CW)
(HWR)WATER
OUTSIDE(V)
(W)INSIDE
(HW)
INSIDE
NOTE:
REMARKSCOP
P
E
R
T
Y
P
E
L
95/
5
S
O
L
D
E
R
COP
P
E
R
T
Y
P
E
"
M
"
ANY (T) PIPING SYSTEM
SHALL BE THE SAME AS (N)
OR EQUAL
WASTE &
VENT
CAS
T
I
R
O
N
S
O
I
L
P
I
P
E
&
F
I
T
T
I
N
G
,
A
S
T
M
A74
,
A
S
T
M
A
8
8
8
A
N
D
C
I
S
P
I
3
0
1
(CD)INSIDE
INDIRECT
DRAIN
FITTINGS: ASME B16.15, ASME B16.18
HEAVY DUTY SHIELDED COUPLINGS,
ASTM C1277 & ASTM C1540, TYPE 304
STAINLESS STEEL
FITTINGS: ASTM B828
Sheet No.
Project
Agency Plan Check / Permit No.
Petersen Design Project No.
Consultant
5082.1
652 East Dyer Drive
Santa Ana, CA 92705
DYER WAREHOUSE
Staging & Set-Up Space
Tenant Improvements
Sheet Title
Revision / Submittal History
Scale
Status
.
architecture + planning
Agency Approval
Petersen Design Architects, Inc.
17582 Fiesta Way, Tustin, CA 92780
M: 714.904.6720 E: mike@mpdarch.com
www.mpdarch.com
Architect's Stamp
.
255 E. Rincon St., Suite 301
Corona, CA 92879
P 951.340.1977 | F 951.340.1090
www.gossengineering.com
CALOFI
GI
RE
NG
A
E
S
A
M
ET
SAT E HC A
F
NIC L
ORNI
EPR
ET
RED
OF ONAL
SSI
NE
RE
I
No. M36781
Exp. 3-31-26
YRNEGA.WAHS
T
Project Number: 125-09-07
Date Signed 10-30-25
Fixture Schedules
P0.2
Sheet No.
Project
Agency Plan Check / Permit No.
Petersen Design Project No.
Consultant
5082.1
652 East Dyer Drive
Santa Ana, CA 92705
DYER WAREHOUSE
Staging & Set-Up Space
Tenant Improvements
Sheet Title
Revision / Submittal History
Scale
Status
.
architecture + planning
Agency Approval
Petersen Design Architects, Inc.
17582 Fiesta Way, Tustin, CA 92780
M: 714.904.6720 E: mike@mpdarch.com
www.mpdarch.com
Architect's Stamp
.
255 E. Rincon St., Suite 301
Corona, CA 92879
P 951.340.1977 | F 951.340.1090
www.gossengineering.com
CALOFI
GI
RE
NG
A
E
S
A
M
ET
SAT E HC A
F
NICL
ORNI
EPR
ET
RED
OF ONAL
SSI
NE
RE
I
No. M36781
Exp. 3-31-26
YRNEGA.WAHS
T
Project Number: 125-09-07
Date Signed 10-30-25
Title 24 Compliance
Forms
P0.3
EXIST RREXIST RR
EXIST ELEC
PROJECT AREA
(ASSEMBLY SPACE)
APPROX 3,450 SF
(E)2" CW
(E)2" CW
(E) SS BELOW
GRADE
1
2
SCALEKEY PLAN 0N.T.S.
SCALEPARTIAL FIRST FLOOR DEMOLITION PLUMBING PLAN 21/4" = 1'-0"
Sheet No.
Project
Agency Plan Check / Permit No.
Petersen Design Project No.
Consultant
5082.1
652 East Dyer Drive
Santa Ana, CA 92705
DYER WAREHOUSE
Staging & Set-Up Space
Tenant Improvements
Sheet Title
Revision / Submittal History
Scale
Status
.
architecture + planning
Agency Approval
Petersen Design Architects, Inc.
17582 Fiesta Way, Tustin, CA 92780
M: 714.904.6720 E: mike@mpdarch.com
www.mpdarch.com
Architect's Stamp
.
255 E. Rincon St., Suite 301
Corona, CA 92879
P 951.340.1977 | F 951.340.1090
www.gossengineering.com
CALOFI
GI
RE
NG
A
E
S
A
M
ET
SAT E HC A
F
NICL
ORNI
EPR
ET
RED
OF ONAL
SSI
NE
RE
I
No. M36781
Exp. 3-31-26
YRNEGA.WAHS
T
Project Number: 125-09-07
Date Signed 10-30-25
Partial First Floor
Demolition Plan
P1.0SCALENOT USED 1--
PROJECT
LOCATION
GENERAL NOTES:
1.DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC IN NATURE, ACTUAL
EXISTING CONDITIONS SHALL BE FIELD VERIFIED PRIOR TO
CONSTRUCTION EFFORT.
2.SHUTDOWNS TO THE BUILDING SHALL BE COORDINATED
WITH THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE.
DEMOLITION NOTES:
SAWCUT SHADED AREA FOR NEW SANITARY WASTE PIPING.
PRIOR TO SAWCUT, CONTRACTOR SHALL CAMERA (E) SS
LINES AND VERIFY SIZE, ROUTING, AND INVERT ELEVATION.
UP TO ROOF TO (E) HOSE BIBB.
1
2
EXIST RREXIST RR
EXIST ELEC
PROJECT AREA
(ASSEMBLY SPACE)
APPROX 3,450 SF
P5.1
5 CONDENSATE DRAIN TO
TAILPIECE SEE DETAIL (TYP)
3/4" CD
S-1
2
1
4
3
1-1/2" V
(E) SS
2" SS
EXIST RREXIST RR
EXIST ELEC
PROJECT AREA
(ASSEMBLY SPACE)
APPROX 3,450 SF
1/2" HW
1/2" CW
INSTANTANEOUS
WATER HEATER
IHW-1
S-1
P5.1
8
1
(E)2" CW
(E)2" CW
1/2" CW
SCALEKEY PLAN 0N.T.S.
SCALEPARTIAL FIRST FLOOR INSTALLATION WASTE AND VENT PLAN 21/4" = 1'-0"
Sheet No.
Project
Agency Plan Check / Permit No.
Petersen Design Project No.
Consultant
5082.1
652 East Dyer Drive
Santa Ana, CA 92705
DYER WAREHOUSE
Staging & Set-Up Space
Tenant Improvements
Sheet Title
Revision / Submittal History
Scale
Status
.
architecture + planning
Agency Approval
Petersen Design Architects, Inc.
17582 Fiesta Way, Tustin, CA 92780
M: 714.904.6720 E: mike@mpdarch.com
www.mpdarch.com
Architect's Stamp
.
255 E. Rincon St., Suite 301
Corona, CA 92879
P 951.340.1977 | F 951.340.1090
www.gossengineering.com
CALOFI
GI
RE
NG
A
E
S
A
M
ET
SAT E HC A
F
NIC L
ORNI
EPR
ET
RED
OF ONAL
SSI
NE
RE
I
No. M36781
Exp. 3-31-26
YRNEGA.WAHS
T
Project Number: 125-09-07
Date Signed 10-30-25
Partial First Floor
Domestic Water and
Waste/Vent Plans
P2.0SCALEPARTIAL FIRST FLOOR INSTALLATION CW/HW PLUMBING PLAN 11/4" = 1'-0"
PROJECT
LOCATION
GENERAL NOTES:
1.DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC IN NATURE, ACTUAL
EXISTING CONDITIONS SHALL BE FIELD VERIFIED PRIOR TO
CONSTRUCTION EFFORT.
2.SHUTDOWNS TO THE BUILDING SHALL BE COORDINATED
WITH THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE.
3.REFER TO 6/P5.1 FOR INTERIOR CLEANOUT INSTALLATION.
4.ALL CONDENSATE ROUTING SHALL BE INSTALLED AT A
SLOPE OF 1% IN THE DIRECTION OF FLOW.
INSTALLATION NOTES:
3/4" CONDENSATE DRAIN DOWN THROUGH ROOF FROM
AC-1.
3/4" CONDENSATE DRAIN DOWN THROUGH ROOF FROM
AC-2.
1-1/2" V UP THROUGH ROOF.
NEW SANITARY WASTE LINE TO BE CONNECTED TO (E)
SANITARY WASTE BELOW GRADE, PATCHBACK CONCRETE
AND MATCH ADJACENT FINISHES.
1
2
3
4
GENERAL NOTES:
1.DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC IN NATURE, ACTUAL
EXISTING CONDITIONS SHALL BE FIELD VERIFIED PRIOR TO
CONSTRUCTION EFFORT.
2.SHUTDOWNS TO THE BUILDING SHALL BE COORDINATED
WITH THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE.
3.REFER TO DETAILS 1,2/P5.1 FOR PIPE HANGER SUPPORTS.
4.REFER TO DETAILS 3,4/P5.1 FOR PIPE PENETRATIONS.
5.REFER TO DETAIL 7/P5.1 FOR PIPE INSULATION
REQUIREMENTS.
INSTALLATION NOTES:
CONTRACTOR TO FIELD VERIFY (E) CONDITIONS PRIOR TO
INSTALLATION.
1
HP
4
HP
8A
EF
1
SKYLIGHT (TYP.)
ROOF ACCESS
AC
1
AC
2
3/4" CD
1
1
2 P5.1
9 VENT THRU
ROOF
SCALEKEY PLAN 0N.T.S.
SCALEPARTIAL ROOF PLAN 21/4" = 1'-0"
Sheet No.
Project
Agency Plan Check / Permit No.
Petersen Design Project No.
Consultant
5082.1
652 East Dyer Drive
Santa Ana, CA 92705
DYER WAREHOUSE
Staging & Set-Up Space
Tenant Improvements
Sheet Title
Revision / Submittal History
Scale
Status
.
architecture + planning
Agency Approval
Petersen Design Architects, Inc.
17582 Fiesta Way, Tustin, CA 92780
M: 714.904.6720 E: mike@mpdarch.com
www.mpdarch.com
Architect's Stamp
.
255 E. Rincon St., Suite 301
Corona, CA 92879
P 951.340.1977 | F 951.340.1090
www.gossengineering.com
CALOFI
GI
RE
NG
A
E
S
A
M
ET
SAT E HC A
F
NICL
ORNI
EPR
ET
RED
OF ONAL
SSI
NE
RE
I
No. M36781
Exp. 3-31-26
YRNEGA.WAHS
T
Project Number: 125-09-07
Date Signed 10-30-25
Partial Roof Plan
P2.1SCALENOT USED 1N.T.S.
PROJECT
LOCATION
GENERAL NOTES:
1.DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC IN NATURE, ACTUAL
EXISTING CONDITIONS SHALL BE FIELD VERIFIED PRIOR TO
CONSTRUCTION EFFORT.
2.SHUTDOWNS TO THE BUILDING SHALL BE COORDINATED
WITH THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE.
INSTALLATION NOTES:
3/4" CONDENSATE DRAIN DOWN THROUGH ROOF, SEE P2.0
FOR CONTINUATION.
1-1/2" V UP THROUGH ROOF.
1
2
SCALE
TRAPEZE HANGER PIPE SUPPORT 1N.T.S.
SCALE
BARE PIPE PENETRATION THRU NON-RATED WALL 4N.T.S.
SCALE
PIPE INSULATION THICKNESS 7N.T.S.
SCALE
SINGLE PIPE HANGER SUPPORT 2N.T.S.
SCALE
CONDENSATE DRAIN TO TAILPIECE 5N.T.S.
SCALE
PIPE W/ INSULATION PENETRATION THRU NON-RATED WALL 3N.T.S.
SCALE
INTERIOR CLEANOUT 6N.T.S.
SCALE
VENT THRU ROOF 9N.T.S.
SCALE
-----N.T.S.
3/4" CONDENSATE
DRAIN IN WALL FROM
MECHANICAL FAN COIL
ABOVE
3/4" BLACK PLASTIC HOSE
CHROME PLATED TAILPIECE
WITH DRAIN CONN.
HOSE CLAMP (TYP.)
"P" TRAP
WALL
SINK/LAV
1. THESE THICKNESS ARE BASED ON ENERGY EFFICIENCY CONSIDERATIONS ONLY. ISSUES SUCH AS WATER VAPOR PERMEABILITY OR SURFACE CONDENSATION
SOMETIMES REQUIRED VAPOR RETARDERS OR ADDITIONAL INSULATION.
TABLE 120.3-A PIPE INSULATION THICKNESS
FLUID OPERATING
TEMPERATURE
RANGE (°F)
INSULATION CONDUCTIVITY NOMINAL PIPE DIAMETER (IN INCHES)
CONDUCTIVITY (In
Btu-In/h-ft²-°F)
MEAN RATING
TEMPERATURE (°F)< 1 1 TO < 1.5 1.5 TO < 4 4 TO < 8 8 AND LARGER
SPACE HEATING AND SERVICE WATER HEATING SYSTEM (STEAM, STEAM
CONDENSATE, REFRIGERANT, SPACE HEATING, SERVICE HOT WATER)MINIMUM PIPE INSULATION REQUIRED (THICKNESS IN INCHES OR R-VALUE)
ABOVE 350 0.32-0.34 250
INCH 4.5 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0
R-VALUE R-37 R-41 R-37 R-27 R-23
251-350 0.29-0.30 200
INCH 3.0 4.0 4.5 4.5 4.5
R-VALUE R-24 R-34 R-35 R-26 R-22
201-250 0.27-0.30 150
INCH 2.5 2.5 2.5 3.0 3.0
R-VALUE R-21 R-20 R-17.5 R-17 R-14.5
141-200 0.25-0.29 125
INCH 1.5 1.5 2.0 2.0 2.0
R-VALUE R-11.5 R-11 R-14 R-11 R-10
105-140 0.22-0.28 100
INCH 1.0 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
R-VALUE R-7.7 R-12.5 R-11 R-9 R-8
FLUID OPERATING
TEMPERATURE
RANGE (°F)
INSULATION CONDUCTIVITY NOMINAL PIPE DIAMETER (IN INCHES)
CONDUCTIVITY (In
Btu-In/h-ft²-°F)
MEAN RATING
TEMPERATURE (°F)< 1 1 TO < 1.5 1.5 TO < 4 4 TO < 8 8 AND LARGER
SPACE COOLING SYSTEM (CHILLED WATER, REFRIGERANT AND BRINE)MINIMUM PIPE INSULATION REQUIRED (THICKNESS IN INCHES OR R-VALUE) ¹
40-60 0.21-0.27 75
INCH NONRES
0.5
RES
0.75
NONRES
0.5
RES
0.75 1.0 1.0 1.0
R-VALUE NONRES
R-3
RES
R-6
NONRES
R-3
RES
R-5 R-7 R-6 R-5
BELOW 40 0.20-0.26 50
INCH 1.0 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
R-VALUE R-8.5 R-14 R-12 R-10 R-9
RESILIENT CAULKING FIBERGLASS INSULATION
1.5 PCF MAX. 100% FILL
PIPE
PIPE INSULATION
WHERE OCCURS
PARTITION, CEILING,
WALL, ROOF OR FLOOR
CONSTRUCTION VARIES
25 GA (MIN.) METAL SLEEVE
1.PROVIDE PITCH POCKET CONSTRUCTION, ADDITIONAL FLASHING OR WEATHER CAP AS
REQUIRED FOR WATERPROOF CONSTRUCTION. DO NOT MECHANICALLY TIE PIPE TO
STRUCTURE IN ANY WAY.
2.SPACE BETWEEN PIPE AND SLEEVE SHALL BE FREE OF ANY FOREIGN MATERIALS.
3.PIPE SHALL NOT CONTACT STRUCTURE AT ANY TIME. WEDGES SHALL NOT BE USED TO
MAINTAIN PIPE IN POSITION.
4.PIPE MUST BE APPROXIMATELY CENTERED IN OPENING. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL CLEARING
FOR POSITIONAL CHANGE OF PIPING DUE TO LOADING OF SYSTEM OPERATION.
NOTES:
ATTACHMENT TO STRUCTURE
3/8" DIA.
ROD SIZE
1/2" DIA.
UP TO 2"
PIPE SIZE
2 1/2" THRU 3"
LOAD (MAX.)
PIPE HANGER ROD SIZE
60 LBS
110 LBS
HORIZONTAL DISTANCE
CAST IRON
MATERIALS
PIPE HANGER SPACING
5 FEET, EXCEPT 10 FEET WHERE 10 FOOT
LENGTHS ARE INSTALLED.
COPPER
1-1/2 INCHES AND SMALLER, 6 FEET; 2 INCHES
AND LARGER, 10 FEET.
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS SCHEDULE
ATTACHMENT TO
STRUCTURE
ROD COUPLING
PIPE
ADD PIPE SLEEVE THAT
HAS AN INSIDE DIAMETER
1/4" (+-) LARGER THAN
OUTSIDE DIAMETER OF
BOLT
HEAVY DUTY
CLEVIS HANGER
HANGER
THREADED ROD
SADDLE
AIRCRAFT CABLE (TYP.)
45°
NOTES:
1.HANGER RODS WITH 6 FEET MAXIMUM
SPACING. MINIMUM SIZE 3/8"Ø.
2.USE EXISTING TRAPEZE SUPPORTS
WHERE AVAILABLE.
3.COMBINED WEIGHT OF SUPPORTED
PIPES IS 10 LBS/FT MAXIMUM.
SECURE TO STRUCTURE ABOVE,
SEE BELOW STRUCTURE TYPE
CHANNEL COMBINATION UNISTRUT P1001 OR
APPROVED EQUAL PER SPECIFICATION
CONTINUOUS THREADED ROD GRINNELL FIG. 146
OR APPROVED EQUAL PER SPECIFICATION
MAXIMUM LENGTH 48"
CONCRETE:
ROD HANGER ANCHOR SCREW-SIZED FOR LOAD- HILTI, DEWALT,
SIMPSON, SAMMYS OR EQUAL-NO SHOT-FIRED HANGERS.
STEEL:
NIVENT CADDY ROD HANGER, SAMMYS, MORRIS, JUNIOR BEAM
CLAMP, OR EQUAL, SIZED FOR LOAD- NO SHOT-FIRED HANGERS.
WOOD:
ROD HANGER BY POWERS, SAMMYS OR EQUAL-SIZED FOR LOAD
FIRE BARRIER CAULK CP25WBX
(UL CLASSIFIED & STATE FIRE
MARSHAL LISTED)-(TYPICAL)
NOTES :
1. INSTALLATION SHALL COMPLY WITH THE U.L. FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY
VOL. 2 2011 EDITION, SYSTEM NO. W-L-1000 THROUGH PENETRATION
FIRESTOP SYSTEM.
"3M BRAND"
FIRE RATED WALL
PROVIDE A MIN. 1/4"Ø BEAD
FIRE BARRIER CAULK CP25WBX
(UL CLASSIFIED & STATE FIRE
MARSHAL LISTED)-(TYPICAL)
4"Ø OR SMALLER STEEL PIPE
1/4" MAX. ANNULAR SPACE (TYP.)
NOTES :
1. INSTALLATION SHALL COMPLY WITH THE U.L. FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY
FIRESTOP SYSTEM.
"3M BRAND"
2. DO NOT CUT WALL STUDS WITHOUT UNIVERSITY REPRESENTATIVES' APPROVAL.
CLEANOUT TEE
WALL CLEANOUT
CHROME PLATED STEEL
COVER PLATE WITH
SECURING SCREW
FINISHED WALL
SURFACE
THREADED
CLEANOUT PLUG
NOTE:
1.VENTS SHALL BE INSTALLED PER CHAPTER 9, SECTION 906.0 OF THE CPC.
VERIFY ROOFING
MATERIAL SEE
ARCH. PLANS
PIPE THRU ROOF
FIRE STOP ASSEMBLY AS
PIPE PENETRATION PROVIDE
ABV. ANY FRESH AIR INTAKE
COUNTERFLASH CONNECTIONS
REQUIRED.
FLASHING
TOP OF ROOF
MIN. 10 FT. FROM OR 3 FT.
(ANCHOR DN. W/SET SCREW)
FOR DOMESTIC WASTE VENT
VANDAL PROOF VENT CAP
12
"
-
S
T
A
N
D
A
R
D
VENT FOR DOMESTIC
LOCATION SHALL BE
WASTE VENTING NOTE:
BREAK
SINK
COUNTER TOP
J-BOX W/DISCONNECT
SWITCH ON WALL
BELOW COUNTER AS
HIGH AS POSSIBLE.
PROVIDED & INSTALLED
BY ELECTRICAL
ZURN LEAD COMPLIANT “XL”
MODEL Z8860-XL-12-SS TO
Z8860-XL-16-SS BRAIDED
STAINLESS STEEL FLEX
CONNECTOR ON HW SUPPLY
IHW-1
INSTANTANEOUS WATER
HEATER ON WALL BELOW
COUNTER. MOUNT AS HIGH
AS POSSIBLE AND IN
ACCORDANCE W/
MANUFACTURER'S
RECOMMENDATIONS. SET
OUTLET TEMP TO 110° F
FOR SINKS
PPP #MM-5001FCT WATER
HAMMER ARRESTOR ON
HOT WATER SUPPLY
POWER WIRING BY
ELECTRICAL ANGLE STOP WITH PPP
#MM-5001FCT WATER
HAMMER ARRESTOR ON
COLD WATER SUPPLY.
ZURN LEAD COMPLIANT “XL”
MODEL Z8860-XL-12-SS TO
Z8860-XL-16-SS BRAIDED
STAINLESS STEEL FLEX
CONNECTOR ON CW SUPPLY
ZURN LEAD COMPLIANT “XL”
MODEL Z8860-XL-12-SS TO
Z8860-XL-16-SS BRAIDED
STAINLESS STEEL FLEX
CONNECTOR ON CW SUPPLY
SCALE
INSTANTANEOUS WATER HEATER 8N.T.S.
SCALE
-----N.T.S.
Sheet No.
Project
Agency Plan Check / Permit No.
Petersen Design Project No.
Consultant
5082.1
652 East Dyer Drive
Santa Ana, CA 92705
DYER WAREHOUSE
Staging & Set-Up Space
Tenant Improvements
Sheet Title
Revision / Submittal History
Scale
Status
.
architecture + planning
Agency Approval
Petersen Design Architects, Inc.
17582 Fiesta Way, Tustin, CA 92780
M: 714.904.6720 E: mike@mpdarch.com
www.mpdarch.com
Architect's Stamp
.
255 E. Rincon St., Suite 301
Corona, CA 92879
P 951.340.1977 | F 951.340.1090
www.gossengineering.com
CALOFI
GI
RE
NG
A
E
S
A
M
ET
SAT E HC A
F
NIC L
ORNI
EPR
ET
RED
OF ONAL
SSI
NE
RE
I
No. M36781
Exp. 3-31-26
YRNEGA.WAHS
T
Project Number: 125-09-07
Date Signed 10-30-25
Plumbing Details
P5.1
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A.PRINCIPAL WORK IN THIS SECTION:
1. PROVIDE A COMPLETE PLUMBING SYSTEM INCLUDING:
A. DOMESTIC HOT & COLD WATER SYSTEM.
B. WASTE & VENT SYSTEM.
C. PLUMBING FIXTURES AND TRIM.
B.ORDINANCES AND REGULATIONS: THE PLUMBING WORK SHALL BE DESIGNED TO COMPLY WITH, AND SHALL BE
INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL OF THE REQUIREMENTS OF ALL LEGALLY CONSTITUTED AUTHORITIES
HAVING JURISDICTION, INCLUDING ALL LOCAL ORDINANCES AND THE SAFETY ORDERS OF THE STATE INDUSTRIAL
ACCIDENT COMMISSION.
C.PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS: OBTAIN AND PAY FOR ALL PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS WHICH ARE REQUIRED FOR
THE WORK OF ALL LEGALLY CONSTITUTED AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. DELIVER CERTIFICATES OF ALL
SUCH PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS TO THE OWNER.
D.EXAMINATION OF THE DRAWINGS AND THE SITE: CAREFULLY STUDY ALL DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS
PERTAINING TO THE WORK. IF ANY OF THE WORK AS LAID OUT, INDICATED OR SPECIFIED IS CONTRARY TO OR
CONFLICTS WITH ANY LOCAL, CITY, STATE OR NATIONAL ORDINANCES OR REGULATIONS, THE SAME SHALL BE
HEREBY DEEMED TO HAVE BEEN REPORTED TO AND REVIEWED WITH THE ARCHITECT BEFORE COMMENCING
WORK UNDER THE CONTRACT. THE ARCHITECT WILL ISSUE INSTRUCTIONS AS TO PROCEDURE FOR
MODIFICATIONS. CAREFULLY EXAMINE THE BUILDING SITE AND COMPARE THE DRAWINGS WITH EXISTING
CONDITIONS. BY ACT OF COMMENCING WORK UNDER THE CONTRACT, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE DEEMED TO
HAVE MADE SUCH EXAMINATIONS AND TO HAVE ACCEPTED SUCH CONDITIONS AND TO HAVE MADE ALLOWANCES
HE DEEMS FIT IN KEEPING WITH INSTRUCTIONS HEREIN.
E.VERIFICATION OF DIMENSIONS: BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH ANY WORK, CAREFULLY CHECK AND VERIFY ALL
DIMENSIONS, SIZES, ETC. WHERE APPARATUS AND EQUIPMENT HAVE BEEN INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS,
DIMENSIONS HAVE BEEN TAKEN FROM TYPICAL EQUIPMENT OF THE CLASS INDICATED. CAREFULLY CHECK THE
DRAWINGS TO SEE THAT THE EQUIPMENT WILL FIT INTO THE SPACES PROVIDED.
F.LOCATIONS: ALL PIPING SHALL BE INSTALLED IN A MANNER AND IN LOCATIONS AVOIDING ALL OBSTRUCTIONS,
PRESERVING HEADROOM, AND KEEPING OPENINGS AND PASSAGEWAYS CLEAR. THE DRAWINGS ARE ESSENTIALLY
DIAGRAMMATIC TO THE EXTENT THAT MANY OFFSETS, BENDS, SPECIAL FITTINGS AND EXACT LOCATIONS ARE NOT
INDICATED. CAREFULLY STUDY THE DRAWINGS AND PREMISES IN ORDER TO DETERMINE THE BEST METHODS,
EXACT LOCATIONS, ROUTES, BUILDING CONSTRUCTIONS, ETC., TO INSTALL ALL APPARATUS AND EQUIPMENT IN
THE AVAILABLE LOCATIONS.
G.OPENINGS: COOPERATE WITH ALL TRADES IN PROVIDING INFORMATION AS TO OPENINGS REQUIRED IN WALLS
AND SLAB FOR ALL PIPING AND EQUIPMENT.
1.HOLES IN CONCRETE, MASONRY, STEEL AND WOOD STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS ARE PROHIBITED WITHOUT
WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION FROM THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER.
2.HOLES IN STRUCTURAL BEAMS ARE PROHIBITED WITHOUT WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION FROM THE STRUCTURAL
ENGINEER.
H.PROTECTION OF FINISH: PROVIDE ADEQUATE MEANS FOR AND FULLY PROTECT ALL FINISH PARTS OF THE
MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT AGAINST DAMAGE FROM WHATEVER CAUSE DURING THE PROGRESS OF THE WORK
AND UNTIL FINAL COMPLETION. ALL MATERIALS AND FIXTURES IN STORAGE AND DURING CONSTRUCTION SHALL
BE COVERED IN SUCH A MANNER THAT NO FINISHED SURFACES WILL BE DAMAGED OR MARRED AND ALL MOVING
PARTS SHALL BE KEPT PERFECTLY CLEAN AND DRY. PLUG AND CAP ALL PIPING DURING CONSTRUCTION AND
KEEP FREE OF DEBRIS AND CONTAMINATION.
I.TESTS, GENERAL: TESTS SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL NECESSARY CODES, RULES AND REGULATIONS AS NOTED
HEREINBEFORE. SUPPLY ALL INSTRUMENTS, LABOR AND TOOLS REQUIRED FOR THE TESTS. ANY DEFECTIVE
MATERIAL OR EQUIPMENT SHALL BE REPAIRED, ADJUSTED OR REPLACED BY NEW MATERIAL OR EQUIPMENT AND
BE TESTED BEFORE ACCEPTANCE.
1. WHILE ALL LINES ARE EXPOSED TO VIEW, AND BEFORE THE INSTALLATION OF ANY FIXTURE, THE ENDS OF
THE WASTE AND VENT SYSTEM SHALL BE CAPPED EXCEPT THE HIGHEST OPENING OF THE SECTION UNDER
TEST. THE LINES SHALL BE FILLED WITH WATER TO THE HIGHEST OPENING OF THE SECTION UNDER TEST, BUT
NO SECTION SHALL BE TESTED WITH LESS THAN TEN (10) FOOT HEAD OF WATER. THE WATER SHALL BE KEPT
IN THE SYSTEM FOR 24 HOURS PRIOR TO INSPECTION. TESTS MAY BE MADE IN SECTIONS, IF NECESSARY, OR
CONVENIENCE SO INDICATES; HOWEVER, ALL INTERCONNECTIONS BETWEEN NEW SECTIONS TO BE SO
TESTED AND PREVIOUSLY TESTED SECTIONS SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE NEW TEST.
2.WATER PIPING SHALL BE SUBJECT TO A WATER HYDROSTATIC TEST OF NOT LESS THAN 150 PSI FOR 24
HOURS WITH NO PERCEPTIBLE DROP IN PRESSURE AND BE PROVEN TIGHT. CONNECTION POINTS SHALL BE
TESTED AFTER THE CONNECTIONS ARE MADE.
3.OPERATIONAL TESTS SHALL BE MADE ON ALL FIXTURES AND DEVICES TO DETERMINE PROPER COMPLIANCE
WITH THE SPECIFICATIONS. ALL FIXTURES SHALL FUNCTION QUIETLY AND EFFICIENTLY, ANY UNDUE NOISE OR
VIBRATION CAUSED BY THE MALFUNCTIONING OF THE PIPING, FIXTURES, ETC., SHALL BE PROMPTLY
REPLACED OR BE CORRECTED BEFORE ACCEPTANCE.
4.SHOULD ANY PIECE OF APPARATUS OR ANY MATERIAL OR WORK FAIL IN ANY OF THE ABOVE TESTS, IT SHALL
BE REMOVED IMMEDIATELY AND BE REPLACED WITH NEW AND PERFECT MATERIAL AND THE EQUIPMENT IN
QUESTION RETESTED AS SPECIFIED WITHOUT ADDITIONAL EXPENSE TO THE OWNER.
J.ADJUSTING: UPON COMPLETION OF WORK AND AFTER CLEANING OF SYSTEM AND APPARATUS, AUTOMATIC
PARTS OF PLUMBING SYSTEMS SHALL BE CAREFULLY ADJUSTED FOR NORMAL OPERATION. VACUUM BREAKERS
ON WATER SUPPLY TO FIXTURES SHALL BE INSPECTED AND CLEANED OF ANY FOREIGN MATERIAL THAT WOULD
HINDER THEIR PROPER FUNCTIONING.
K.DAMAGE BY LEAKS: ATTENTION IS ESPECIALLY CALLED TO THE FACT THAT THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE
RESPONSIBLE FOR DAMAGE TO ANY PART OF THE PREMISES CAUSED BY LEAKS OR BREAKS IN THE PIPE OR
FIXTURES INSTALLED UNDER THIS SECTION FOR A PERIOD OF ONE YEAR FROM THE DATE OF ACCEPTANCE OF
THE WORK BY THE OWNER.
L.GUARANTEE: THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL WORK UNDER THIS SECTION AND SHALL
ADJUST ALL VALVES, CONTROLS, VACUUM BREAKERS AND INCIDENTAL ITEMS AND SHALL LEAVE THE SYSTEM IN
PERFECT OPERATING CONDITION. HE SHALL REGULATE, REPAIR AND REPLACE AT HIS OWN EXPENSE ANY
DEFECTIVE WORKMANSHIP, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT OF THE WORK. THE DECISION OF THE ARCHITECT SHALL
BE FINAL IN RESPECT TO IMPERFECTIONS. CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH THE OWNER ALL MANUFACTURERS'
WRITTEN GUARANTEES OF MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT.
M.SUBMITTALS:
1.MATERIAL LIST: BEFORE ENTERING INTO ANY CONTRACT FOR PURCHASE OF MATERIALS, AND BEFORE ANY
WORK IS STARTED, SUBMIT FOR APPROVAL SIX (6) IDENTICAL COPIES OF A COMPLETE LIST, INCLUDING
CATALOGS AND DESCRIPTIVE MATTER OF THE FOLLOWING MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT PROPOSED TO BE
FURNISHED AND INSTALLED. MATERIALS LIST TO BE COMPLETE AND CONTAINED IN HARD-BOUND JACKETS.
ITEMS NOT CONTAINED IN SUBMITTAL TO CONFORM TO DESIGN SPECIFICATIONS AS SUPPLEMENTAL
SUBMITTALS WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED.
M.1.1.FIXTURES.
M.1.2.PIPING AND FITTINGS.
M.1.3.INSULATION.
M.1.4.VALVES.
N. RECORD DRAWINGS:
1.ONE COMPLETE SET OF PLUMBING DRAWINGS WILL BE PROVIDED AS RECORD DRAWINGS, WHICH SHALL BE
SEPARATE, CLEAN, BLUE LINE PRINTS RESERVED FOR THE PURPOSE OF SHOWING A COMPLETE PICTURE OF
THE WORK AS ACTUALLY INSTALLED.
2.THESE DRAWINGS SHALL ALSO SERVE AS WORK PROGRESS REPORT SHEETS AND THE CONTRACTOR SHALL
MAKE ANY NOTATIONS, NEAT & LEGIBLE, THEREON DAILY AS THE WORK PROCEEDS. THESE DRAWINGS SHALL
BE AVAILABLE FOR INSPECTION AT ALL TIMES AND SHALL BE KEPT AT THE JOB AT A LOCATION DESIGNATED
BY THE ARCHITECT.
3.AT COMPLETION OF THE WORK, THESE RECORD DRAWINGS SHALL BE SIGNED BY THE CONTRACTOR, DATED
AND RETURNED TO THE ARCHITECT.
O. SEISMIC:
1. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL ANCHORS AND CONNECTIONS OF PLUMBING WORK TO THE
BUILDING STRUCTURE TO PREVENT DAMAGE AS A RESULT OF AN EARTHQUAKE, INCLUDING MANUFACTURED
EQUIPMENT, AND CONNECTION AND INTEGRITY OF SHOP FABRICATED AND FIELD FABRICATED MATERIALS
AND EQUIPMENT. DESIGN BUILDING EQUIPMENT AND CONNECTIONS THEREFORE TO RESIST LATERAL SEISMIC
FORCES EQUAL TO 0.5 AND 0.75 OF EQUIPMENT WEIGHT TO WORKING ALLOWABLE STRESS OR IN
CONFORMANCE WITH TITLE 24 OF THE CAC, DIVISION 22, ARTICLE 23-J, AND BUILDING CODE. REFERENCE
DETAILS PER "GUIDELINES FOR SEISMIC RESTRAINTS OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS AND PLUMBING PIPING
SYSTEMS" AS PUBLISHED BY SMACNA AND PPIC.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. ALL PIPING, FITTINGS AND VALVES SHALL BE U.S.A. MADE, IMPORTED PRODUCT IS NOT ACCEPTABLE.
B. WASTE, AND VENT PIPING.
1.PIPING: STANDARD WEIGHT CAST IRON NO HUB, CISPI 310, PIPING SHALL BE MARKED WITH THE COLLECTIVE
TRADEMARK OF CISPI.
2.FITTINGS: HEAVY DUTY CAST IRON NO HUB FITTINGS, ABOVE CISPI 310, WITH STAINLESS STEEL 4 BAND AND
SHIELD WITH NEOPRENE GASKET AS MANUFACTURED BY HUSKY SERIES HD 4000 COUPLING, ALL STAINLESS
STEEL CLAMP, SCREW AND SHIELD.
C. COLD WATER, HOT WATER, HOT WATER RETURN.
1. COLD WATER, HOT WATER, AND TRAP PRIMER PIPING: SEAMLESS COPPER TUBING, TYPE "L", COLD DRAWN,
HARD TEMPER, ASTM B-88.
2. HOT WATER RETURN PIPING: SEAMLESS COPPER TUBING, TYPE "K", COLD DRAWN, HARD TEMPER, ASTM B-88.
3. FITTINGS: WROUGHT COPPER SOLDER SWEAT TYPE, ANSI B16.24 OR BRASS CASTING, ANSI B16.18.
4. EXPOSED TO VIEW AT PLUMBING FIXTURES AND FINISHED EQUIPMENT, SATIN FINISH, CHROME PLATED
BRASS PIPE WITH THREADED CAST BRONZE FITTINGS.
D. WATER VALVES: BALL VALVES (1/2"- 4"), SHALL BE TWO-PIECE STYLE, FULL PORT, BRONZE BODY (ASTM 62 OR
B584) WITH TYPE 316 STAINLESS STEEL BALL AND STEM AND PTFE (OR RPTFE) SEATS AND SEALS. VALVES SHALL
BE RATED FOR 600 PSIG WOG & 150 PSIG SWP (NON-SHOCK). VALVES SHALL HAVE ADJUSTABLE PACKING GLANDS
AND BLOWOUT PROOF (INTERNALLY RETAINED) STEMS AND SHALL COMPLY WITH THE LATEST EDITION OF
MSS-SP-110. THREADED END (FNPT) BALL VALVES ONLY; USE MALE ADAPTERS WHERE REQUIRED IN SOLDERED
END APPLICATIONS.
A.CONBRACO INDUSTRIES, INC. APOLLO DIVISION FIGURE 77-140 OR 77LF-140 (LEAD-FREE).
B.MILWAUKEE VALVE FIGURE BA400S OR UBA400S (LEAD-FREE).
C.HAMMOND VALVE FIGURE 8303A OR UP8303A (LEAD-FREE).
D.NIBCO FIGURE T-585-66 OR S-585-66 LF (LEAD-FREE).
E.OR EQUAL.
A. HANGERS AND SUPPORT
1. WASTE AND VENT STORM DRAIN AND OVERFLOW PIPING: SUPER STRUT NO.C-711 "J" HANGER WITH SUPER
STRUT NO. H-104 THREADED ROD WITH HEX NUT.
2. COPPER PIPING: SUPER STRUT NO. C-711-F "J" HANGER WITH SUPER STRUT NO. H-104 THREADED ROD WITH
HEX NUT. WITH WAFFLE PATTERN HAIR FELT ISOLATION PADDING.
K. INSULATION
INSULATE ALL HOT WATER PIPING 3/4 INCH AND SMALLER WITH 1 INCH THICK, PIPING 1 INCH TO 1½ INCH WITH 1½ INCH
THICK, AND PIPING 2 INCH AND LARGER WITH 2 INCH THICK PREFORMED FIBERGLASS INSULATION WITH INTEGRAL
ALL-PURPOSE FIRE RETARDANT, GLASS YARN SCRIM LAMINATED, WHITE JACKET, "K" FACTOR SHALL BE 0.23 MAXIMUM
AT 75 DEGREES F. MEAN TEMPERATURE TO MEET FEDERAL AND STATE ENERGY CODE REQUIREMENTS. ALL FLANGES,
UNION, FITTINGS AND VALVE SHALL BE INSULATED WITH PREFORMED INSULATION WITH PVC PREMOLDED ONE PIECE
FITTING COVER (MANVILLE ZESTON 2000 MANUFACTURER: MANVILLE MICRO-LOC AP-T, OWENS-CORNING FIBERGLASS,
P.P.G., CERTAIN-TWEED OR APPROVED EQUAL. ADHESIVE SHALL BE BENJAMIN FOSTER 85-20. PROVIDE SHIELDS TO
PROTECT INSULATION AT AREAS OF CONTACT WITH HANGERS AND SUPPORT (SUPER STRUT C-790) INSULATION
MATERIALS, ADHESIVES, COATINGS, AND OTHER ACCESSORIES SHALL HAVE A FIRE HAZARD RATING, NOT TO EXCEED
25 FOR FLAME SPREAD AND 50 FOR FUEL CONTRIBUTED AND SMOKE DEVELOPED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E84,
NFPA 225, OR UL 723.
L. PLUMBING FIXTURES
1. SEE FIXTURE SCHEDULE.
M. CLEANOUTS:
1. CLEANOUTS SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS:
A. FINISHED WALLS: J.R. SMITH NO. 4437, OR EQUAL, W/CHROME PLATED BRONZE, ROUND FRAME AND SECURED
COVER.
B. FINISHED FLOORS: J.R. SMITH NO. 4023 - BRONZE
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. ALL PIPING SHALL BE CONCEALED UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.
B. WATER PIPING SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM CLEARANCE OF 1/2" AND SHALL BE ISOLATED FROM BUILDING STRUCTURE
WITH NO LESS THAN 1/2" THICK WAFFLE PATTERN HAIR FELT.
C. DISSIMILAR METALS SHALL BE ISOLATED BY USING DIELECTRIC 6 INCH BRASS COUPLINGS. DIELECTRIC
COUPLINGS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN AN ACCESSIBLE LOCATION. THAN ½" THICK WAFFLE PATTERN HAIR FELT.
D.ALL SECURITY RATED SPL 4&5 PERIMETER WALL PENETRATIONS SHALL BE IN COMPLIANCE WITH ICD 705 AND
SECURITY APPROVAL. AT PENETRATIONS PIPING SHALL HAVE DIELECTRIC BREAKS AND/OR SHALL BE GROUNDED
PER SECURITY REQUIREMENTS. PENETRATIONS SHALL ALSO BE SEALED WITH ACOUSTICAL CAULKING TO
MAINTAIN THE ACOUSTICAL RATING OF THE WALL.
E. PLUMBING FIXTURES SHALL BE INSTALLED IN A NEAT AND WORKMANLIKE MANNER WITH CONNECTION TO SUPPLY
DRAINAGE PIPING. MOUNTING HEIGHTS SHALL CONFORM TO THE HANDICAPPED REQUIREMENTS.
F. INSTALL EQUIPMENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S PRINTED RECOMMENDATIONS.
G. PROVIDE VALVES AND UNIONS AT EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT TO PROVIDE ISOLATION OF THE EQUIPMENT FROM
ITS CONNECTED SYSTEM.
3.02 COMPLETION OF INSTALLATION
A. CLEANING AND FLUSHING: PRIOR TO ACCEPTANCE, CLEAN ALL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL THOROUGHLY. LEAVE
SURFACE TO BE PAINTED SMOOTH AND CLEAN READY FOR PAINTING.
B. FLUSH EACH UNIT OF WATER SUPPLY AND DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM THOROUGHLY WITH CLEAN WATER AT AS HIGH
VELOCITIES ATTAINABLE.
C. CLEAN ALL PIPING VALVES, TRAPS, STRAINERS, WATER HEATERS, ETC., THOROUGHLY AND FLUSH OR BLOW OUT
UNTIL FREE OF SCALE, SILT, SAND, SEDIMENT, PIPE DOPE AND FOREIGN MATTER OF ANY KIND.
3.03 CHLORINATION OF SYSTEM
A.AFTER THE WATER SYSTEMS (INDUSTRIAL AND DOMESTIC) ARE COMPLETE, ALL FIXTURES CONNECTED, THE
SYSTEM FLUSHED OUT COMPLETELY AND FILLED W/ WATER, THE SHUT-OFF VALVE TO THE WATER MAIN SHALL BE
CLOSED, ALL FIXTURE OUTLETS OPENED SLIGHTLY AND A SOLUTION OF SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE INTRODUCED AT
THE TEE LOCATED NEAR THE WATER SERVICE SHUT-OFF VALVE.
B.THE SOLUTION SHALL CONSIST OF ONE GALLON OF 5 PERCENT SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE TO 200 GALLONS OF
WATER OR THE EQUIVALENT THEREOF. INTRODUCE SOLUTION BY MEANS OF A PUMP UNTIL AN ORTHOTOLIDIN
TEST AT EACH OUTLET SHOWS RESIDUAL CHLORINE. THE SOLUTION SHALL BE ALLOWED TO REMAIN IN THE
SYSTEM 24 HOURS, AFTER WHICH, FLUSH THE ENTIRE SYSTEM OF WATER PIPING.
C.DELIVER A CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE, SIGNED BY THE PERSON WHO DID THE WORK AND THE CONTRACTOR,
TO THE ARCHITECT.
Sheet No.
Project
Agency Plan Check / Permit No.
Petersen Design Project No.
Consultant
5082.1
652 East Dyer Drive
Santa Ana, CA 92705
DYER WAREHOUSE
Staging & Set-Up Space
Tenant Improvements
Sheet Title
Revision / Submittal History
Scale
Status
.
architecture + planning
Agency Approval
Petersen Design Architects, Inc.
17582 Fiesta Way, Tustin, CA 92780
M: 714.904.6720 E: mike@mpdarch.com
www.mpdarch.com
Architect's Stamp
.
255 E. Rincon St., Suite 301
Corona, CA 92879
P 951.340.1977 | F 951.340.1090
www.gossengineering.com
CALOFI
GI
RE
NG
A
E
S
A
M
ET
SAT E HC A
F
NIC L
ORNI
EPR
ET
RED
OF ONAL
SSI
NE
RE
I
No. M36781
Exp. 3-31-26
YRNEGA.WAHS
T
Project Number: 125-09-07
Date Signed 10-30-25
Specifications
P7.1
Sheet No.
Project
Agency Plan Check / Permit No.
Petersen Design Project No.
Consultant
5082.1
Sheet Title
Revision / Submittal History
Scale
Status
architecture + planning
Agency Approval
Petersen Design Architects, Inc.
17582 Fiesta Way, Tustin, CA 92780
M: 714.904.6720 E: mike@mpdarch.com
www.mpdarch.com
Architect's Stamp
.
.
www.coffman.com
ph 949.623.9957
1401 Dove Street, Suite 240
Newport Beach, CA 92660
JOB NO:253110
SIGNED:2/5/2026
652 East Dyer Drive
Santa Ana, CA 92705
DYER WAREHOUSE
Assembly Space
Tenant Improvements
1 01/12/2026 BLDG PC CORRECTIONS
S-001
STRUCTURAL NOTES
MECH'L UNIT
UNIT PERPENDICULAR TO SUPPORT
MECH'L UNIT
LEGEND:
OR
OR
UNIT PARALLEL TO SUPPORT
not to scale
not to scale
1
2
3
4
4X8 @ ROOF LEVEL BELOW EDGE OF UNIT W/ 'B' HANGER EA END.
ADD'L 4X8 @ MAX 4'-0" OC BELOW UNIT ALIGN W/ TRUSS PANEL POINT.
4X 2" NET (MIN) FOR LEVEL CURB @ EDGE OF UNIT.
3/8" DIA LAG SCREW @ 36" OC W/ MIN 3" EMBEDMENT INTO 4X8 BELOW ROOF.
PROVIDE MIN 3 LAGS PER SIDE OF UNIT. (12 TOTAL)
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17 'B' HANGER EACH END.
IF 4X IS WITHIN 6" OF TRUSS PANEL POINT THEN THE ADDITIONAL WEB
MEMBER MAY BE OMITTED.
TYPICAL ROOF SUBPURLINS (2X OR 3X) @ 24" OC.
SIMPSON BC40 HALF BASE AT EA. PURLIN TRUSS CROSSING W/ (4) #10 X2"
WOOD SCREWS TO 3X NAILER ON TRUSS AND (8) 16d TO 4X
ROOF SHEATHING
3X NAILER @ PURLIN TRUSS. 4X6 NAILER @ GIRDER TRUSS.
PURLIN TRUSS PER PLAN.
WHERE 4X BEAM OR SKID DOES NOT ALIGN ON TRUSS PANEL POINT. ADD
WEB MEMBER PER DETAIL ( 5/--).
3/4" APA SHT'G W/ 10d @ 6" OC EN & 10d @ 12" OC FN.
ADD'L 4x (5 1/2" NET MIN.) BEAM (RIPPED FOR LEVELLING) @ MAX 4'-0"
OC. ALIGN WITH TRUSS PANEL POINT.
2X6 PLATFORM JOISTS @ 16" OC W/ 'LU' HGR @ EACH END. EXTEND
FULL LENGTH BETWEEN PURLIN TRUSSES.
4X (5 1/2" NET MIN) BEAM (RIPPED FOR LEVELLING) @ EDGE OF PLATFORM
EXTEND FULL LENGTH BETWEEN TRUSSES.
METAL CURB w/ ATTACHMENT PER MECHANICAL DRAWINGS
10
14
6
5
BUNIT W/ PLATFORM ON ROOF
10
8
15
PANEL
POINT TYP
7
9
6
14
13
12
11
1
3
4
5
10
2
15
11
1
3
4
13
12
AUNIT W/ CURB ON ROOF
11
3
17
11
11
15
4X6 W/ 'U' HGRS
4X6 W/ 'U' HGRS
OPNG'S PER
ARCHL
2X6 ON 'U'
HGR
A B
2
8
OR2
8
4X6 W/ 'U'
HGRS
16 16
1616
3/16 2 TYP
TOP CHORD LOADS GREATER THAN 250#
SHALL BE PLACED @ PANEL POINT OR
WITHIN 6" OF PANEL POINT
(2) ANGLES
2x2x1/4
JOISTS CHORDS ARE NOT DESIGNED FOR CONCENTRATED
LOADS, EITHER PLACE LOADS AT PANEL POINTS OR FIELD
WELD AN EXTRA MEMBER FROM POINT LOAD TO NEAREST
PANEL POINT ON OPPOSITE CHORD.
6 1/16"
MAX
ADDED
LOAD
MTL STUDS PER
PLAN
(2) #10 SMS
@ 12"OC
HSS HEADER PER
PLAN W/ JAMB
CONN EA END
PER 11
--
16GA TRACK W/ #10 SMS
EA FLANGE EA STUD
PL 5/8"X4"X0'-3"
1/4 3
1/4 3
1/4 3
L4X4X0'-6"
1/4
HSS SEE PLAN
HSS BM SEE
PLAN
3
(E) CONC S.O.G
HSS PER PLAN
(2) 1/2" DIA X 2 3/4" EMB
EXPANSION ANCHOR PER
STRUCTURAL NOTES
A
PLAN VIEW A
1
1
/
2
"
3"
1
1
/
2
"
EQ EQ
PL 3/8"X6"X0'-10"
1/4
(3) SIDES
4"
M
I
N
V.
I
.
FEDGE WHERE OCCURS
6"
4"
NOTE:
ORIENT BASE PLATE TO
OCCUR WITHIN METAL
STUD WALL
1 1/2" DRYPACK
1 SCALE: 1" = 1'-0"
TYPICAL MECHANICAL UNIT SUPPORT 5 SCALE: 1" = 1'-0"
TYPICAL ADDED WEB 6 SCALE: 1" = 1'-0"
11 SCALE: 1" = 1'-0"12 SCALE: 1" = 1'-0"
TYPICAL BOX HEADER10SCALE: 1" = 1'-0"9 SCALE: 1" = 1'-0"8 SCALE: 1" = 1'-0"7 SCALE: 1" = 1'-0"
13 SCALE: 1" = 1'-0"
WALL STUDS
(2)-#10 SMS @ 12" OC
16GA CONT TRACK W/ #10 SMS
EA FLANGE EA STUD
16GA STUD EA SIDE
16GA TRACK T&B W/ #10 SMS
@ 12" OC EA FLANGE
NOTE:
1.MAX HEADER SPAN = 10'-0".
2.JAMB CONN EA END PER (11/--) TYP UNO.
L2X2X16 GA T&B TO MATCH HDR
DEPTH W/ (3) #10 SMS EA LEG
LINTEL
(2) 16GA JAMB STUDS
OR BOX STUD WHERE
OCCURS
12 GA X 3" STRAP @ 2'-0" OC
EA SIDE W/ #10 SMS EA END
(3) #10 SMS EA END
(E) CONC S.O.G
1/2"X 3 1/4" EMBED
CONC SCREW @
32" OCMTL STUDS PER PLAN
CONT 16GA TRACK W/ #10
SMS EA FLANGE EA STUD
HSS PER PLAN
(E) ROOF SHTG
L8X4X7/16 (LLV) W/
(2) 5/8" DIA THRU BOLTS
CNTRD IN 1 1/2" VERT
LONG SLOTTED HOLES
4"
(E) 2X SUBPURLIN
@ 24" OC(2) 1/4" X 2" SDS
SCREWS TO
SUBPURLIN @ 3" OC
2'-0" TYP
METAL STUD PER PLAN
(E) ROOF SHTG
CONT TRACK (SAME GA. AS
STUD) W/ (2) 1/4" X 1 1/2"
SDS SCREW TO EA JOIST
(E) 2X SUBPURLIN
@ 24" OC
#8 SMS EA SIDE
@ EA STUD
Sheet No.
Project
Agency Plan Check / Permit No.
Petersen Design Project No.
Consultant
5082.1
Sheet Title
Revision / Submittal History
Scale
Status
architecture + planning
Agency Approval
Petersen Design Architects, Inc.
17582 Fiesta Way, Tustin, CA 92780
M: 714.904.6720 E: mike@mpdarch.com
www.mpdarch.com
Architect's Stamp
.
.
www.coffman.com
ph 949.623.9957
1401 Dove Street, Suite 240
Newport Beach, CA 92660
JOB NO:253110
SIGNED:2/5/2026
652 East Dyer Drive
Santa Ana, CA 92705
DYER WAREHOUSE
Assembly Space
Tenant Improvements
1 01/12/2026 BLDG PC CORRECTIONS
S-100
TYPICAL DETAILS
1
EXIST RR
EXISTING
OFFICE
AREA
EXIST RREXIST STOR
EXIST ELEC
EXISTING
WAREHOUSE
AREA
BREAK AREA
PROJECT AREA
(ASSEMBLY SPACE)
APPROX 3,450 SF
:SCALE
N
PARTIAL FOUNDATION PLAN
1/8" = 1'-0"
1 432
A
B
C
D
(E) CONT
FTG TYP
HSS6X4X1/4HSS6X4X1/4
10
S-1006
S-100
TYP(E) HSS COLUMN
(E) HSS COLUMN (E) HSS COLUMN
600S162-43
@ 16" OC
10
S-100
Sheet No.
Project
Agency Plan Check / Permit No.
Petersen Design Project No.
Consultant
5082.1
Sheet Title
Revision / Submittal History
Scale
Status
architecture + planning
Agency Approval
Petersen Design Architects, Inc.
17582 Fiesta Way, Tustin, CA 92780
M: 714.904.6720 E: mike@mpdarch.com
www.mpdarch.com
Architect's Stamp
.
.
www.coffman.com
ph 949.623.9957
1401 Dove Street, Suite 240
Newport Beach, CA 92660
JOB NO:253110
SIGNED:2/5/2026
652 East Dyer Drive
Santa Ana, CA 92705
DYER WAREHOUSE
Assembly Space
Tenant Improvements
1 01/12/2026 BLDG PC CORRECTIONS
S-200
PARTIAL FOUNDATION
PLAN
PLAN NOTES:
1.CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS IN FIELD AND COORDINATE ANY DISCREPANCIES
W/ STRUCTURAL ENGINEER.
2.VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS & LOCATIONS, SEE ARCH DWGS FOR DIMENSIONS NOT SHOWN.
3.GC TO COORDINATE W/ ARCH/MECH FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NOT SHOWN.
4.GC TO VERIFY EXISTING STRUCTURE IN FIELD AS NOTED PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION.
NOTIFY SEOR IF CONDITIONS DO NOT MATCH WHAT IS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS
LEGEND
SYMBOL:INDICATES:
(E) FOOTING
(E) POST OR COLUMN
PARTITION WALL (SEE ARCH DWGS)
CONCRETE WALL
1
1
1 432
A
B
C
D
:SCALE
N
PARTIAL ROOF FRAMING PLAN
1/8" = 1'-0"
(E) STEEL TRUSS JOIST
(E) STEEL BM (E) STEEL BM (E) STEEL BM
(E) STEEL BM (E) STEEL BM
(E
)
S
T
E
E
L
B
M
(E
)
S
T
E
E
L
B
M
(E
)
T
R
U
S
S
G
I
R
D
E
R
(E) STEEL TRUSS JOIST
(E) STEEL TRUSS JOIST
(E) 2X6 @ 24" OC
(E
)
T
R
U
S
S
G
I
R
D
E
R
(E
)
T
R
U
S
S
G
I
R
D
E
R
13
S1.0
7
S1.0
8
S1.0 LOW
HSS 6X4X1/4 FLAT
HEADER BELOW
AC
1,600
AC
1,600
13
S-100
Sheet No.
Project
Agency Plan Check / Permit No.
Petersen Design Project No.
Consultant
5082.1
Sheet Title
Revision / Submittal History
Scale
Status
architecture + planning
Agency Approval
Petersen Design Architects, Inc.
17582 Fiesta Way, Tustin, CA 92780
M: 714.904.6720 E: mike@mpdarch.com
www.mpdarch.com
Architect's Stamp
.
.
www.coffman.com
ph 949.623.9957
1401 Dove Street, Suite 240
Newport Beach, CA 92660
JOB NO:253110
SIGNED:2/5/2026
652 East Dyer Drive
Santa Ana, CA 92705
DYER WAREHOUSE
Assembly Space
Tenant Improvements
1 01/12/2026 BLDG PC CORRECTIONS
S-202
PARTIAL ROOF FRAMING
PLAN
PLAN NOTES:
1.CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS IN FIELD AND COORDINATE ANY
DISCREPANCIES W/ STRUCTURAL ENGINEER.
2.VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS & LOCATIONS, SEE ARCH DWGS FOR DIMENSIONS
NOT SHOWN.
3.GC TTO COORDINATE W/ ARCH/MECH FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION NOT
SHOWN.
4.GC TO VERIFY EXISTING STRUCTURE IN FIELD AS NOTED PRIOR TO
CONSTRUCTION. NOTIFY SEOR IF CONDITIONS DO NOT MATCH WHAT IS
SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS
3 1/8X12 GLB (E) ROOF FRAMING
ROOF LEGEND:
(E) COLUMN
-
-
(N) MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT, PER ARCH/MECH DRAWINGS
MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT MAX WEIGHT (LBS)
MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL UNIT. SEE PLAN FOR MAX WT,
ANCHORAGE PER 1
S-100
DESIGNATES SPAN OF JOIST
1
1
1
1